THE
UNIVERSITY

1817
LIBRARIES
MICHIGAN
DOE/EIS-0134-D
DEPOR
bar coo
40150
UMAN
T
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT (DEIS)
CHARLIE CREEK-BELFIELD TRANSMISSION LINE PROJECT
BILLINGS, STARK, MCKENZIE, & DUNN COUNTIES, NORTH DAKOTA
Administra
CHARLIE CREEK - BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE PROJECT
NORTH DAKOTA
Billings
PO Box
Billings
(408) 857-8525
59107-8800
Pub
making
the trans
Avalablay
on the adequacy
The Western Area
maintain approximately
and Selfield, North Dakeca Th
the Antelope Valley
Tioga, Woll Point, and Richland. This
ccuracy of the DEIS should be
considered in the
In
tines and loc
Federal Register Notice
huct, operats, and
ween Charlie Creek
transmission
has been
agas
ads gros
onosed action
loadi and ayatera rakabil
future exp
provide additional flexibility for fut
and provid
Alternative
Un
on
ared include no action, ener
idered
sand
and the proposed
proposed action
ree effects of the proposed
fuit, and cultural resources
Draft Environmental Impact Statement
U.S. Department of Energy
1988
HIS CELLINATIO
ARTMENT
FAMERTAVARIGINELED
やく
​218
инти
то
195
.E37
147
8861
BKS
DOE E12-013-0
CHYHTIE CHEEK - BETLIETD
ТОЗГОНЯ ЗИН ИОГИМИАНТ
ATONA
НТЯОИ
inemetst2 fosqml letnemnosivna te10
vpien to themfisqed.2.U
88er
UMMU
DEPOS.
01/ 97
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Executive Summary
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT (DEIS)
CHARLIE CREEK-BELFIELD TRANSMISSION LINE PROJECT
BILLINGS, STARK, MCKENZIE, & DUNN COUNTIES, NORTH DAKOTA
Lead Agency: U.S. Department of Energy, Western Area Power Administration
For further information contact:
James D. Davies, Area Manager
Billings Area Office
P.O. Box 35800
Billings, Montana 59107-5800
(406) 657-6525
Comparison
Public comments on the adequacy, completeness, and accuracy of the DEIS should be
received by the date given in the transmittal letter in order to be considered in the decision-
making process. Public hearings on the DEIS will be held at times and locations noted in
the transmittal letter and will be announced in Western's Federal Register Notice of
Availability of the DEIS.
ABSTRACT
The Western Area Power Administration (Western) proposes to construct, operate, and
maintain approximately 38.2 miles of new 345-kV transmission line between Charlie Creek
and Belfield, North Dakota. The area is presently served by a single 345-kV transmission
line from the Antelope Valley Station and several 115-kV transmission lines from Garrison,
Tioga, Wolf Point, and Richland. This system is in need of added transmission capacity to
correct low voltages, overloaded facilities, and loss of service that has been experienced
and which will worsen as loads grow in the area. The proposed action would provide
improved service to area loads and system reliability, contribute to energy conservation,
and provide additional flexibility for future expansion when and if it becomes necessary.
Alternatives considered include no action, energy conservation, other transmission systems
and technologies, and the proposed action with routing and design alternatives.
Unavoidable adverse effects of the proposed action would be construction related impacts
on agricultural, visual, and cultural resources.
OMMU
20930
230) THEMETAT: TOASMI JATHBMMORIVE TRANG
REMO1221M2MART OBRUBB-XBERO BLUBAHO
TRON CETHOD & DISMENOM PHATE, 20HLUNG
wol sex matesWygien3 to inamtsge02.
soiRO se
prilis
00336 to 8 C9
od bloons 2130 art to youobs brisa
notatoes out at beeblenco ed of
yesupsbe ent no at
enteri ni nevig isb ell yd bevloper
al beson snottebol bris and bler sd the 8130 art no aprhsurf oddus sasco pritem
to sobo 19ine Imebedotes
ermannt er
3130 edt to vildelev
TOARTERA
oustanlinba jawo A meleeW adT
en To eslim S.88 vitambongga réiniam
cons or doxa rihoй bleftie@bna
nots12 yeilsV agoistná
BAT ons trio
hmocht smil
NoW spolT
bris zelfost babechavo sapatioy wol toenco
absol as now iw dobtw Sne
ataye brs aboct sexs of enh bevormi
enu of valdical inclibbs abiyong bas
na noite on abuloni kenabianco evitsmeA
os besogong at bna adpolice bre
besogoty od
A. Introduction.......
optinued)
(bound TABLE OF CONTENTS AT
Executive Summary
pribulant
B. Need and Purpose......
C. Alternatives Including the Proposed Action....
S-11
evitsmetiA emetava nolealmennt bonnett
D. Proposed Action
E. Alternative Corridor and Substation Comparison.........
F. Affected Environment..........
1. Human Environment..
11-12
18
.....i
17
.....i
A
iii
.....iv
...iv
2. Cultural Environment.
.iv
3. Natural Environment.
.V
G. Environmental Consequences.
..vi
02-11
1. Impact Assessment/Mitigation Planning Process
2. Impacts to the Human Environment.
......vi
.....vi
3. Impacts to the Cultural Environment
vii
01-0
07-1
4. Impacts to the Natural Environment.
H. Electrical Effects........
1. Environmentally Preferred Route.......
J. Agency-Preferred Route..
viii
.......ix
no
.ix
1. Land Use........
2. Visual Resources........
3. Cultural Resources........
I Need and Purpose
排
​SA. Introduction........
B. Need.........
a C. Purpose.......
..X
.xi
.xi
.....Xi
1-1
......... I-1
1-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
II. Alternatives Including the Proposed Action
A. No-Action Alternative......
....... II-1
B. Energy Conservation Alternative...
………………….. II-1
C. Other Existing or Planned Transmission Systems Alternatives...
....... II-2
noliaA beengons
D. Other Technologies Alternatives......
1. Direct Current Overhead Systems
2. Underground Construction.........
3. New Methods of Transmission.
E. Overhead AC System Alternatives.
F. Design Options for the Proposed Action.
1. Voltage Level...........
2. Structure Types.......
3. Conductor Size.........
...... 11-3
11-3
11-3
11-5
....... 11-5
..... 11-6
11-6
11-7
II-10
G. The Proposed Action...
11-10
1. Transmission Line Description.
2. Substation Description.....
3. Estimated Construction Costs........
4. Tentative Project Schedule.........
H. Alternative Corridor and Substation Site Comparison........
1. Overview of the Route Selection Process
11-10
II-21
11-22
11-22
11-22
11-24
III. The Affected Environment
A. Land Use and Agricultural Resources...
1. Land Ownership......
2. Existing and Future Land Use.
3. Agricultural Land Use......
B. Visual Resources...
1. Study Approach..
2. Study Area
C. Socioeconomics Resources........
1. Study Area........
III-1
III-1
III-2
III-4
111-6
111-6
111-7
III-11
III-11
TABLE CE TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
(be
D. Cultural Resources.
1. Prehistoric Resources.
2. Historic Resources....
3. Native American Resources.
E. Air Resources.
1. Climate.......
2. Air Quality...........
F. Earth Resources...
1. Geology.........
2. Minerals........
3. Hydrology...
4. Seismicity.....
5. Paleontology.....
6. Soils..........
S-VIG. Biological Resources..
1. Vegetation........
2. Wildlife........
99-VI H. Floodplains and Wetlands.
es-vi
1. Study Area........
es-Vi
III-12
III-13
III-15
III-17
...... III-17
III-17
III-18
III-18
III-18
III-22
III-24
III-25
111-26
III-26
...... III-29
III-29
III-32
III-34
III-35
sublea
IV. Environmental Consequences
A. Land Use and Agricultural Resources..
1. Issues ........
IV-1
IV-1
2. Impact Types and Levels.
3. Residual Impacts........
IV-1
IV-3
B. Visual Resources.......
IV-4
26 VI
CE-VI
as-vi
1. Issues.........
2. Impact Types and Levels..
3. Residual Impacts.
C. Socioeconomic Resources ........
2. Residual Impacts
TEVI D. Cultural Resources...
IV-4
IV-4
IV-6
.... IV-8
1. Issues ........
IV-8
IV-18
IV-20
1. Issues ......
IV-20
2. Impact Types........
IV-20
3. Impacts Levels..........
IV-21
4. Residual Impacts
IV-22
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
E. Air Resources......
1. Issues............
IV-22
IV-22
2. Impact Types and Levels.
3. Residual Impacts.....
IV-22
IV-23
Tall F. Geology and Hydrology.........
IV-23
B
1. Issues.....
IV-23
2. Impact Types and Levels..
IV-23
3. Residual Impacts
IV-24
Sell G. Paleontology.
IV-25
1. Issues..........
IV-25
2. Impact Types and Levels..
IV-25
3. Residual Impacts
IV-25
H. Soils......
IV-26
1. Issues ........
IV-26
2. Impact Types and Levels...
IV-26
3. Residual Impacts......
IV-26
I. Vegetation......
IV-29
1. Issues........
IV-29
2. Impact Types and Levels..
IV-29
3. Residual Impacts....
IV-30
J. Wildlife..
IV-30
1. Issues.........
IV-30
2. Impact Types and Levels.
IV-31
3. Residual Impacts.
IV-31
K. Floodplains and Wetlands.......
IV-32
1. Issues......
IV-32
2. Impact Types and Levels..........
IV-32
3. Residual Impacts.........
IV-32
elevad bria rey quit s
L. Substation..........
...... IV-32
1. Audible Noise........
M. Electrical Effects........
1. Line Characteristics
2. Biological Effects.........
3. Cardiac Pacemakers........
4. Hazards.........
IV-33
IV-33
IV-33
IV-36
IV-37
IV-37
SSVE
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
LIST OFTAR
N. Cumulative Impacts...
1. Corridor Consolidation........
2. Belfield Substation.........
O. Short-Term Uses Versus Long-Term Productivity......
IV-38
IV-38
IV-39.
IV-39
IV-42
Required
IV-42
11-14
IV-42
IV-42
IV-44
P. Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources...
Q. Significant Unavoidable Adverse Impacts.
1. Land Use.........
2. Visual Resources.......
3. Cultural Resources........
TABLE 114.
TABLE IV. List of Preparers and Contributors
TABLE ILA
VI. Agencies, Organization, and Persons
Receiving a Copy of the
TABLE 11-7
TABLE ILS
Draft Environmental Impact Statement
Com
Appendicesated Environment
Appendix A - Alternative Corridor and Substation Site Comparison
Appendix B - References, Biliography and Personal Communications
Appendix C - Glossary, Abbreviations and Acronyms
Envir
11-42
11-43
Appendix D - Electrical Effects
tal Conser
Appendix E - Vegetation and Wildlife Species List
Appendix F - Summary Cultural Resources Study Progress
TABLE IV-1. Visual Impact Model
TABLE TV-2. Sol Hazard Potentials and Sensitivity Rankings
TABLE 3 Sca
TABLE BEL She
TABLE
Resources
39-43
Geology
6E-VI
2
Onsnued)
...alpsqmi ovitstumu M
tebileano obimo 22
olistedua bisite8 1522
Viviaubos mmsT-pred suenay
T-hon? O
cash to thomimmo eldsvanie brb sidle event S
alongil sanoA aldabioven minpl2 O
sell band 0-24
anotudioino bosans
anoase bos nossipson.asianepA JV
Lavere off to yooo & privisos
thematiste Josqmt istoamnative
impacts
200ibneggA
6645
AV-25
nochismo ali nollstadu bas robino evilsmelia A xbneqgA
TSR 18xbneqqA
amyecQA bris
venddA vineeol-OxibnsqgA
Jell asloog2 elibw bris noitslegeVxibreqgA
29 youte wasu VameR XIbneqgA
polybute
133
133
(bounth LIST OF TABLES
I. Alternatives Including the Proposed Action
TABLE II-1. Design Characteristics of the Charlie Creek
to Belfield 345-kVTransmission Line
to fugtu benimo BAT
II-11
TABLE 11-2. Personnel and Equipment Required for
Construction of Steel Lattice Structures..
TABLE 11-3. Summary of Public Meetings.........
TABLE 11-4. Assessment Summary.
TABLE II-5. Mitigation Measures..
TABLE 11-6. Alternative Routes......
10-hone - ELISAT
II-14
11-23
11-28
11-38
11-42
TABLE 11-7. Final Route Comparison........
TABLE II-8. Quantitative Comparison.........
FIGURE 11-7. Shady
III The Affected Environment
FIGURE 1-8. A
RGURE
Aftern
TABLE III-1. Crop Yields......
11-43
11-45
111-5
TABLE III-2. Summary of Engineering and Environmental
Soil Characteristics.........
IV Environmental Consequences
III-28
The
TABLE IV-1. Visual Impact Model ........
IV-5
TABLE IV-2. Soil Hazard Potentials and Sensitivity Rankings.
IV-27
TABLE IV-3. Soil Impacts
IV-28
TABLE IV-4. Short-term Verses Long-term Productivity
Calculations.......
...........IV-40
TABLE IV-5. Irreversible Verses Irretrievable Resources
IV-43
FIGU
FIGURE IN 10. Bong Restaure
LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
noinA beannolic Appendix D
smail 1
TABLE D-1. Combined Output of Audible Noise, Radio Noise, TVI, Ozone 30 MISLEAY
Concentration, Ground Gradient, and Magnetic Field.
TABLE D-2. Short-Circuit Currents for Various Objects in Milliamperes........
.D-3
......D-10
08-11
80-11
avi
TS-VI
85A
SUBAT
GOT-IBAT
lshamnorivna bra prisengra lo vimme si EAT
zlichotomed0 108
2800supeana Istnamnoriva VI
boy
GA-VI
aboM tosomi susV I-VISUBAT
H162 S VILIBAT
hon3-338AT
ekdayahzeni seneV ella event avi BAT
65A LIST OF FIGURES
1. Need and Purpose
FIGURE 1-1. Area Transmission Facilities......
II. Alternatives Including the Proposed Action
RG FIGURE II-1. Typical 345-kV Single Circuit Steel-Lattice Structure..
FIGURE II-2. Typical 345-kV Single Circuit Steel H-Frame Structure....
FIGURE 11-3. Typical Transmission Line Construction Activities..........
and
FIGURE 11-4. Basic Wire Handling Equipment..........
FIGURE 11-5. Task Sequence Diagram
FIGURE 11-6. Regional Context Map.
Dise FIGURE 11-7. Study Area...
Coope
1-2
..... 11-8
11-9
II-17
11-19
........Foldout
........II-25
Foldout
FIGURE II-8. Alternative Routes.....
.......Foldout*.
FIGURE 11-9. Final Routing Alternatives..
Foldout
low dob
finge
syaloob
III The Affected Environment
862
VIBAUDR
Juobio
FIGURE III-1. Land Use Resources....
........Foldout
adoqmi stiibliw .31-VI BRUDA
FIGURE III-2. Theodore Roosevelt National Park Visual Analysis......
...... III-9
FIGURE III-3. Cultural Resources Map
..........Foldout
FIGURE III-4. Slope Zones.
FIGURE III-5. Regional Geologic Structure.
FIGURE III-6. Geologic Resources
FIGURE III-7. Stratigraphic Column.......
Foldout
....... III-20
...... Foldout
III-21
The FIGURE III-8. Surface Hydrology.
Foldout
FIGURE III-9. Soils..........
Foldout
FIGURE III-10. Biological Resources...
Foldout
LIST OF FIGURES (Continued)
IV Environmental Consequences
Foldout
FIGURE IV-1. Land Use Impacts...
onibubal revismetA
Foldout
FIGURE IV-2. Visual Impact..........
FIGURE IV-3. Buck Hill Computer Simulation.....
FIGURE IV-4. Painted Canyon Computer Simulation.
FIGURE IV-5. Horseback Trail Computer Simulation........
FIGURE IV-6. Buck Hill Steel-Lattice Photosimulation..
........ IV-9
........IV-10
..............IV-11
..............IV-12
FIGURE IV-7. Painted Canyon Steel-Lattice Photosimulation..
.............IV-13
FIGURE IV-8. Horseback Trail Steel-Lattice Photosimulation.
........IV-14
FIGURE IV-9. Buck Hill Steel H-frame Photosimulation.............
FIGURE IV-10. Painted Canyon Steel H-frame Photosimulation............
FIGURE IV-11. Horseback Trail Steel H-frame Photosimulation...................……………………….….….….….….….….…..IV-17
FIGURE IV-12. Cultural Impacts.......
....................IV-15
........ IV-16
FIGURE IV-13. Geologic Impacts
FIGURE IV-14. Soil Impacts.
FIGURE IV-15. Vegetation/Wetland Impacts.
FIGURE IV-16. Wildlife Impacts.........
sovitimatiÁ enda.................Foldout
.....Foldout
Foldout
Foldout
......Foldout
Appendix D
& BADOR
FIGURE D-1. Horizontal Conductor Configuration.........
FIGURE D-2. Electric and Magnetic Fields at 3.3 Foot Height.............
Foldout
Oversized figures are located at the back of this document
roblo7
...................D-2
8......D-8
DIR
802 6ill SAUDR
algolots or- BAUDR
wol of tooldus ad bluow meEXECUTIVE SUMMARY etherio prilieba ortt
28 Ness sihar-2VA ert
mataya nolaelmens notelliW
toethi-mateva impedig beol
as Saboobs
atuo nis onhub
ea olher pritabe erT (S bns
to asol sidle og bris spalov
(s bns en nolasimanent Val
310
asion. A. Introduction
230-k
beete
The Western Area Power Administration (Western) is proposing to construct a high
voltage transmission line project which would interconnect the existing Antelope Valley
Station-Charlie Creek 345-kV Transmission Line in southern McKenzie County and the
Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line near Belfield, Stark County, North
Dakota. A new 345/230-kV substation would be constructed near Belfield and additions
made to the existing Charlie Creek 345/115-kV Substation. This environmental impact
statement (EIS) was prepared in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of
1969 (NEPA), the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations for the
implementation of the procedural requirements of NEPA, the Department of Energy
guidelines for compliance with NEPA, and other applicable legislation.
obvo
ed blow been betale arit onitsam
seemedeya nolealmanent be B. Need and Purpose
bB. Need and Purpose plagelhart
of sau bludo mateow
ed
ther
no
alios beeogoiq ert
rtionA
The electrical needs of the Charlie Creek-Williston area in western North Dakota are
presently served by a single 345-kV transmission line from the Antelope Valley Station (AVS)
and several 115-kV transmission lines from Garrison, Tioga, Wolf Point, and Richland.
Distribution service in the area is supported by a 69-kV system owned by McKenzie Electric
Cooperative and a 41.6-kV system owned by West Plains Electric Cooperative.
Power system simulation studies and operational experience have demonstrated
the need for added transmission capacity into the area. The Charlie Creek-Williston area
cannot sustain an outage of the AVS-Charlie Creek 345-kV line without experiencing severe
low voltages, overloaded facilities, and possible loss of electric service to customers. In the
future, system voltages and facility loadings will be unacceptable during both outage and
system intact conditions.
The proposed action would: 1) provide improved service to area loads, 2) improve
system reliability, 3) contribute to energy conservation, and 4) provide flexibility for future
system expansion.
120
beefhe
eper
C. Alternatives Including the Proposed Action
The categories of alternatives considered for meeting the stated need are no action,
energy conservation, other existing or planned systems, other technologies, other
alternating current overhead systems, and the proposed action with routing and design
alternatives.
In this EIS, the no action alternative has been interpreted to mean that no new
transmission facilities would be constructed by Western between Charlie Creek and Belfield.
The consequences of the no action alternative would be: 1) The electrical loads served from
the existing Charlie Creek-Williston 115-kV transmission system would be subject to low
voltage and possible loss of electric service during an outage of the AVS-Charlie Creek 345-
kV Transmission Line., and 2) The existing Charlie Creek-Williston transmission system
would not be able to support anticipated area electrical load growth under system-intact
conditions when Lewis and Clark generation is off-line. Overloaded facilities, low voltage
conditions, and associated service interruptions will increase in frequency and severity as
time progresses.
Western could attempt to mitigate these adverse effects through mandatory load
curtailments, rolling black-outs, and planned voltage reduction, but these measures are
considered unacceptable in terms of normal utility practices.
bis
Western encourages energy conservation, which refers to the elimination of
wasteful or unnecessary uses of energy and has the advantage of reducing energy
consumption with no documented adverse environmental impacts. While conservation
measures employed by Western and its customers have resulted in some energy savings
and reduction in loads, they have not reduced area loads or area load growth in amounts
sufficient to eliminate the need to improve the system.
Another alternative for meeting the stated need would be for Western to provide
support to the Charlie Creek area using existing or planned transmission systems. There
are no existing or planned transmission facilities owned by others that Western could use to
meet the need for the proposed action.
A direct current (dc) transmission system is a possible alternative to an alternating
current (ac) system, but, because of the need for ac-dc conversion facilities, a dc system
with the power transfer capability of a 345-kV ac line would cost approximately two to three
times as much as an ac line, with no apparent environmental advantage. Underground
systems were also evaluated but eliminated because of technical complications, economic
and environmental costs, and accessibility, although some aesthetic impacts would be
avoided. No other method is presently available for the economical bulk-power
transmission of electric energy.
Overhead ac systems other than the proposed action were also considered. These
included: 1) a Charlie Creek-Belfield 230-kV line, 2) a Charlie Creek-Dickinson 345-kV line,
and 3) a Charlie Creek-Dickinson 230-kV line. A comparison of these options to the
proposed action indicated that the proposed action offered the best combination of costs,
savings in transmission line losses, improved system reliability, provision of an additional
transmission source to area loads, and future expandability.
After investigating the above alternatives, Western concluded that the most
reasonable alternative for meeting the stated need and purpose would be a new overhead
ac line constructed between Charlie Creek and Belfield. Design alternatives for voltage,
structures, and conductor were considered. Results of design-alternative evaluations are
incorporated in the following description of the proposed action and routing alternatives.
nglesb
emelave
Have be
ene
melis
auviorbotie
wen on tort neem of beterent need aari evitamalle noima
Fablellled bristow dinero.com
manent
mont bevige absol soltosle pr (ted blow evilsmolts moto
sanoo erT
ii
Identified
HD. Proposed Action
Western proposes to construct, operate, and maintain a single-circuit overhead
345-kV ac transmission line to connect Basin Electric's existing 345/115-kV Charlie Creek
Substation with Western's existing Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line at a
new 345/230-kV substation to be built near Belfield, North Dakota. The proposed project
would consist of the construction of about 38.2 miles of new 345-kV transmission line on
steel-lattice or steel H-frame structures. The proposed Belfield Substation would be built on
approximately 5 acres of land 4 miles southwest of Belfield. A steel-lattice structure would
be 60 to 90 feet tall and occupy approximately 1600 square feet at the base. A steel H-
frame structure would occupy about 88 square feet at the base and would be 60 to 90 feet
tall. Span lengths between structures for either structure type would average 1,150 feet
along a 165 foot wide right-of-way. The conductors would be nonspecular type to reduce
light reflection.
Construction of the proposed project would begin in May, 1989, and the line would
be scheduled to be operational by December 1990. The expected life of the project is at
least 50 years.
E. Alternative Corridor and Substation Comparison
The siting and impact assessment of the Charlie Creek to Belfield 345-KV
Transmission Line Project was accomplished through a rigorous, systematic process
involving six major phases: 1) determining the scope of the environmental studies and
assessments to be conducted, 2) conducting resource sensitivity analyses to identify
a opportunities and constraints to transmission line siting, 3) selecting alternative corridors
brand substation sites for detailed study, 4) assessing the potential impact of constructing and
operating the project at each alternative location and methods for avoiding or reducing
those impacts, 5) identifying the "least impact" location and selecting a proposed or
"preferred" route for the project, and 6) preparing the EIS for review and obtaining other
required environmental reviews and approvals.
metase
Environmental studies including regional-scale and corridor-scale studies were
conducted for a number of alternative transmission line routes between Charlie Creek and
Belfield and for four alternative substation sites south of Belfield. The principal studies,
through which the environmental baseline for impact assessment and mitigation planning
en was developed, inventoried existing conditions for land use, agricultural, visual, and
socioeconomic resources in the human environment; archaeological, historic, and Native
American resources in the cultural environment; and air, geologic, paleontologic,
hydrologic, soils, vegetation, and wildlife resources in the natural environment. In addition,
potential electrical, biological, health, and safety effects from the proposed project were
assessed.
menu An extensive public involvement program was conducted which began early in the
planning process with scoping meetings and agency contacts to provide information on the
et proposed project and solicit early input regarding environmental issues. Further public
workshops were held at critical points in the planning process to obtain data for the
environmental studies and solicit input on alternative routes and substation sites, including
refinement of the proposed alternative.
iii
F. Affected Environment
1. Human Environment
The majority of lands within the study area are in private ownership. Publicly owned
lands fall under the jurisdiction of the Forest Service, the North Dakota Department of State
Lands, Billings, Stark, McKenzie, and Dunn Counties, and the city of Belfield. The Little
Missouri National Grasslands are administered by the U.S. Forest Service as part of the
Custer National Forest and are managed primarily for livestock grazing purposes,
implementation of intensive range management systems, and the facilitation of minerals and
energy development
Regionally significant existing and planned land use features within the study area
consist primarily of ranching-based agricultural activities. Over 90 percent of the land within
the study area is devoted to non-irrigated crop and livestock production which is maintained
on large farmsteads. There is no irrigated cropland in the study area.
The City of Belfield (population 1,300) is the only municipality within the study area.
There are numerous oil and gas production facilities concentrated primarily in the
northeastern portion of the study area. A Department of Defense Ground Wave Emergency
Network (GWEN) tower is located 4 miles west of Belfield.
Two major transportation corridors are located in the study area: 1) Interstate 94
runs east-west through the southern portion of the study area, and 2) U.S. Highway 85 runs
north to south through the western portion of the study area.
The study area is a homogeneous visual setting that is common to the
physiographic region. Scenic quality for the study area is rated as Class C, characterized
by upland rolling plains that are generally uniform, expressing little variety in form, line,
color, or texture.
Key Observation Points (KOPs) within the study area include residential and
highway views. The Forest Service considers views from Interstate 94 to be particularly
sensitive in relationship to the Theodore Roosevelt National Park (TNRP), the eastern
boundary of which is one mile west of the project area (Forest Service, 1974).
KOPS outside of the study area which have significance include a number of
br viewpoints from the TRNP, whose vistas encompass areas along the western portion of the
study area.
evi
2. Cultural Environment
There are no known cultural resources in the study area listed in or determined
er eligible for the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP). Sites representing most
6 prehistoric periods have been recorded in the study area. These sites include cultural
material scatters and quarries. Historic sites recorded in the study area include
homestead/farmsteads, granaries, houses, dumps, and mines.
iv
meanco
No Native American resources of contemporary or historical significance were
identified in the study area.
bns befl
Weens
sons youte erit nienistabool
on
3. Natural Environment
The climate in the study area is semi-arid and continental, characterized by long
cold winters and short warm summers. The mean annual temperature at Watford City
(located approximately 30 miles north of the study area) for 1971-80 was 43.1 °F; ranging
from an average of 70 °F in July and August to 13.9 °F in January. The mean annual
precipitation recorded at Watford City (located approximately 60 miles north of Belfield) for
1971-80 was 15.9 inches, with approximately 70 percent of total precipitation occurring
during the growing season. The overall ambient air quality is good.
The study area is located in the unglaciated Missouri Plateau Section of the Great
Plains Physiographic Province in southwestern North Dakota. Only minor damage would
be expected from seismic activity within the area. The area is characterized by low relief
and gentle slopes interrupted by hills, buttes, and ridges. The near-surface strata are
relatively flat-lying. The dominant lithologic unit is the Sentinel Butte Formation consisting of
thin lignite, interbedded gray siltstone, silty claystone, mudstone, and gray-to-yellowish-
gray, fine-to-medium channel sand. Significant mineral resources and economically
valuable materials occurring within the study area include oil and gas, lignite, uranium, and
scoria. The eight soil map units in the study area exhibit some potential water and wind
erosion, compaction, reclamation sensitivity, and engineering problems. Although
fossiliferous strata occur within the study area, the potential for disturbing significant
paleontological resources is low.
A north-south drainage divide is located in the western portion of the study area.
Drainages located west of the divide flow into the Little Missouri River, while drainages that
flow in an easterly direction drain into the Heart, Green, and Knife Rivers. These are low-
gradient intermittent streams that normally flow in direct response to snowmelt or
precipitation. Ground water supplies for domestic and livestock use are generally found in
the upper Hell Creek-lower Ludlow aquifer system, aquifers in the upper part of the Ludlow,
Tongue River, and Sentinel Butte Formations, and alluvial deposits.
Vegetation in the area is dominated by prairie grassland, except on slopes and
along drainages. Much of the natural vegetation on the rolling uplands has been replaced
by non-irrigated cultivation of small grains and fodder crops. The Little Missouri National
Grasslands are Federally owned lands managed as grazing rangeland similar to private
holdings of native grassland. Limited hardwood forest stands occur in upper drainages and
draws and limited wetland communities exist along larger stream channels, in poorly
drained depressions, and adjacent to stock ponds and reservoirs. There are no permanent
lakes or large areas of wetlands in the study area. No plant species currently on the Federal
or state threatened or endangered species lists have been identified within the study area.
per Cropland, grassland, wetland, aquatic, and hardwood are the five wildlife habitat
types occurring within the study area. Big game species include mule deer, white-tailed
Ideer, and pronghorn antelope. Common upland game birds include pheasant, partridge,
grouse, and wild turkey. Waterfowl include geese and ducks. Four species listed as
endangered by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service may occur in the study area. The
peregrine falcon, bald eagle, and whooping crane are potential migrants through the area.
V
The black-footed ferret is a potential resident of prairie dog towns. State species of concern
which likely are present are long-billed curlew, Baird's sparrow, and Sprague's pipit.
There are no extensive floodplains in the study area. Wetlands are limited and have
been significantly impacted by agriculture. The only wetland systems present are riverine
and palustrine. Riverine systems along the small streams include all the wetlands and
shallow water habitats contained within a channel, with the exception of wetlands
dominated by trees, shrubs, and persistent emergents. Palustrine systems include
floodplains, and all other ponds, depressions, marshes, and seepage zones throughout the
area. Lacustrine systems, which are bodies of water greater than 20 acres, are notably
missing from the study area.
G. Environmental Consequences
foo
1. Impact Assessment/Mitigation Planning Process
Environmental consequences from the proposed action and alternatives are the
residual impacts derived through a process that first identified, and subsequently evaluated
and integrated, initial impacts and appropriate mitigation measures. The process involved
assessing impacts by: 1) comparing the proposed project with the pre-project environment,
2) determining mitigation that would avoid, effectively reduce, or eliminate impacts, and 3)
identifying "residual" impacts, or impacts remaining after the application of mitigation.
Study area-specific impact types and levels as well as mitigation measures were
first identified for each resource. Impacts were then evaluated using "reference centerline"
routes which were located within each of the alternative corridors such that they occupied
areas which had been identified to be less environmentally sensitive. Initial and residual
impacts were established on a resource by resource basis for each of the alternative routes.
Routes were then compared to identify the "environmentally preferred route".
2. Impacts to the Human Environment
eagu ert
Land use concerns expressed by Billings, Stark, McKenzie, and Dunn Counties,
interested agencies, and the public during the project scoping process centered around the
effects on agricultural practices, the proximity to occupied rural residences and farm
tcomplexes, and the potential for closely paralleling other linear features such as roads.
1907
bns
thenorme. In the study area, land use impacts primarily relate to agriculture, since most other
types of land uses can be avoided through facility siting. Short-term impacts on agriculture
include temporary loss of cropland in construction areas and reduced crop yields in
construction areas due to soil compaction.
Long-term land use impacts include reduction in available land by displacement of
the area required for structures and reduction in crop yields due to soil compaction
resulting from maneuvering farm equipment around structures. Transmission structures
hinder the operation of farm equipment, and additional time is required to farm and
maneuver around these structures. The proposed project may interfere with crop dusting
operations. Weed control is a major concern of farmers in areas where transmission lines
vi
are located. Additional time may be required to hand-spray or cut weeds around
transmission structures. Mature weeds may spread seeds into fields, and provide cover for
harmful insects.
betellon
The socioeconomic impact assessment focuses on issues, concerns, and
questions raised by landowners, elected officials, and agency representatives in the study
area in meetings and conversations conducted as part of the environmental study process.
Such comments are taken to be representative of the social and economic issues that are
important to local people in relation to this project. These issues are evaluated in light of
project construction and operation requirements in order to determine potential effects on
community economies and social structures.
Local residents would benefit from increased confidence in the reliability of electric
service delivery. Effects of the project on the local economy of the study area are
considered, overall, to be positive, but short-term. This is particularly true in Stark County,
where most of the construction-related revenues would be spent.
bre
From an economic perspective, agricultural impacts would likely be minimal and
restricted mainly to cultivated areas. Potential economic impacts to agriculture including
crop loss and damages, would be compensated through payments by Western for acquired
right-of-way. Right-of-way (ROW) acquisition would be accomplished through negotiations
with each affected landowner. These negotiations are expected to result in some economic
benefit to the property owner, particularly in light of the fact that agricultural operators could
continue to use most of the acquired ROW for farming purposes. This economic benefit
may be partially offset by the inconvenience and potential crop yield reduction associated
with the presence of transmission structures in cultivated fields on a long-term basis.
The primary siting issues associated with visual resources were foreground and
middleground views from major travel routes, individual residences, and communities, as
well as views from Theodore Roosevelt National Park.
Visual intrusion of the transmission line would continue throughout the life of the
proposed project. Nonspecular (not shiny) conductors would be used for the proposed
project, reducing conductor visibility as much as possible. Structures would be placed in a
manner which allows sensitive features to be avoided or spanned, wherever possible.
These mitigation measures would reduce site-specific visual impacts to some degree, but
would not effectively reduce initial impacts to lower levels (e.g., high impacts would not be
reduced to moderate). In assessing the visual impacts of the proposed project, it was
te determined that the minimum impact incurred would be low, since the line would always
have some visual presence.
Jo
3. Impacts to the Cultural Environment
Ed Bow
enemurl to consseng
Depay ab
hoqqu

Impacts to cultural resources, which are nonrenewable, could be adverse and
to permanent. Construction and operation of the proposed project could result in impacts
affecting cultural resources physically and/or visually, directly and/or indirectly, and could
affect criteria that makes a resource eligible for inclusion in the National Register of Historic
Places. Direct impacts are primarily limited to the location of the support structures, guy
wire anchoring, access trails/roads, and heavy equipment movement along the right-of-
way. Direct impacts could also include visual impacts, especially to historic sites. Indirect
vii
impacts could result from increased access to previously isolated sites, heightening the
potential for vandalism.
To date, seven prehistoric sites, 4 historic sites, and 21 prehistoric isolated finds
have been recorded from an intensive cultural resources survey of the proposed route.
Several of these sites are avoidable through spanning and or establishment of avoidance
(e.g., non-trespass) areas for construction, inspection, and other project-related personnel
and equipment. Western will confer with the State Historic Preservation Officer to determine
procedures for mitigation of adverse impacts to significant cultural resources.
4. Impacts to the Natural Environment
610
Primary types of impacts on air resources are increased total suspended particulate
levels from construction activities and increased emission of nitrogen oxide, hydrocarbons,
carbon monoxide and sulfur dioxide from construction and maintenance vehicles. Dust
impacts could result from grading structure sites and access trails, clearing of brush and
tree debris, and vehicle movement during construction.
Air resource impacts anticipated during construction and maintenance of the
proposed transmission line are highly transient in nature and of a very short duration. The
impacts are therefore considered to be low in magnitude and should not prevent the
maintenance of air quality standards.
The principle geologic and hydrologic environmental impacts and construction
constraints assessed for the proposed project were: 1) soil erosion on steep slopes, 2)
construction of structure foundations in unconsolidated deposits (alluvium and colluvium),
areas with high water tables, and areas subject to periodic flooding, and 3) small scale
subsidence from burning lignite beds resulting in collapse of overburden. Potential soil
related hazards were determined to be water erosion, wind erosion, compaction sensitivity,
reclamation sensitivity, and engineering constraints. Spanning or rerouting to avoid
sensitive features and upgrading structure foundations to insure stability in areas of soft
subsurface conditions, high water tables, or flooding potential would effectively reduce
geologic and hydrologic impacts and overcome construction constraints.
High impact levels to vegetation were not encountered in the study area owing to
the lack of large, critically sensitive areas of vegetation. No unique, threatened, or
endangered plant species has been identified. The wetlands associated with reservoirs,
marshes, and streams are small and easily avoided by careful routing. Other areas that
could support wetlands vegetation, such as small potholes and surface depressions, are not
present in the study area.
Short-term impacts to wildlife would occur during the construction phase. They
include disturbance of animals by noise and the presence of humans as well as temporary
bloss of habitat owing to construction activities. Long-term impacts are those that result from
the long-term presence of the transmission line such as permanent loss or alteration of
bi habitat owing to construction of the line. The removal of grassland and cropland wildlife
habitat for structure sites would not result in significant long-term biological impacts. All
hardwood and wetland habitats would be avoided or spanned. No impacts to threatened,
endangered, or special-status species have been identified.
viii
alnemmop allduq yonepa bns, H. Electrical Effects @qmi eve deblovs
evilomats hose to seorsu
bas
The electrical effects of the proposed project would be those resulting from corona
and electric/magnetic fields. Corona is the electrical breakdown of the air into charged
particles. Effects of corona, which are greatest during wet weather, include audible noise,
visible light, photochemical oxidants, and radio and television interference. No significant
adverse effects from audible noise, visible light, or photochemical oxidants are anticipated.
Impacts from radio and television interference, if they occur, are expected to be minimal
and would be mitigated by Western on a case by case basis.
Field effects from electrical and magnetic fields created by the proposed
transmission line include induced currents and voltages. The induced short-circuit current
to the largest anticipated vehicle under the proposed line would be less than the National
Electric Safety Code criterion of 5 milliampere (mA).
bas
Primary shocks from steady-state current would not be possible from the induced
currents because of the relatively low field strengths and grounding practices of Western.
Secondary shocks are not likely to occur very often; when they do, they would represent a
nuisance rather than a hazard. Spark discharges from induced voltages could occur on
objects inadequately grounded under the proposed line; however, shock of this type would
be rare.
Whether long-term direct exposure to electric fields from transmission lines causes
biological or health effects in humans is controversial. Research results are contradictory
and inconclusive. The electric-field levels of the proposed line would be less than levels at
which effects have been reported and below the perception levels for humans. No adverse
health or biological effects are anticipated.
Adverse electrical effects on agriculture are not anticipated because the electrical
exfields from the proposed transmission line would be below levels where most effects have
been observed on honeybees or crops.
Magnetically induced currents and voltages from the proposed transmission line
would be minimized because of grounding practices of Western and available mitigating
techniques that would be applied. It is highly unlikely that exposures to the magnetic fields
from the proposed line would have adverse biological or health effects because of the low
levels generated, which are equal to or less than those of appliances in the home. The
proposed line would not be located in close proximity to occupied residences.
Reversion of pacemakers is the most substantial effect noted to wearers of
pacemakers and is not considered a serious problem. To date, no evidence that a
transmission line has caused a serious problem to the wearer of a pacemaker has been
found.
-Vonage ent et eban
D
1. Environmentally Preferred Route
Maple printeman ab
bemeteng
bne leta. The least potential impact or "environmentally preferred" route was identified
through an assessment of the environmental data and public input. Included in the
preferred route selection was a review of the impact characterizations, significant
ix
unavoidable adverse impacts, individual routing preferences, and agency/public comments
regarding the locations and cumulative environmental consequences of each alternative
route.
Summaries of assessment criteria, corridor selection issues, and impact
assessment issues are presented in Table 11-4. A comparison of impacts for the final list of
alternative routes is shown on Table II-7. A quantitative comparison of final routes is shown
on Table II-8.
The locations of the alternative corridors and routes, and the alternative Belfield
Substation siting areas are shown in Figure II-8. The environmentally preferred route is also
shown in Figure II-9.
The resources which were found to be the best discriminators, that is those which
provided the greatest capability to differentiate between the alternative routes, were land
use and visual. In the final analysis, two routes, an eastern route (E4-1) and a western route
(W1-1), were found to be clearly preferred over all other alternatives. Land use showed a
preference for the western route and visual showed a preference for the eastern route.
Because the visual preference for the eastern route was stronger than the land use
preference for the western route (i.e., a wider discrepancy within the given resource) and
because visual impacts ranged into the high category while all land use impacts were
moderate or lower, the eastern route was determined to be the least-potential-impact or
"environmentally preferred" route.
J. Agency-Preferred Route
Because it was recognized that the eastern and western routes were very similar in
overall environmental ranking, it was considered important to evaluate other factors such as
miles of transmission line construction, available access, potential construction problems,
and project costs before selecting the agency-preferred route.
It was determined that the western route provided somewhat better access and
fewer engineering/construction constraints. In addition, the shorter length of the western
route (approximately 4 fewer miles) represented a potential savings of around 10% (up to
one million dollars) in line construction costs over the eastern route. For these reasons, the
western route (W1-1) was selected as the agency-preferred route.
As a result of comments received from the public and interested agencies,
implementation of mitigation measures, and a preliminary centerline survey/engineering
review, refinements were made to the agency-preferred route. The agency-preferred and
refined agency-preferred routes are shown in Figure 11-9. Table II-8 provides a quantitative
assessment of the agency-preferred and refined agency-preferred routes.
Based on the corridor selection process and adjustments made to the agency-
preferred route, no significant unavoidable adverse impacts would remain for earth
resources, biological resources, or floodplains and wetlands. Remaining significant (or
potentially significant) unavoidable adverse impacts were identified for land use, visual, and
e cultural resources.
bensting
X
1. Land Use
The construction and operation of the proposed line would remove approximately
2.6 acres (steel-lattice structures) or 1.5 acres (H-frame structures) of cropland from
production for the life of the project.
2. Visual Resources
High visual impacts would occur along the proposed transmission line corridor
where 32 residences with open views are located within 1 mile of the agency-preferred
route. The proposed Belfield Substation would create high and high-to-moderate visual
impacts to 1 residence with an open view and 2 residences with partially screened views
within 1 mile of the substation.
3. Cultural Resources
Although there is potential for significant impacts to archaeological and historic
resources, unavoidable adverse impacts cannot be identified until the results of the
intensive cultural resources survey are assessed and consultation for eligibility and effect
between Western and the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) is completed.
Western plans to avoid three of the seven recorded prehistoric cultural material
scatters. Of the four that will not be avoided, two have been recommended as not eligible
for the NRHP. A final determination of "not eligible" would result in no adverse impact by the
proposed project. The remaining two prehistoric sites would be adversely impacted if they
are determined to be potentially eligible and unavoidable.
Two historic material scatters were recorded within the ROW and have been
recommended as not eligible. Western does not plan to avoid these. The two historic
structures recorded outside the ROW will be visually impacted, but have also been
recommended as not eligible.
Final NRHP eligibility determinations must be made before the level of impact to
each resource can be assessed. Finalized construction plans will determine which
resources can be avoided.
Need and Purpose
xi
swe
ahotkin
dirty beingol is away no
bluow notatadue
besogo
ver bebeami vienevos ed biod
2010
915
ads to toe agency
for
for
visual, and
I.

Need and Purpose
I. NEED AND PURPOSE
C. Purpose
The proposed action to
Lindwould save the loy
A. Introduction
The Western Area Power Administration (Western) is proposing to construct a high
voltage transmission line project which would interconnect the existing Antelope Valley
Station-Charlie Creek 345-kV Transmission Line in southern McKenzie County and the
Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line near Belfield, Stark County, North
Dakota. The proposed project would require construction of approximately 38.2 miles of
new 345-kV transmission line and terminal facilities at each end. The proposed transmission
line would be constructed with steel lattice or steel H-frame structures on a 165-foot-wide
right-of-way. A new 345/230-kV substation would be constructed near Belfield which would
require acquisition of about 5 to 10 acres of land.
Contribute
proposad
of electrical
B. Need

The electrical needs of the Charlie Creek-Williston area in western North Dakota are
presently served by a single 345-kV transmission line from the Antelope Valley Station (AVS)
and several 115-kV transmission lines from Garrison, Tioga, Wolf Point, and Richland as
shown in Figure 1-1. Distribution service in the area is supported by a 69-kV system owned
by McKenzie Electric Cooperative and a 41.6-kV system owned by West Plains Electric
Cooperative.
Power system simulation studies and operational experience have demonstrated
the need for added transmission capacity into the area. Some of the problems are:
The Charlie Creek-Williston area cannot sustain an outage of the AVS-Charlie
Creek 345-kV line without experiencing severe low voltages, overloaded
facilities, and possible loss of electric service to customers.
As early as Winter 1990, system voltage and facility loadings in the area will be
unacceptable without additional construction of transmission facilities.
It will become increasingly difficult to remove sections of 115-kV transmission
lines from service for routine maintenance because of the aforementioned
problems. Reduced maintenance could lead to more unscheduled outages.
J32
Because of these problems, it is necessary that additional transmission facilities be
built to adequately serve the Charlie Creek-Williston area loads in the future. 01221M2MART
ATCHAG WIROW
1-1
MO122 MBMART
yhero not benimo
8-1
7
WILLIAMS
ELEC
UM 115
WAPA 115
WILLISTON
WAPA 115
YELLOWSTONE/
RIVER
MEC 69
MEC 115
له
کہ
69
MEC 115
6
7
هم
LITTLE
згодния дИА ЛЕЗИ І

BEPC 230
COOP
MDU 115
TIOGA
BEPC 230
MOU 115
eri
MC KENZIE
ELEC.
COOP.
69
69
UM 115 WATFORD
CITY
.ཀ
༢.
beat
69
69
MOUNTRAIL
ELEC. COOP.
بر
69
کر کسی
MEC 115
WAPA 115
CHARLE CREEK
KILLDEER
PLAINS ELEC. COOP BEPC 345
MEC 115
WEST
ཀ༽
KNIFE
RIVERS
PROPOSED
CHARLIE CREEK-BELFIELD
345-kV TRANSMISSION LINE
pajoy wor
BELFIELD
PROPOSED
BELFIELD
SUBSTATION
HEART
DICKINSON
SLOPE
ELEC. COOP.
RIVER
IVER
MDU 115
WAPA 230
SELECTED REGIONAL
TRANSMISSION FACILITIES*Wol
TRANSMISSION LINES
|||
200kV or Higher
100kV to 200kV
50kV to 100kV
*Some Transmission/Distribution Facilities
Not Related to Project have been
Omitted for Clarity.
NORTH DAKOTA
Fargo
Belfieid Dickinson
Bismarck
94
Lisbon
1-2
BEPC 230
DES
LACS
RIVER
115
LOGAN
Migh
upos eluper
LAKE SAKAKAWEA
GARRISON
CANTELOPE
VALLEY
STATION
WAPA 115
BEPC 230
CPEC 115
AUDUBON
LAKE
WAPA 115
BEPC 345
MKA 230
BEULAH
MDU 115
MOU 345
COYOTE
OLIVER-MERCER
ELEC. COOP
MGS 115
w
S
ssunde E
ent avise vlasupebs of flud
WAPA
115

C. Purpose
The proposed action to construct a new Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV Transmission
Line would serve the following purposes:
Improve System Reliability. At the present time, there are no plans by other
utilities to provide alternate high-voltage transmission paths from generation
sources in the North Dakota coal fields to the Charlie Creek-Williston area. The
proposed action would provide a second high-voltage source to back-up the
loss of the AVS-Charlie Creek 345-kV line.
Improve Service. The proposed action would improve service to electrical
loads in the area for either scheduled (maintenance) or unscheduled (storm
damage, lightning, etc.) outages.
Contribute to energy conservation. Although it is not a primary objective of the
proposed action, construction of the facilities would result in significant savings
of electrical energy through reduction of transmission line losses in the area.
Provide flexibility for future expansion of the area high-voltage transmission
system. The project would extend a strong 345-kV transmission path from the
North Dakota coalfields generation to the loads in southwestern North Dakota
and eastern Montana. The new Belfield Substation would provide a means for
further extension or expansion of the area high-voltage transmission if needed
in the future.
Alternatives
Including the Proposed Action
1-3
nolzelmens V-240 blaffles
noo of noitos bsadgong an
noder entwallot at avise bloow an
merito ad anisiq on ens ever amineaeng erit A validelle mess & exchan
golferiep mot eritag nolaalmensat ogsflov-rigleretemetis ebivorgibt esti
ent sets notail-leathed edit of ableit toodete riboй art!
eft qu-load of sottos spatio-rigirt broosa a ebiyong bluow
end Val-28 Hesto etheri3-8VA erit
soniels of scivise evonami bluow hot
mote) baluberianu no learjanantem) beluberloa
A art to ea
genhetene quorit
aplysa insollins al een blow altit
adt mod ng nollment
hom
TRANSMISS

II.
Alternatives
Including the Proposed Action

II. ALTERNATIVES INCLUDING THE PROPOSED ACTION
Techoplogles
alternatives.
1.
Direct Currer
nemotensi malaya new
A. No-Action Alternative
The no-action alternative has been interpreted to mean that no new transmission
facilities would be constructed between Charlie Creek and Belfield.
vd
nob
The consequences of the no-action alternative would be the following:
The electrical loads served from the existing Charlie Creek-Williston 115-kV
transmission system would be subject to low voltage and possible loss of
electric service during an outage of the Antelope Valley Station-Charlie Creek
345-kV Transmission Line.
Pevitet
The existing Charlie Creek-Williston transmission system would not be able to
support future area electrical loads under system-intact conditions when Lewis
ebivog of me and Clark generation is off-line. Overloaded facilities, low voltage conditions,
emeteve and associated service interruptions will increase in frequency and severity as
time progresses.
evil yd beilqqu
28
Western could attempt to mitigate these adverse effects through mandatory load
curtailments, rolling black-outs, and planned voltage reduction, but these measures are
considered unacceptable in terms of normal utility practices.
EC
B. Energy Conservation Alternative
As part of its marketing policy, Western encourages energy conservation through
the elimination of wasteful, uneconomic, or unnecessary uses of energy and the use of
renewable resources such as hydro, wind, solar, and geothermal energy sources. This
policy is embodied in Western's Conservation and Renewable Energy (C&RE) Program.
As part of this program, Western requires that each of its customers file a C&RE
plan describing their conservation activities. Typical conservation measures which may be
implemented are as follows:
yd benwo
simlar to
Improvement of heating/cooling efficiency in buildings owned by Western
customers (cooperatives).
Dissemination of energy conservation information to cooperative customers.
■Energy audits.
States
Customer service assistance in efficient design of customer facilities.
Redesign of retail rates to encourage conservation.
|| -1
MO Assistance to customers in financing conservation measures.
Development of cogeneration policies.
- Purchase of energy-efficient power system transformers.
Power factor correction.
TJA II
noteskne Conversion of distribution and subtransmission systems to higher voltage.
The above measures result in energy savings and consequent reductions in load,
relative to the degree of implementation. Many C&RE programs have been implemented by
Western customers in the area. Implementation of all economically viable conservation
measures would not reduce existing loads nor offset future load growth enough to eliminate
the need to improve the system.
of
C. Other Existing or Planned Transmission Systems Alternatives
enoble Another alternative for meeting the stated need would be for Western to provide
support to the Charlie Creek area using other existing or planned transmission systems.
High voltage transmission to the Charlie Creek-Williston area is supplied by five
115-kV transmission lines and one 345-kV transmission line which originates in the coalfields
area of North Dakota. The ownership of these lines is divided as follows:
3580
Wolf Point-Williston 115-kV (Western)
Tioga-Williston 115-kV (Montana-Dakota Utilities)
Lewis & Clark-Williston 115-kV (Western)
enablenco
Lewis & Clark-Charlie Creek 115-kV (McKenzie Electric Cooperative)milo srtz
■Beulah-Charlie Creek 115-kV (Western)
dewent
ma al yolloq
Antelope Valley Station-Charlie Creek 345-kV (Basin Electric Power
Cooperative)
nelq
The existing transmission system will not meet reliability criteria when considered as
an integrated system. There are no existing or planned transmission facilities owned by
others that Western could use to meet the stated need for the proposed action.
enco ygiena to nothinimseald
stibus viena
euilibet samotaus to neisab teller sonstelsen solve remotau
nottavieanco epaucore of aeten isten to pleebeR
11-2
el 11 andbrdoje
Wishe
D. Other Technologies Alternatives
Technologies other than overhead ac systems constitute another set of possible
alternatives.
1. Direct Current Overhead Systems
to nousallags
a. Performance. Early applications of dc transmission without the benefit of a
transformer technology encountered problems in maintaining voltage. Today, there is still
no practical dc transformer technology or HV (high voltage) dc generation. However, the
development of an alternating current (ac) transformer technology, and inverter/converter
technology for changing dc into ac and ac into dc at terminals, has provided a means of
bypassing the dc transformer problem and utilizing dc when it is economical and
appropriate to system needs. The distinct advantages of dc transmission include the
following:
niamen veri
seofT 8
There is less line loss on dc lines than on ac lines, depending on the distances
involved, dc being more effective over longer distances.
As an intertie, dc transmission stabilizes systems that may not be synchronized,
thereby improving reliability.
S1s molte
eis noitaub hab
pie
10
grote eeling
In a dc system, power can be forced to flow to any desired point, while in an ac
system, inadvertent or "loop" flow can occur.
If flow is interrupted on one of the two conductors used in dc transmission, 50
percent of the load can be maintained on the remaining conductor. In similar
circumstances, ac breakers will interrupt service on all three ac conductors.

b. Economics. A principal deterrent to the use of dc transmission is the cost of the
converters (required for changing ac to dc at the generator and then back to ac for
distribution) and the dc breakers required for multiterminal lines. The cost of converters is
fixed, regardless of the transmission length between terminals, and can be several times the
cost of corresponding ac transmission terminals. For short distances, ac transmission
systems are more economical than dc transmission systems. The distance necessary for
savings in dc line construction and lower line losses, offsetting the additional costs of dc
converter/inverter stations, varies from project to project; however, it is generally
acknowledged to be in excess of 300 miles. The short length of the proposed 345-KV
transmission line would make dc transmission uneconomical, if not infeasible.
c. Environmental Consequences. The environmental consequences of a dc
transmission system for the proposed action, with minor exceptions, would most likely be
similar to those of an ac system.
2. Underground Construction
There has been underground construction of transmission systems in the United
States since the late 1920s for lower voltage distribution lines and some HV systems.
However, most HV (69-kV or greater) underground installations have been constructed in
11-3
congested urban areas, or as leads to and from generating plants and substations. It is
important to note that underground HV transmission lines have markedly different
technological requirements than lower voltage underground distribution lines, and are vastly
more complex and costly, primarily because of problems associated with dissipating cable
heat.
a. Performance. Design parameters and thermal limitations prohibit the use and
application of underground transmission cable systems for long distance transmission. For
these reasons alone, without consideration of the cost factor, there are no underground
transmission systems at voltages of 230-kV and above that exceed approximately 15 miles
in length in the United States. Submarine installations are the notable exception when the
surrounding water can be used as a heat sink.
bos Teck of the underground transmission cable systems in service, or concepts under
development, only two are feasible for installations up to approximately 15 miles in length.
These are the high-pressure, oil-filled (HPOF) pipe-type and the low-pressure, self-contained
oil-filled cable systems. The HPOF cable system is preferred in the United States, based on
its relative ruggedness, lower installation costs, reduced obstruction of vehicular and
pedestrian traffic, and avoidance of congestion during installation.
While underground lines are relatively immune to climatic conditions, they remain
vulnerable to digging, washouts, seismic events, and cooling system failures. These
complications can result in service outages lasting days or weeks, rather than the hours
usually required to correct overhead failures. Outages of such extended duration are
unacceptable for a circuit carrying bulk power to serve regional consumers.
b. Economics. The basic cost of constructing an underground 345-kV line using
an HPOF cable system would be approximately $1.3 million per linear mile. In addition to
the cable, pipe, and oil, ancillary facilities such as cable terminators, and oil-pressurizing,
pumping, and reactor stations would be required to complete the underground system. Oil-
pressurizing and pumping-plant facilities, which would be required every 7 to 10 miles along
the transmission route, would cost approximately $233,000 per station (in 1981 dollars), and
termination stations at each of the two substations would cost approximately $106,000 per
station. Maintenance costs would also be considerably higher for an underground line than
for its overhead equivalent.
Total estimated costs for an underground 345-kV transmission line between Charlie
Creek and Belfield would be roughly 8 to 10 times the cost of constructing an overhead
system of comparable capability.
of begbalworlos
c. Environmental Consequences. During construction, the environmental impacts
of an underground transmission line would be similar to those from pipeline construction,
which require a continuous line of trenching and backfilling between terminal points. As a
result, considerably greater adverse environmental impacts could be expected than from
construction of an overhead line. Access to an underground line for repairs and regular
maintenance would be required throughout its length in contrast to the overhead system,
which normally requires structure access only. In addition to construction-related
environmental impacts, there would be the potential for leaks of cooling liquid that could
result in significant environmental harm.
noo bnuogrebnu need end ener
amsteve VH noe ons eenil nouditelb apstlov nawol not easer etal arti sonia sets/2
ni batountanco need avari enolielistent buoignebnu (atseng to Vea) VH feom jevswol
11-4
V-AS Although there would be fewer visual effects from an underground transmission line
than from its overhead equivalent, most land uses, with the possible exception of farming,
would be equally impacted. In the case of farming, mixing of top- and subsoils which could
occur during excavation for an underground line, and the presence of ancillary facilities
(e.g., oil pumping stations, cable terminators), could result in disruptions to cultivation
practices as severe as those associated with the presence of overhead structures. In
addition, overhead lines can span many sensitive areas where underground lines cannot.
ions eabivor
Considering the technical complications, potential economic and environmental
costs, and access problems, an underground ac system, either in part or in total, is not a
reasonable alternative.
anofib
3. New Methods of Transmission
the
No method different from those described is presently available for the economical
bulk-power transmission of electric energy from a generating source to load centers. While
there is continuous research on the possibilities of microwave and laser transmission of
energy, these methods have not been developed to the point where they could be used.
Therefore, they cannot be considered a viable alternative.
woodpole
lattice an
woodpole
E. Overhead AC System Alternatives
and of Alternatives for overhead ac system transmission support to the Charlie Creek-
Williston area have been considered in several studies including the Missouri Basin System
Group's 1986 Facility Study (Missouri Basin System Group, 1981), the 1990 Horizon Study
(Missouri Basin System Group, 1982), and the studies described below.
The Western North Dakota Transmission Study (Western, et al., 1985) was
conducted jointly by Western, Basin Electric Power Cooperative (BEPC), and the Montana-
Dakota Utilities Cooperative (MDU). The purpose of the study was to evaluate and
determine any transmission additions required in the western North Dakota area to maintain
reliable electric service. The study recommended that a Charlie Creek-Belfield or Charlie
Creek-Dickinson line be built prior to the 1992 winter season to provide a backup source for
loss of the AVS-Charlie Creek 345-kV line. The operating voltage of the proposed line was
not determined in the study; although consideration was given to both 230-kV and 345-kV
construction. Two terminations considered in the study were the existing Dickinson
Substation or a tap of the Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV line in the Belfield area. Study
results indicated that the Belfield termination provided slightly better system performance
than the Dickinson termination, but no preferred terminal was recommended.

The Charlie Creek-Belfield/Dickinson Transmission Line Study (Western, 1986) was
conducted by Western to reevaluate the previously identified Charlie Creek-
Belfield/Dickinson transmission line alternatives. More current load projections were used
to reaffirm the need for additional transmission support to the Charlie Creek-Williston area.
The study examined and compared construction of: 1) a Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV line,
2) a Charlie Creek-Belfield 230-kV line, 3) a Charlie Creek-Dickinson 345-kV line, and 4) a
Charlie Creek-Dickinson 230-kV line.
Howeve
11-5
But note. The recommended facility addition was construction of a new 35 to 40 mile, 345-kV
transmission line from Charlie Creek to Belfield prior to 1990. Study results showed that this
alternative provides the following benefits:
Increases the transmission capacity and improves the reliability of electric
service to the Charlie Creek area.
919
theve
-0.0)
bbd
· Provides another transmission source into the Charlie Creek area, thereby For
reducing the severity of a single contingency outage.
Reduces area transmission losses.
Improves area voltages during both system-intact and outage conditions.
Eliminates transfer restrictions below the maximum capacity of the Miles City
DC Tie (MCCS) for outage of the Heskett-Dickinson 230-kV line. Reduces
exposed length of the Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV line by 26 miles.
■Provides a strong 345-kV terminal at Belfield, which could be used for future
additions. For example, the Belfield 345-kV terminal could be used in the future
to extend the 345-kV line to Miles City to support an increase in the capacity of
the MCCS.
F. Design Options for the Proposed Action
duration are
Three structural and two voltage alternatives for the transmission line were
considered in the planning process. The alternatives considered were wood H-frame, steel
H-frame, or steel lattice structures with the operating voltage at either 230-kV or 345-kV.
1. Voltage Level
Voltages initially considered for the project were 230- and 345-kV. The 230-kV
option would take advantage of the existing 230-kV transmission line near Belfield and the
345-kV option would take advantage of a strong 345-kV terminal at Charlie Creek. The
existing load and projected growth in the Charlie Creek-Williston area precluded a 115-kV
option from consideration. The 345-kV operating voltage was chosen for the following
dua
reasons:
The 345-kV option would provide much improved system performance
compared to the 230-kV option, especially during outage conditions. The 345-
kV line would improve area voltages during both system-intact and outage
conditions, and reduce area transmission losses. The addition of the Charlie
Creek-Belfield 345-kV line would reduce losses in Western's load control area
by an estimated 1.2 MW, 14.8 MW, and 0.3 MW for MCCS transfer levels of 87
MW (W-E), 200 MW (E-W), and 150 MW (W-E) respectively. For a MCCS
transfer of 200 MW (E-W), the 345-kV option would provide an additional 2.5
MW savings in losses compared to the 230-kV option.
11-6
The 345-kV option would assure that there will be adequate transmission
capacity to serve future area electrical loads. The study area loads are
projected to increase 47% by the winter of 1996-97 to 683.4 megawatts (MW).
A 345-kV line would preclude the need for additional transmission capacity into
the Charlie Creek area in the foreseeable future. In the event of a critical outage
of the Antelope Valley Station-Charlie Creek 345-kV line, the Charlie Creek-
Belfield 345-kV line would provide an alternate high-capacity transmission path
into the Charlie Creek-Williston area.
The 345-kV option would extend the existing 345-kV transmission path from the
coalfields to loads in southwestern North Dakota and eastern Montana.
The Belfield 345/230-kV terminal would be available for future extension of the
345-kV transmission path from the coalfields area to Miles City. This would
provide support for a future increase in the capacity of the MCCS which
currently has a transfer capability of 200 MW (east-to-west) and 150 MW (west-
to-east).
beerhavo
epbh@
soleluent
Ort
a
2. Structure Type

a. Steel-Lattice Structures. Steel-lattice construction has higher initial costs than
woodpole and approximately the same initial costs as steel H-frame; however, the steel-
lattice structures have a longer service life and much lower maintenance costs than
woodpole H-frame construction. A typical steel-lattice structure would be 60 to 90 feet tall
and occupy approximately 1600 square feet at the base. The longer average span length
for steel-lattice than for woodpole H-frame structures (1150 versus 700 feet) results in fewer
structures per mile (4.6 versus 7.5). The steel-lattice structure is well suited for operation in
the Charlie Creek-Belfield area where severe winter storms can heavily load the conductors
and structures with ice. Figure II-1 illustrates the configuration of a typical steel-lattice
structure.
b. Wood H-Frame Structures. Construction of the line utilizing wood H-frame
structures would likely be less costly than steel-lattice or steel H-frame construction but has
the disadvantages of a shorter service life and higher maintenance costs. A typical wood H-
frame structure would be 75 feet tall and would require more structures per mile than steel-
lattice or steel H-frame. The dark wood H-frame structures can be more visible and
obtrusive than the neutral colored steel structures; however, less land would be taken out of
production per structure.
c. Steel H-Frame Structures. Construction utilizing steel H-frame structures (Figure
11-2) would likely be similar in cost to steel-lattice construction. Steel H-frame structures
have a longer service life and lower maintenance costs than wood H-frame construction.
Span lengths, structure heights, and service life would be approximately the same as for
steel-lattice. A steel H-frame structure would occupy approximately 88 square feet at the
base, which would result in less land being taken out of production per structure than steel-
lattice.
The Basin Electric 345-kV Antelope Valley Station-Charlie Creek Transmission Line
and Western's 230-kV Dawson County-Dickinson Transmission Line utilize steel-lattice
structures. Currently, the proposed project description incorporates steel-lattice structures.
However, H-frame steel structures or a combination of H-frame and steel-lattice structures
11-7
Overhead
Ground Wire
Bridge
Insulator
Conductor-
ent to
Structure
ex Side View
BOOM
009
agnolia MACHT mãe, 345 KV
But aves el desgaowed that this
assont or bacbojo
na bluow enil V-28 A
ulong

12.5'
enil V-BAC bloille
35'
12.5'

noliga Vane
natestuos nf absol or eblallo
15155
30'
30'
bas slogboow
110'
Subunte 551
called to nolloutance
booWed
Front View
dell blow (S-11
Ar
ent noleair
125
60
ocs a'm W bas
29
unda
FIGURE II-1. TYPICAL 345-KV SINGLE CIRCUIT STEEL-LATTICE STRUCTURE WOH
11-8
galouber ni banished billosade
limool Tees
(REDA) be
eldistascos
27'-3"-
ule limo STS
18'
BO
sib-d
2000 sqml
主
​soroubhoo
modopa
Eed
420 xelqub
Heer Wha80-
eles 1015
H
of vilasqas
UE CHEEKTO
19 prited 918
afirw atosqmi

es/2 toubnoQ &
Dort enT
suolo to aboiseuori)
exolouboco xelque
abiahoo asw limool
obtengam-otels
red bluow art sotoboo
#
ta erit diwitegoo
Insulators
Conductors
Right
Land
bearhavo fuo 90'
phiteleans
amstesW po
told th
100jor
72'
olea
T
enli Vil-BAC
2'Diameter
Tourenco 01
vleismingoset
bna notatadu
other Warra
Rose pitale
estatauli - anug
Haugh
80 eller breagong
eritaalfilost notes them gnitaixe of noislen
bluow one
Val
To al toolong
edoooxe en70
a wriiged belong besogong eto nobaudeno
sedmesed yd lanolico ed of beluberias ed
Structure Res
art 10 10'
0
nolaeb nolasim
sT ni baiell aus
noltah
So fee
salgyt zoltahet
IsolgyT zoltahet
nolealment bielle
27
W
199m of con
polealmanent
10 roles
est elhar
s
besogong
prest
Vertical Scale mo! leunsM
Vhaqong s
bluow efill polermanent Vil-a besogong
bainisqnu to bem
egy olgale
nate
FIGURE 11-2. TYPICAL 345-KV SINGLE CIRCUIT STEEL H-FRAME STRUCTURE
are being further evaluated to determine if any advantages could be gained in reducing
impacts while still maintaining comparable costs.
3. Conductor Size
The three conductor sizes considered for the proposed project were 795 kcmil
(thousands of circular mils), 954 kcmil, and 1272 kcmil aluminum/steel reinforced (ACSR).
Duplex conductors (two conductors/phase) were assumed for the 345-kV options. The 795
kcmil was considered to be the minimum conductor-diameter that would meet acceptable
electro-magnetic interference (EMI) standards. The 1272 conductor was the largest size
conductor that would be employed without impacting project costs.
The Rail 954 kcmil ACSR conductor was selected for the proposed project. It is
compatible with the structure types being considered and is superior in performance, line
losses, and EMI to the Drake 795 kcmil ACSR conductor. The Bittern 1272 conductor,
although superior in loss savings and EMI, was not selected because it was not economic
as compared to the 954 conductor. The Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV line with duplex 954
ACSR conductors provides similar capacity to the existing Antelope Valley-Charlie Creek
345-kV line.
G. The Proposed Action
Western proposes to construct, operate, and maintain a single-circuit overhead
345-kV ac transmission line, approximately 38 miles long, between Basin Electric's existing
345/115-kV Charlie Creek Substation and a new 345/230-kV substation tapping Western's
existing Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line near Belfield, North Dakota.
Figure 1-1 illustrates the proposed Charlie Creek-Belfield Transmission Line Project in
relation to existing transmission facilities in the area.
Construction of the proposed project would begin in May, 1989, and the line would
be scheduled to be operational by December 1990. The expected life of the project is at
least 50 years.
1. Transmission Line Description
a. Design Characteristics. Typical transmission design characteristics for the
proposed Charlie Creek-Belfield Transmission Line are listed in Table II-1.
(1) Electrical Design. Western designs, constructs, operates, and
maintains transmission lines to meet or exceed the requirements of the National
Electrical Safety Code, U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health
standards, and Western's Power System Safety Manual for maximum safety and
protection of workers and landowners and their property.
(2) Structures. Structures for the proposed 345-kV transmission line would
be free-standing steel-lattice type and/or steel H-frame made of unpainted
galvanized steel. Options involving constructing the entire line using a single type
of structure versus using more than one are currently being considered.
ell-10
TABLE II-1. DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CHARLIE CREEK TO
BELFIELD 345-kV TRANSMISSION LINE
Typi
PNEUS
Line Length (approximate)
38.2 miles
00
Type of Structure
100 munimuts) ROA
Steel lattice or H-frame
Structure Height
60-90 feet
Structure Base (approximate)
16 blai
Steel Lattice
40 x 40 feet
08
Steel H-Frame
Span Length
Number of Structures Per Mile
Right-of-Way Width
Land Temporarily Disturbed:
Structure Base
Wire-Pulling Sites
Construction Yard
Batch Plants (if necessary)
Land Permanently Required:
Structure Base
Steel Lattice
Steel H-frame
4 x 30 feet
1,150 feet average ruling span
4.6
165 feet
brucie muminiM
tomuondo to
165 x 165 feet (0.63 acre)
165 x 200 feet (0.76 acre) per 2 miles
400 x 540 feet (5.2 acres)
1 to 2 acres
40 x 40 feet (0.0367 acre)
4 x 30 feet (0.0028 acre)
Access Roads
na. New Roads Required
b. Use of Existing Roads
Voltage
Capacity
Circuit Configuration
and
Servi
Constru
Construction of
would involve
nvolve, ap
3.04 miles (11.05 acres)
14.06 miles (51.14 acres)
±345,000 volts
Winter: 1150 MVA, Summer: 880 MVA
in Table 1-2 Cons Single-circuit, vertically bundled
duplex conductor, horizontal phase
configuration
II-11
Conductor Size
Conductor Type ment
Maximum Anticipated Electric
Field at 3.3 feet above ground
Anticipated Electric Field
80 Feet From Centerline 3.3
Feet Above Ground
Magnetic Field at Edge
80 Feet From Centerline
3.3 Feet Above Ground
Minimum Ground Clearance
of Conductor
Structure Foundations
TABLE II-1. (CONTINUED) SAT
954 kcmil (1.165 inch diameter), Rail
ACSR (aluminum conductors with steel
reinforced core) Non-specular finish
6.4 kV/m
1.604 kV/m
0.11 Gauss
30 feet at maximum conductor
operating temperature (176° F.)
Drilled piers - cast-in-place concrete
Source: Western Area Power Administration 1987.
AVM 088 19
adriel riste
of the project is at
Bolted les12
email-les18
istics for the
B2900A
wellentes, and
dre
safety and
egatiov
Bosch would
ame mode of unpainted
ing the expirewallee@danige type
dy being considered
II - 12
MOTOURTEMо Typical structure-to-structure spans for steel-lattice and/or steel H-frame
are anticipated to be approximately 1150 feet. Steel-lattice structures would be
free-standing and square-based. Typical height for either structure type would be
90 feet and the line would require a 165-foot right-of-way. Construction using steel
H-frame would require three-pole guyed structures at turning points.
nolisistent navio
(3) Foundations. Four drilled-pier-cast-in-place concrete foundations
would be required for each steel-lattice structure. A typical free-standing structure
foundation would consist of a steel stub angle for structure attachment, and a
concrete base 2.5 to 3.5 feet in diameter and approximately 25 feet in depth.
Steel H-frame foundations would require two or three (in the case of turning
structures) drilled holes with dimensions similar to those for steel-lattice structures. prinos
Structures would be placed in the holes which would then be backfilled with
concrete.
(4) Conductors. Minimum above-ground clearance would be 30 feet. The
exact height of each structure would be governed by topography and the safety
requirements for conductor clearance.
(5) Insulators and Associated Hardware. Insulators and hardware used on
the line would provide nearly corona-free operation.
(6) Overhead Groundwires. To protect conductors from direct lightning albume
strikes, two steel overhead groundwires would be installed on the top of the
structures. Current from lightning strikes can be transferred through the
groundwires and structures into the ground.
b. Construction.
(Vub
ebunt lusri leela &
veert) ensi sy?
aquatiq s
nemglup3
TOTAL (1) Right-of-Way Acquisition. New land and land rights would be required
for the transmission line. Permanent easements would be acquired for the lane
transmission line and access. Assuming a transmission line right-of-way 165 feet
wide, about 764 acres of permanent easement would be acquired. A total of 5 to 10
acres of land would be acquired in fee for construction of the new Belfield
Substation. All land rights would be acquired in accordance with the Uniform
Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 (Public
Law 91-646) and other applicable laws and regulations governing Federal
acquisition of property rights. Landowners would be paid fair market value for
rights acquired to their property. Every effort would be made to acquire these
rights by direct purchase. However, if the necessary rights could not be acquired
by a negotiated agreement, Federal eminent domain proceedings would be
instituted. All easements acquired would provide for the payment of damages
caused by the construction, operation, and maintenance of the line. Land for the
substation site would be purchased in fee simple. A Land Use Authorization would
be obtained from the Forest Service to a accommodate that portion of the
transmission line that crosses the National Grasslands.
(2) Work Force. Construction of the proposed 345-kV transmission line
with steel-lattice structures would involve, approximately, the number of workers
and type of equipment listed in Table 11-2. Construction activity would occur within
the right-of-way and access easements. Line construction would consist of
II-13
TABLE 11-2. PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT TYPICALLY REQUIRED FOR CONSTRUCTION
not tripled leoigy ba
to-triph tool-23
atniog pri
bayup eloq-serit snluper
emsil-H
Culvert Installation
Personnel:
3 persons (including maintenance)
not beinluper
telanoo bluow noitebnuot
blow
Equipment:
1 front-end loader
1 pickup truck
inlupes bloow anousbruelement-H leste
Footing Installation
Personnel:
8 persons
1 auger
Equipment:
(89)
riw asion bethb (esbia
doinw selor de bebel od blow senutoun/2
alq
670hor100
palo bront-avode muminit crouto (4)
1 truck (2 ton)evog od okrepite nose to tripled taxe
3 concrete trucks
boneraalb soloubnoo not atnemetiuper
2 pickup trucks
Structure Steel Haul
Personnel:
Equipment:
Structure Assembly
Personnel:
2 carry alls
1 batch plant
no balletant sd
4 persons ad
3 steel haul trucks
1 yard crane (heavy duty)
2 pickups
enli ari!
arly
op beerhavo lesia own sexhitz
mon them
Petoune bha aniwbriuong
molovreno d
All artistes AyeWo-k (7)
12 persons
Equipment:
2 carry alls
2 pickups
Structure Erection
2 cranes (rubber tired)
Personnel:
Equipment:
7 persons
1 crane (60 ton)
2 pickup trucks
anil nolasiment VX-26 bengon
nowhow to admin ar
hidiwusco blow vivito
to telenco blow noboun
enij
nolezimmeriad erff hol
amos At Rods, eblw
belupos ad bluow brisk to emas 8
bra
How airich onel Anolistadue
leef bris eonatalee notopleft
sections
bne (040-18 ws
alrigh yhegoig to nobitalupoe
news hegona art of belupos striph
www.H seriowy torib vd atriph
ime nebe nemesigs betellopen a vd
blow beilupos einemosss A beautian
nolterego nolltonenco et yd besuso
esl ni baasrong sd blow ale noltradus
Jasno erit met benleido ad
tai eri asesoro tartt anil nolealmanent
100
to nailontano mo show (S)
avlovni bluow
blow subbunte colttel-leste ruiw
elde? ni batallinemquipe to soy bos
sascos brs yowo-righ art
II-14
8-12
rupnel sri gnols pnbhow aws13
19912 noltointando solits-leste
TABLE 11-2. (CONTINUED)
neupag
enil or to
Vy ad blucw
Conductoring
yevice to piteler
ns pnhub east
esen Personnel:
of be
bienoo ton
Equipment:
law es amistaye biso
nolfountanco erit sot
evener maleva
gnitabre no loved yd
yo basu planow
be
Cleanup
yd rqs3xe
StyletamixongaA
Jatt Personnel:
betegiolins al 1
ort Equipment:
Johtest bluc
16 persons
16 Vino
1 drum pullers
1 splicing truck
noon! istini onivene (6)
eviua siitoa noiteso ebibendo
bhog gnol 18oy ow! yletamixongge
hela sot batoubnooed blucw ayeviua
alivizos notiundegos ed
1 double-wheeled tensioner
2 wire reel trailers
1 crane (2-4 tons)
6 pickup trucks
benisiniam
6 persons
bos
pickup trucks
Road to Bed babang ters
Personnel:
2 persons
யரி
noitepéqo
ellasog
Labeon bris alian
bobeng Vilaueu os aboo, levoy!
bloow
to alm
foods ino
not ando en tort
sodW velo-righ
not absot levent bashevo
gh erit abiatuo
bel Equipment:
BA
1 tractor and disc
1 pickup truck
TOTAL PERSONNEL REQUIRED:30
ph e
6
ahel eldlaeoq
joy holtuntano bao1
foled blow abeon gnitaxe
on to nodountanco art of nong
A yew-to-irigh ait asoro asonel evenan
also ent no alool Istant
100 aniT veWo-riola onbeek (2)
doy to notiountanco aalag to hotelatani
ni ton aliant sesoos of eats yow-to
anenwobnet yd batasuper
Source: Western Area Power Administration, 1988.
ener
no od vlacilf blow aset wel rigportiA
minim art of bewelo ad bluow beat benetnuoone
to similers ginaw sessos ebivong of themglupa noltourenco 10 secos oldative
buong arts is to fus ed bidow esant love eluolrlev firmag of bas yow-to-frighten
azelnu eoshua beloved erti nl namen blow amatays foot be eq
Wyd
ed bluow alde ablw-tool-ar A metesW vd bevomer ed of batsnplash salwento
of visessgen engri esere benedimit ni es tarif setia entoure of 88830s 1ot beiselo
trobes erit of bevoren ed bluow asent erti sonssalo sou-o notoubnoo not wolls
gee-obubneb mumixam obnu soreneslo Isolhay to teet Sobivery of bantupen
endisine eri lo able rose no iss to ribi s sol anolilbroo
sa
12-enubunte (8)
onll nolaakmansu yna of Ineosjbe aessT
obré autouie art of s2000s suolder time of bevoren ed blow autounde
evorst gentesen gailist of sub egemah eulonte to yildized art asiminim
edmem enutbuta nolaelmenians yns mol aulbay toot-08 s broyed bretxe ton bluew
IN TYPICAL TRA
at-II-15
sequential activities performed by a series of small crews working along the length
of the line, as shown in Figure 11-3 which illustrates steel-lattice construction. Steel
H-frame construction would be very similar.
(3) Surveying. Initial line-survey work, consisting of survey control, route
centerline location, profile surveys, and access surveys, would take place during an
approximately two-year long period prior to the start of construction. These
surveys would be conducted for planning purposes only, and are not considered to
be construction activities.
(4) Access Trails. Access to and from nearby public road systems as well
as within the transmission line right-of-way would be required for the construction,
operation, and maintenance of the proposed transmission system. Whenever
possible, access to the right-of-way would be accomplished by travel on existing
trails and roads. Trails are generally ungraded and unsurfaced two-tracks used by
landowners, operators, hunters, etc. and are not maintained except by periodic
travel. Roads are usually graded, surfaced, and maintained. Approximately 17
miles of access easements would be required for the proposed project. Of that,
only about 3 miles of new access construction would be necessary It is anticipated
that line construction would be accomplished through overland travel along the
right-of-way. Where steep slopes (greater than 12 to 15 percent) would restrict
overland travel, roads for construction access may be either graded or located
outside the right-of-way on more gentle terrain.
Trails would be located at right angles to streams and washes where ever
possible. Culverts would be installed where necessary. In addition, any required
road construction would include dust-control measures in sensitive areas. All
existing roads would be left in a condition equal to or better than their condition
prior to the construction of the transmission line. Gates would be installed
whenever fences cross the right-of-way. At the landowner's request, Western would
install locks on the gates.
TOT
(5) Clearing Right-of-Way. The contractor's first activities would be the
installation of gates, construction of access approaches, and clearing of the right-
of-way. Gates to access trails not in use would be closed but not locked unless
requested by landowners.
Although few trees would likely be encountered along the preferred route, where
encountered, trees would be cleared to the minimum extent required to provide
suitable access for construction equipment. To provide access within the limits of
the right-of-way and to permit vehicular travel, trees would be cut off at the ground
surface. Stumps and root systems would remain in the traveled surface unless
otherwise designated to be removed by Western. A 15-foot-wide strip would be
cleared for access to structure sites that are in timbered areas. Where necessary to
allow for conductor-to-tree clearance, the trees would be removed to the extent
required to provide 25 feet of vertical clearance under maximum conductor-sag
conditions for a width of 28 feet on each side of the centerline.
(6) Structure-Site Clearing. Trees adjacent to any transmission line
structure would be removed to permit vehicular access to the structure and/or
minimize the possibility of structure damage due to falling trees. Tree removal
would not extend beyond a 20-foot radius from any transmission structure member,
11-14
2-11-16

FOOTING INSTALLATION
na
yew-to-irigh ard to afimil ad
utoinde vas 10 lotout
noitsbnuot edit as
to baaogalb bris et
bluow lountdm-ybse
to enollose o
calle anulounge
yd bewollol ed
STRUCTURE STEEL HAUL,
ASSEMBLY, AND ERECTION
be
De
priggilo sa
70730
noierisT
entw-bruoto
prignan ayollug one
beast
33
senulonte arts riguorit so
asile evilen pideo b
ed blea
panist not
bevond
ed
blue
of 000
bhrow
mam
heism nolgy
goal benn beve
beaoga
vote ed
(0)
wollot
Isten
ala bruong
SWB boluer ed
nolfoutsoo s
nouibnoo
V-etripleoimado tone
(hr)
w yigmca of Vazasoen saanu
llamos nih
bisbate
vietse
stulant blaow
upe svilostorg toe
meteoW oldug art to not
arlanove art n and
mangond ytelse
staya Vand wilemenea
soflehead
(0)
od bluow onli nolasimene erT V-S88 or VN-SE most yay
ub AGb SS nerit sael of yew-to righ or lo sobe sit belon oldibus
souborg-enit nolasiment ed Jual gahub Adb. 1 bos
ed blow bade evilsubnoos moit nenulo hora arb bus abisit ottangen
(G xibregqA) npleeb erit yo batimil
bns
FIGURE 11-3. TYPICAL TRANSMISSION LINE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
11-17
except for danger trees. Danger trees are trees within the limits of the right-of-way
which, upon falling, would come within 10 feet of the conductor or any structure
member, including guy wires.
3 ♡
(7) Foundation Installation. An auger truck would auger the foundation
holes. Excess excavation material would be removed from the site and disposed of
in an approved manner. Placement of concrete from a ready-mix truck would
follow.
(8) Structure Assembly and Erection. Individual pieces or sections of
lattice-steel or steel H-frame structures would be delivered to the structure sites
followed by assembly crews to assemble the structures. This would be followed by
erection equipment and crew.
(9) Conductor Installation. The conductor pulling, sagging, and clipping
operations would take place in rapid succession, as shown in Figure 11-4. Tension-
stringing would be utilized to install the conductors and overhead ground-wires.
Steel-pulling cables would be pulled downline and placed in large pulleys hanging
from insulator strings attached to structures.
The pulling cables are used to pull the conductor through the structures
under tension for the entire length between the preselected cable delivery sites.
Therefore, the pulling and tension equipment would not be set up at any
intermediate locations. Approximately 10,000 to 16,000 feet of conductor would be
installed for each pull, and two or three pulls could be completed each week.
(10) Cleanup and Removal. The final phase of construction would involve
ground cleanup and gate repair as required. All rubbish and waste material would
be hauled away and disposed of at approved sites. On completion of construction,
all construction areas would be restored as near as possible to their original
condition.
AT DUIT
(11) Use of Chemicals. Rights-of-way would not be chemically treated
unless necessary to comply with the requirements of appropriate agencies.
(12) Safety Program. Western would require the contractor to prepare and
conduct a safety program in compliance with all applicable Federal, state, and local
safety standards and requirements, and general practices and policies of Western.
The safety program would include, but not be limited to, procedures for accident
prevention, use of protective equipment, and medical care of injured employees
and protection of the public. Western would also establish provisions for taking
appropriate actions in the event the contractor fails to comply with the approved
safety program.
c. Operation
(1) Operational Characteristics. Generally, 345-kV system voltage may
vary from 328-kV to 362-kV. The transmission line would be designed to limit
audible noise at the edge of the right-of-way to less than 22 dBA during fair weather
and 47 dBA during foul weather. The transmission line-produced electric and
magnetic fields and the short-circuit current from a conductive object would be
limited by the design (Appendix D).
8BITIVITOA MOTORтaй0.98MSMART JADISYT #38009
11-18

yone
to
ed blow onil 6
anerfofbens
erit solinom bris is
dals anelsend fille
dismethin
no bettim ensivit
bas noite
pla
湯
​ens als
ermota pon
insuper d
be
ebi
arit el ris
ed bluo
of bswor
of
naged
Pilot Line
-Two Sub-Conductors
Pulling Line
eveng
CONDUCTOR STRINGING
Tensioner
elepeV an eledel riv gor
Rope Puller
beniuper
&
Two Drum Puller
100
nep
CLEAN-UP
aluberias Vignisso
tdpla ed to sell (0)
etrigh enll noiesigen
enil ett to conten
pamsh Inevera of
navee betqubnog
megard to
shq
abam
w of 11
FIGURE 11-4. BASIC WIRE HANDLING EQUIPMENT
II-19
(2) Operational Procedures. The day-to-day operation of the line would be
directed by system dispatchers in power control centers. These dispatchers
determine the amount of power required to serve the loads and configure the power
system accordingly, schedule the proper amount of generation, and monitor the
power system to ensure reliable service to the customer. The circuit breakers also
operate automatically to further ensure safe operation of the transmission line.
(3) Use of the Right-of-Way. Many land use activities are permitted on
transmission line rights-of-way as long as they do not interfere with operation and
maintenance of the line. Normal farming activities are permitted if reasonable care
is taken to prevent damage to transmission line structures. Standard 345-kV design
allows safe operation of moving farm machinery of no greater than 15 feet in height
(including antennae, etc.) underneath conductors.
d. Maintenance
(1) Scheduled Maintenance. Western's preventive maintenance program
for transmission lines includes routine aerial and ground patrols. Aerial patrols are
conducted several times per year, particularly after wind, ice, or lightning storms
that might damage conductors, insulators, or structures.
Ground patrols are usually conducted once a year to detect equipment
needing repair or replacement. Whenever possible, ground patrols and subsequent
repair activities are scheduled during times when there is likely to be a minimum of
crop or property damage. Each year, every fifth mile of line is inspected and
hardware and bolts are tightened where necessary. Trees that have grown enough
to endanger operation of the line are trimmed or topped.
Herbicides may be used at structures on the transmission line right-of-way
to prevent undesirable weed growth. Herbicides used by Western are registered
with the Environmental Protection Agency in compliance with the Federal Pesticide
Control Act of 1972 and other Federal pesticide acts. Application of appropriate
EPA approved herbicides or soil sterilants to prevent undesirable plant growth is the
primary weed-control measure at Western power facilities. Application would be
made in accordance with label directions. Vegetation may also be mowed to
minimize fire hazard.
(2) Emergency Maintenance. Western's transmission lines are sometimes
damaged by storms, floods, or accidents requiring immediate repair. Emergency
maintenance would involve prompt movement of crews to repair or replace any
damaged equipment. If damages result from the repair activities, Western
representatives would meet with the land owner/operator to arrange for
compensation.
e. Abandonment
(1) Dismantling. At the end of the useful life of the proposed project, if the
facility were no longer required, the transmission line structures, conductors,
insulators and hardware would be dismantled and removed from the right-of-way.
from
abject
TYRMAIUDAEMUOKA BAW ORAS SAUSA
11-20
PS SUMMARY
PUBL
JC INVOLVEMENT ACTIVITIES
TABLE ILS SUM
babeen (2) Future Uses. When and if the line and associated right-of-way are
abandoned at some future date, Western would relinquish its interest in the
easement to the owners of the underlying fee title.
Project Planning Seat (3) Site Reclamation. Following abandonment and removal of the
or o transmission line from the right-of-way, areas leveled for equipment required to
dismantle the line would be restored as near to their original condition as possible.
2. Substation Descriptions
State Histo
Nov. 18, 1988 (6)
enu no Substations are constructed to interconnect electrical transmission lines of all
voltages to form a transmission grid or network for the reliable delivery of electrical power
and energy from generating plants to load centers. Typical substation facilities include
transmission line take-off structures, power circuit breakers, power transformers, switches,
buswork, control house, and all associated control and instrumentation features.
The following substation additions would be constructed as part of this project:
Charlie Creek Substation - This facility is Basin Electric's existing 345/115-kV
substation. New facilities to be added would include a 345-kV line terminal bay
with two circuit breakers, to complete a 3-element ring bus, steel and buswork,
and associated relays and controls. No additional land would be required, and
Allemalive Corridor the fenced area of the substation would not be increased. These facilities
would be designed and constructed by Basin Electric at Western's expense.
Cou
Czy)
Belfield Substation. This would be a new substation located approximately 4 Medora)
miles southwest of Belfield, North Dakota. It would serve as the termination of
the new Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV transmission line, as well as an
interconnection with Western's existing Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV line.
The new substation would include a 250 MVA, 345/230-kV transformer, bus
work, control house, and instrumentation to support the above major facilities.
Approximately 5 to 10 acres of land would be required for the construction of
this facility.
Preferred Coma. Construction. Construction work at the Belfield substation would consist of: 1)
Wwk access road construction, 2) site grading, 3) site fencing, 4) footing installation, 5)
equipment installation, and 6) cleanup.
ammo
olidug
bris foolee (1 of bosu rior
Construction would require grading and compaction equipment, concrete trucks,
material-hauling vehicles, and cranes.
b. Operation. Electric substations associated with the proposed project would be
unmanned and operated remotely from an operations facility. The substation equipment
and facility layout would be designed to limit radio and television interference, and audible
noise. Each substation would be fenced, locked, and secured. Entry would be restricted to
appropriate utility personnel.
bns
c. Maintenance. Maintenance would include equipment testing and routine
overhaul or repair of major equipment. Emergency maintenance would take place only
when equipment is damaged or inoperable.
Sune)
Brite)
II - 21
d. Abandonment. The facilities would be dismantled when no longer needed.
3. Estimated Construction Costs
Construction costs are expected to be approximately $10 million for the
transmission line and $4.5 million for the new Belfield Substation.
4. Tentative Project Schedule
is to
The tentative project schedule for the Charlie Creek-Belfield Transmission Line
would be as follows:
to noits
Final EIS (Dec. 1988)
Record of Decision (Jan. 1989)
Land Acquisition (Jan. to Jul. 1989)
Transmission Line:
imanent
611
loob showaud
am sihed?
noitstedua
ow dw
Design and Specifications (Sep. 1987 to Nov. 1988)
Construction Contract Award (Jan. 1989)
Terminal Facilities:
Design and Specifications (Jul. 1987 to Feb. 1989)
Construction Contract Award (Apr. 1989)
Project Completion (Dec. 1990)
H. Alternative Corridor and Substation Site Comparison
srit to how
This section summarizes the facility siting options evaluated for the Charlie Creek-
Belfield Transmission Line and the Belfield Substation. A discussion is provided of the
approach used to: 1) select and assess alternatives, 2) incorporate public comments into
the process, 3) describe and compare final alternatives, and 4) identify the "environmentally
preferred" and "agency preferred" routes and substation sites. Appendix A provides a
complete discussion of the approach to identification and analysis of alternatives.
The siting and impact assessment for the Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV Transmission Line
was accomplished through a rigorous and systematic process involving six major phases,
as illustrated in Figure 11-5 (foldout). Each major phase has incorporated significant public
involvement. This input has included public scoping and planning meetings, and numerous
other meetings with Federal, state, and local governmental agencies and individual
landowners. Table 11-3 summarizes these public and agency meetings and indicates the
planning phase in which they were conducted.
ald
bagamisbal themglupa nertw
11-22
TABLE 11-3. SUMMARY OF PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT ACTIVITIES
ari hol neolshebnu axast 10 seri
sho nollbes eirit to abniamen adT
eonsmatoR en noleeima
Banisingo AxibnsqgA noi
elhed edt to themat
(uoblot) 2-11 enug of
gnifa
bluore
Project Planning Stage
Type of Public Involvement
Date/Location
Regional Baseline Data
ven astilbu lom
anew air mening
bris meteoW yd batsubons selbur
erif on
ajang basaging er
State Historic Preservation Officer
Acquisition oniwali balinebi-State Agencies
yhee agnleem gnigoce
- Scoping Meetings
nbo
atosqm lethaloq ol
ert thened blow tolong ert
peqmi isely jelinatog
onerT nofacie Hoe bas
sonsblug w gnots jap
onhegend not alaad er
is to ed
Alternative Corridor
Workshops
teewrtuos ni belsool
art entarior aswit
zolilidiasoq noltsdol ella
Preferred Corridor
Workshops
168
ernos WM
Billings County Commissioners
McKenzie County Commissioners
Stark County Commissioners
Public Meeting
Public Meeting
State & Federal Agencies
Nov. 18, 1986 (Bismarck)
Jan. 6, 1987 (Medora)
Jan. 6, 1987 (Watford City)
Jan. 6, 1987 (Dickinson)
Jan. 7, 1987 (Belfield)
Jan. 8, 1987 (Grassy Butte)
Jan. 9, 1987 (Bismarck)
host benisido enoltesque bra anemo
elgel etate bra label serio bns ASB vd bobivong
chow er!T
erfTolong
Joslong entt hot mangong how ar
habru nd of awolven bra salbuta
babivolg bris aetuberbe bne potr
Agency Contacts
County Officials
Billings County
- Public Workshops
Grassy Butte
Belfield
-
ne
Apr. 1987 - Present
May 19, 1987 (Medora)
May 19, 1987 (Grassy Butte)
T Avbura andar AS May 20, 1987 (Belfield)
State & Federal Agencies & swore May 19, 1987 (Bismarck)
gnolis
@ebn
lla benistroo ti tert Hous sene ybuta
nctoers as benlieb asw sene ybuta enT
sans erit bleed of noissa lee elhedo
BU prets bris to raw prit of asinunoggo gaituon ebuloni
jon blb sene ybute adf bos ad!
vent of
County Officials
Billings County
WTB.A - Public Workshops
-
She
isnotted tioveso
noboed
butir er anoll, Sept. 17, 1987 (Medora)
mod WM end of leas
Wee Recr.Tss
suph in
S-ll
bemueas
Belfield
Grassy Butte
- State & Federal Agencies
sonipivota se vhite
letalonioutan brig notated
yed
Sept. 15, 1987 (Belfield)
Sept. 16, 1987 (Grassy Butte)
Sept. 17, 1987 (Bismarck)
MAP
ww ni prins this isinammonivas Jemnon on
nquavit beaglipa
SOS & ES
ns belliinebl
amalqqus
woon aleb pnliste mot vinamthe ass youts Denish or hot bato
Grosion at to roul
selonegs leool ons atat nebo rifiw egnileom
fetus bas namu Jaunot not evitohen bas origisig
FIGURE 1-S
II-23
6-TVITJA TELEV DVOUBY 30 YRAMMUS & FEAT
The remainder of this section briefly describes the major tasks undertaken for the
siting and assessment of the Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV Transmission Line. Reference
should be made to Figure 11-5 (foldout) when reviewing this section. Appendix A contains a
more detailed discussion of the methodology used in each task.
1. Phase 1 - Scoping
toalong
Studies conducted by Western and other area electrical utilities revealed the need
for the proposed project. Once the engineering requirements were established (i.e., nola
Bunum terminal substation locations), an environmental study area was identified. Following the apoA
identification of a study area, Western conducted a series of public scoping meetings early
in project planning.
During the scoping meetings, landowners expressed concern for potential impacts
to farming operations, electromagnetic field effects, and how the project would benefit the
local area. Federal and State agencies were concerned about potential visual impacts,
(ble effects on wildlife, especially threatened and endangered species, and soil erosion. There
(eywas also significant interest in the purpose and need for the project.
Comments and suggestions obtained from these meetings, along with guidance
provided by NEPA and other Federal and state legislation, served as the basis for preparing
the work program for the project. The work program described the scope of all
environmental studies and reviews to be undertaken, including major tasks, study methods,
responsibilities, and schedules, and provided guidelines for all subsequent environmental
impact assessment tasks.
NA
2. Phase 2-Sensitivity Analysis
a. Task 2A - Refine Study Area. The proposed project is located in southwest
North Dakota, as shown in Figure II-6. The first task in the siting process was to refine the
study area, such that it contained all "reasonable" corridor and site location possibilities.
The study area was defined as a rectangle with a long north/south axis running from the
Charlie Creek Substation to Belfield. The area extends 6 miles to the west of this axis, to
include routing opportunities to the west of and along U.S. Highway 85, and 6 miles to the
east of the axis. The study area did not extend further to the west because of the presence sele
of Theodore Roosevelt National Park, which was recognized as an exclusion area for XoW
routing considerations. The study area boundaries are from the NW corner of section 34,
T.145N., R.99W., east to the NW corner of section 34, T.145N., R.97W., south to the SW
corner of section 22, T.139N., R.98W., and west to the SW corner of section 22, T.139N.,
R.100W., as shown in Figure 11-7 (foldout). The study area boundaries defined at this stage
(ese differ slightly from those assumed for Phase 1. The Phase 1 boundary was extended to
include approximately three sections in the northeast corner of the study area, providing a
more suitable exit out of the east bay of the Charlie Creek Substation and reducing potential
impacts to land use.
b. Tasks 2B & 2C - Existing Environment. Environmental and planning data were
identified and collected for the defined study area, primarily from existing data sources with
supplementary field investigations. Much of this information was collected through
meetings with Federal, state, and local agencies. The collected data were described in both
graphic and narrative form for natural, human, and cultural resources.
11-24

were
Sensitivity criteria
cons
ane
ed bluow sene ybute
bareblanon is act
85
nos ni isop airt
In
the enclisoot ro North Dakota
10) 01
binoo nolsain
belong
saw alaylens olte
Manea tesel
ns air!! to luaan er
om or
eviden
Dickinson
Fargo
prelig
94
Belfield
Bismarck
olding
Lisbon
solectio
appr
Charlieable
Creek
Substation
85
osen, the
com
edi
an aking
conside
for the
୮
pro
opp
to locate the
Lead bral vo\bris themepanem bral
The four
A gra
kshops
Fairfield
R
National Par
Highway
enobless
gef
REGIONAL
nomego bre holoun CONTEXT
MAP
185 60
ort of batslamico aswalayians vivillanse eirT
Bit of lantho yalinstog ed of benimmetal
alos (8 sliblw (2 nottelager (Jenoto (8 doughy
Project Deserraton
L
94
(8 bos
Belfield
27
called links
pacts could be
unks
combing
to overal
FIGURE 11-6.
II-25
c. Task 2D - Sensitivity Criteria. The goal of the sensitivity analysis was to identify
the transmission corridor and substation site alternatives most likely to be acceptable for thes
proposed project. In order to accomplish this goal in a comprehensive manner, a
systematic analysis was made to determine which locations within the study area would be
most and least sensitive to (or in conflict with) the proposed project, for all considered
resources. The result of this analysis was a ranking of the study area environment from
most to least sensitive. The most sensitive areas were the most constraining to the project,
and the least sensitive areas provided the greatest opportunity to find an acceptable project
location.
As a basis for the sensitivity analysis, the following sensitivity criteria were
developed:
Resource Value - A measure of rarity, high intrinsic worth, distinctiveness, or
diversity of an environmental resource within the area.
Protective Status - A measure of the formal concern expressed for a resource
either through legal protection or by designation of special status.
Present and Future Use - A measure of the level of conflict based on policies of
land management and/or land use.
Hazards - A measure of the degree to which a resource represents a significant
risk to construction and/or operation of the proposed project.
In addition to these general criteria, specific Transmission Facility Corridor and
Route Criteria as cited in the North Dakota Energy Conversion and Transmission Facility
Siting Act, Chapter 69-06-08, Section 69-06-08-02 (North Dakota Public Service
Commission, 1985) were used to establish levels of environmental sensitivity within the
study area.
d. Tasks 2E & 2F - Sensitivity Analysis. The sensitivity criteria were applied to the
existing environmental conditions, and exclusion and avoidance areas were identified within
the study area, which are defined as follows:
JAMO
TX#
SAM
Exclusion Areas - Areas with unique, highly valued, complex, or legally
protected resources; significant potential conflict with current or planned use;
substantial hazards to construction and operation of the facility. Examples:
occupied residences, air strips and associated approach zones, and National
Register cultural resource sites.
Avoidance Areas - Areas with important valued resources; resources assigned
special status; some conflict with current or planned use; some hazard to
construction and operation of the facility. Examples: wetlands, cropland, and
planned subdivisions.
This sensitivity analysis was completed for those resource categories which were
determined to be potentially critical to the siting process: 1) land use and agriculture, 2)
visual, 3) cultural, 4) vegetation, 5) wildlife, 6) soils, 7) geology, and 8) floodplains and
wetlands.
he
to
the
100
10
B-BAUDA
11-26
Sensitivity criteria are summarized in Table II-4. Constraint maps for each resource
were prepared as a set of overlays for use in identifying routing opportunities. Existing
linear corridors (e.g., transmission lines, roads, pipelines) were included on the land use
constraint map.
3. Phase 3 - Alternative Corridor/Substation Site Selection
a. Task 3A-Preliminary Alternatives. Opportunities for locating alternative
transmission line corridors were first identified using mapped land use constraints.
Transparent maps showing the other resource constraints were then overlaid on the
preliminary corridors to identify necessary local adjustments to avoid other sensitive areas.
The corridor boundaries were established by locating areas through which a hypothetical
transmission line could be routed while avoiding the most sensitive areas and/or best
utilizing existing linear features. The preliminary alternative corridors and reference-
centerline routes (divided into segments called links) are shown on Figure II-8 (foldout).
To the largest extent possible alternative corridors encompass areas of rangeland
where the line would not disturb farming practices. Where it was necessary to include
cultivated land, an attempt was made to provide opportunities to locate the right-of-way
along section lines, field/strip boundaries, or existing roads. A summary of corridor
selection issues is provided in Table II-4.
po
The Belfield Substation siting areas had to be located to provide a tap into
Western's existing Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line. The four
alternative sites were chosen through consideration of their orientation with respect to
approach corridors as well as constraints occurring within the immediate area. The
alternative substation siting areas are shown on Figure 11-9 (foldout).
b. Task 3B - Final Alternatives. Prior to finalization, the preliminary alternative
corridors and substation siting areas were reviewed with agency personnel and individual
landowners during the public planning meetings. Landowners attending the workshops
were concerned that Federal lands (i.e., Little Missouri National Grasslands) would be
considered to be more sensitive than privately owned lands. The agencies were concerned
for the potential visual effects on Theodore Roosevelt National Park (TRNP), U.S. Highway
85, and Interstate 94. One State agency expressed the opinion that and alternative corridor
should be considered adjacent to U.S. Highway 85. The U.S. Forest Service advised
Western that unless there were specific environmental concerns, the Grasslands should be
considered no more sensitive to transmission line routing than similar private land.
Public input generated through these meetings resulted in the refinement of some
corridor boundaries, and adjustments to some portions of the reference centerlines. A
detailed analysis was made of potential visual effects on TRNP. A U.S. Highway 85 corridor
was not included owing to the level of development along the highway.
4. Phase 4 - Impact Assessment/Mitigation Planning
To assess impacts,
a. Tasks 4A & 4B - Define Links and Project Description.
reference centerlines were first divided in segments called links such that impacts could be
evaluated on a link by link basis. In Phase 5 links were combined into overall routes
11-27

Resources
LAND USE RESOURCES
Exclusion
High Avoidance
SELECTION CRITERIA
Constraint Levels
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection issues
LAND USE RESOURCES
TABLE 11-4. ASSESSMENT SUMMARY
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
LAND USE RESOURCES
Impact Assessment Issues
Agriculture
Non-Irrigated cropland_
Residential
Urban/Suburban.
Rural
500' Buffer Around Residence.
Farm Complex (including shelterbelt).
Commercial/Residential
Communication facility.
Cemetery
Institution.
Agricultural Storage
Wells.
Scoria Pits.
Uranium Mines
Airport/Landing Strip (Includes interference zone).
nil no beisuleve
本
​ESW
Land Jurisdictions
Land jurisdictions were considered during corridor selection on the basis of
resource sensitivity, agency plans, policy or comment. The following jurisdictions were
avoided, or contact was minimized, by alternativs corridor selection:
1. Incorporated Communities
2. Unincorporated Communities
Existing and Planned Land Use
The key land use features that were excluded or avoided to the extent possible
by alternative corridor selection include:
1. Agriculture (non-Irrigated cropland)
2. Residential (all categories)
3. Commercial/Industrial (all categories)
4. Airport/Landing Strip
As a result of the patterning of cropland within the study region, avoidance of
non-irrigated cropland was not possible.
Transportation and Utilities
FIS
Highways, secondary roads and utility ROWS were considered in selecting
initial corridor opportunities to the extent that they avoided sensitive areas and features.
Pipeline ROWS were not utilized since they generally are located in diagonal
alignments across cropland, and do not offer any access opportunities and require
separated ROWs to avoid creating induced currents with pipelines. Railroad ROWs were
not paralleled due to curved alignments and the lack of opportunity to minimize conflicts
with cropland.
廣​雄
​ole
Impact Types
Land use Impacts pertain to the physical or operational effects of the proposed
project on existing or planned land uses. Potential visual and aesthetic impacts are
described under visual resources.
Potential physical or operational impacts on land uses in the study area
primarily relate to Impacts on agriculture. The general types of agricultural-related
Impacts that could result from a 345-kV transmission line include removal of cropland
from production for structure sites, reductions in crop yields around structures due to soil
compaction and reduced weed and pest control; increased time required for farming
operations and disruption of agricultural aircraft operations; and economic losses to
farmers resulting from reduced crop yields, Increased farming time required and land
removed from crop production.
Most Impacts on agriculture are long-term and adverse in nature. The specific
types of potential short- and long-term impacts on agriculture that were considered in
this study include:
1. Short-Term Impacts
Temporary loss of cropland in tower
construction staging areas.
Reduced crop yields in construction
staging areas due to soil compaction.
These types of impacts generally last
from one to three seasons depending upon
soil reconditioning techniques.
Long-Term Impacts
Permanent loss of cropland within and
around transmission towers.
b. Reduced crop yields around transmission
structures due to reduced weed and pest
control, and due to soil compaction from
farm equipment maneuvers around
structures.
10t sysheve
ne shatho Villiens
31508
tenco
II-28

Resources
Exclusion
High Avoidance
SELECTION CRITERIA
Constraint Levels
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection Issues
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
C.
Impact Assessment Issues
Permanent modification to farming
operations near and around transmission
structures resulting in increased farming
time and increased soil compaction.
d. Economic losses to farmers due to loss of
cropland, reduced crop yields, and
additional time requirements for
equipment operations.
Other types of potential physical Impacts on land uses in the study area are
physical restrictions to residential uses. All physical conflicts with these types of uses
would be long-term and adverse. The potential types of physical restrictions considered
In the study area are:
1. Limitations on future urban development, planned subdivisions, or
farmstead expansions.
2. Potential conflicts with local land use plans and policies.
Impact Levels
Impact levels were initially assigned based upon the degree of physical or
operational impact that a 345-kV transmission line would have on existing or planned
land uses.
High Impacts. Within the study area, potential high impacts were initially
identified in the following situations:
In agricultural areas where the project would parallel an existing
transmission line and cross an irregular field pattern.
In residential areas where (1) the project would physically conflict with
either existing dispersed residences or planned residential developments,
and (2) the project would create a conflict with future
residential/farmstead expansion.
In commercial areas where (1) the project would physically with conflict
commercial, industrial, aviation, or transportation facilities.
11-29

Resources
Exclusion
High Avoidance
Moderate
Avoidance
Constraint Levels
SELECTION CRITERIA
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection Issues
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
follows:
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
Impact Assessment Issues
Moderate Impacts. Within the study area, moderate impacts were identified as
In agricultural areas where the proposed transmission line would be
located through potentially non-irrigated cropland.
in commercial areas where the proposed project would cross areas
planned for urban growth or residential development.
Low Impacts. Within the study area, low impacts were identified as follows:
In agricultural areas where the project would cross rangeland.
Mitigation measures were recommended in most cases as an effective means
of reducing the severity of anticipated initial impacts.
Recommended mitigation to reduce initial impacts to non-irrigated cropland
Include aligning the right-of-way and structures with field boundaries to the extent
possible and to reduce Impacts on farm operations and agricultural production.
Where this was not possible due to Irregular field boundaries, structures were
aligned perpendicular to row crops where possible, and diagonal crossings of fields were
to be avoided where possible. These mitigation measures reduced physical impacts to
non-irrigated agriculture to a moderate residual level.
For urban areas and isolated residential and commercial facilities, the
mitigation measures included avoidance through rerouting and sensitive structure
placement in proximity to residential and commercial buildings. These mitigation
measures reduced potential high physical impacts to urban and commercial areas and
residences to a low residual level, and moderate impacts to commercial structures to a
low residual level.
For potential interference with airports and airstrips, the only effective
mitigation measure was rerouting the line to avoid potential physical/operational
conflicts.
11-30

Exclusion
High Avoidance
SELECTION CRITERIA
Constraint Levels
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
VISUAL RESOURCES
Resources
Residential Foreground (0.25 mile)
Urban Foreground (0.25 mile)
Theodore Roosevelt National Park.
·
Designated Viewpoints.
Horseback Trail Views
Highway Foreground (0.25 mile)
VISUAL RESOURCES
Corridor Selection Issues
Primary siting feature associated with visual resources in the corridor selection
process was:
Foreground distance zone (0.25-0.5 mile) from travel routes, residential and
urban areas, and recreation use areas.
The alternative routes avoid conflicts with recreation views and minimizes
visual impacts to highway foreground, residential middleground and distinctive scenery.
Conflicts with residential foreground views were avoidable due to the patterning of rural
residences in the study area and the attempt to locate the proposed project along field
edges to minimize agricultural impacts.
anw
Impact Assessment Issues
VISUAL RESOURCES
Impact Types
The primary Impact concerns assessed in the visual resources study are
potential decreases in quality of life resulting from a decline in aesthetic quality. The
type of visual impacts evaluated include:
1. Effects on scenic resources.
2. Effects on the view from residential, commercial, institutional, and other
visually sensitive existing and planned land uses.
3. Effects on the view from established, designated or planned park or
recreation areas.
4. Visual contrasts resulting from conflicting structure types and/or
materials and construction of new access trails.
Determining potential impacts was based upon assessing: (1) the physical
contrasts, or landscape changes, that would result from the project; (2) the degree of
visibility, or visibility level, that the proposed project would have from each visually
sensitive land use (key observation point) or scenic area; and (3) the compatibility of the
project with existing structures, including other transmission lines.
Visibility levels for key observation points were determined by assessing the
viewer sensitivity, distance from the project, duration of view, and viewer orientation.
The combination of visibility levels and structure compatibility determined levels of visual
dominance.
Impact Levels
·
High Impact-In general, a high impact is a result of highly visible
contrast of landform, vegetation or, most commonly, structures within an
area one-quarter to one-half mile of any residences, recreation area, or
highway. High visual impacts will always by long-term impacts. The
proposed activity dominates the landscape by not repeating the basic
elements (form, line, color and texture) of the landscape.
Moderate Impact - Moderate impacts apply to a wide range of conditions
within the study area where the proposed project would create a
noticeable, although not dominant, visual effect in landscape. Moderate
Impacts generally occur where residences, recreation areas, or highways
would be between one-quarter and one mile from the line and where
above average scenery was crossed. Moderate impacts levels also
applied to long-term effects.
II-31

Resources
CULTURAL RESOURCES
Exclusion
High Avoidance
SELECTION CRITERIA
Constraint Levels
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection Issues
CULTURAL RESOURCES
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
Impact Assessment Issues
CULTURAL RESOURCES
PREHISTORIC RESOURCES
National Register of Historic Places Sites.
Sensitivity Levels
High
Medium.
Low
HISTORIC RESOURCES
National Register of Historic Places Sites.
Sensitivity Levels
High
Low
PREHISTORIC RESOURCES
The primary prehistoric resource considerations in corridor selection were:
1. Sites Included in or determined eligible for inclusion in the National
Register of Historic Places (NRHP).
2. Environmental zones of high sensitivity where there are known or
predicted "significant" archaeological resources that are important due to
their informational content or interpretive potential.
Impacts on high sensitivity areas were minimized by corridor selection.
HISTORIC RESOURCES
Key historic resource considerations in the corridor selection process included:
1. Sites listed in or determined eligible for Inclusion in the NRHP.
2. High sensitivity zones that include potentially eligible known historic sites,
structural remains that could be historic sites, and reported but
undocumented site locations.
PREHISTORIC AND HISTORIC RESOURCES
Impact Types
The types of impacts that were considered for cultural resources were:
2.
No Impact would Include no measurable direct or indirect impact.
No Adverse impact would include measurable direct or indirect impacts,
but would not adversely affect the physical integrity or other NRHP
criteria of a resource.
Adverse impact would include measurable direct or indirect impacts
which adversely affect the physical integrity or other criteria of a resource.
Impacts to cultural properties may be direct or indirect. Direct impacts
associated with transmission lines are primarily limited to location of the support
structures, access trails/roads and heavy equipment movement along the right-of-way.
Direct Impacts could also include visual Impacts to historic sites. Indirect impacts
resulting from transmission line construction would tend to be related to increased
access to previously Isolated sites, possibly heightening the potential for vandalism.
Much of the adverse impacts to sites could be avoided by moving structures or rerouting
the centerline.
NATIVE AMERICAN RESOURCES
Sites Of Contemporary Or
Historical Significance.
NATIVE AMERICAN RESOURCES
Native American groups known to live in or near the project area were
contacted for input on concerns or values for cultural resources of contemporary or
historical significance. No resources were identified within the study area.
(
W
Impact Levels
High Impact Level indicates areas where the majority of the resources would
probably be eligible for the NRHP. Initial project impacts would be more likely to be
adverse in these zones.
Moderate Impact Level indicates areas where the majority of the resources
would probably be considered not eligible for the NRHP, though some eligible resources
could occur. Initial project impacts would be considered moderate in these zones, since
relatively few resources would be adversely impacted.
Low Impact Level indicates areas where resources are not expected to occur.
Any that do occur would almost certainly be considered not eligible. Initial project
Impacts would be considered low; the possibility of adverse impacts to resources very
slight.
11-32

Resources
Exclusion
High Avoidance
SELECTION CRITERIA
Constraint Levels
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection Issues
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
Impact Assessment Issues
High and moderate impacts could be lowered in most cases by realigning the
centerline or moving transmission line structures. If resource specific mitigation
procedures are implemented, residual impacts to cultural resources should be low to
non-existent.
NATIVE AMERICAN RESOURCES
Impact Types
study area.
No resources Identified as significant to Native Americans exist within the
vare
11-33

Resources
EARTH RESOURCES
GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY, SOILS, AND PALEONTOLOGY
Erosion Potential
Over 20% Slopes.
10-20% Slopes.
Under 10% Slopes.
Exclusion
High Avoidance
SELECTION CRITERIA
Constraint Levels
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
EARTH RESOURCES
Corridor Selection Issues
TABLE II-4. (CONTINUED)
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
EARTH RESOURCES
Impact Assessment Issues
GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, AND SOILS
The primary concern in corridor selection was to avoid or minimize contact
with areas which had high erosion potential, low reclamation potential, high flooding
potential, a shallow water table, or known fossil sites. Erosion potential is largely a
function of rock and soil type and slope angle. Reclamation potential is also reflected by
slope angle as well as soil salinity. Flooding hazard is most severe in drainages with
significant floodplains. Shallow water tables are associated with floodplains and saline
soils. The key terrain features associated with potential fossil-bearing strata are exposed
solls, steep slopes, and outcrops.
GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, AND SOILS
Impact Types
The assessment of earth resources included types of environmental impacts
and engineering constraints. The primary environmental impacts considered were
accelerated erosion rates, poor reclamation potential, and formations with moderate to
high probability of fossil discovery. Engineering constraints included construction of
structures on steep slopes and in areas of shallow ground water tables and/or high
flooding potential.
Flooding Hazard and Shallow Water Table
Alluvial Soils.
Erosion Potential
10-20% slopes
Over 20% slopes
Reclamation Potential
Saline Soils.
Paleontology
Fossil-Bearing Formations and Groups.
Known Fossil Sites.
Flooding Hazard and Shallow Water Table
Alluvial soils
Saline soils
Reclamation Potential
Saline soils
Paleontology
Fossil-bearing formations and groups
Known fossil sites
Impact Levels
Impact levels were based upon degree of slope angle, rock and soil types,
known fossil sites, and formations with a moderate to high probability of discovering
significant fossils.
Initial high impact levels were identified by the following constraints:
1. Steep slopes over 20%
2. High salinity soils based on reclamation
sensitivities and construction
constraints.
Initial moderate impact levels were identified by the following constraints:
1. Bedrock with 10-20% slopes.
2. Areas of shallow ground water tables and/or high flooding
potential.
3. Saline soils.
Known fossil sites and/or formations with a potential for important
fossil discovery.
11-34

Resources
BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
VEGETATION AND WILDLIFE
Hardwood Draw Vegetation
Riparian Vegetation_
Hardwood Habitat.
WETLANDS
rative
Riparian Wetlands Vegetation
Preferred Boats
displa
apolled
The prefer
Exclusion
High Avoidance
Moderate
Avoidance
Constraint Levels
SELECTION CRITERIA
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection Issues
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
Impact Assessment Issues
BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
The key vegetation, wildlife, floodplains, and wetland features in corridor
selection were:
BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
Impact Types
VEGETATION
Riparian Community
Hardwood Draws
WILDLIFE
Raptor Habitat
Endangered Species Habitat
Hardwood Habitat
The 3
WETLANDS
Riparian Wetland Vegetation
y-case for selective
mitigation ar
along the
non consists of me
Vegetation
The environmental impacts to vegetation are significant to the degree that the
project could effect important plant species or plant communities. The types of
potentially significant impacts to vegetation that were evaluated for the project include:
Federally protected threatened or endangered species.
State mandated or listed protected, threatened, unique, or sensitive
species.
Undisturbed rare or unique vegetation type, species, community, or area.
Areas that present special problems for revegetation or reclamation.
Areas that contain, or are receptive to noxious weeds as listed by the
SCS.
The primary concerns for vegetation, wildlife, and wetlands in corridor
selection were to avoid contact with open water, riparian vegetation, and areas that
exhibit a potential for threatened and endangered species. Major siting constraints
occurred along drainages where riparian and hardwood draws vegetation types are
prominent.
The vegetation and wildlife study was primarily concerned with biological and
surface water resources issues related to wildlife habitat and threatened and endangered
species. The wetlands study specifically addressed those resources that require
consideration for compliance with Executive Order 11990, Protection of Wetlands.
The alternative routes were located to avoid floodplains and wetlands wherever
possible. To the extent such areas are along the preferred routes, further efforts will be
made during detailed design of the line to avoid locating transmission structures, access
roads, and other associated facilities in the floodplains or wetlands. If complete
avoidance of floodplains or wetlands is not possible, western will comply with the
requirements of 10 CFR 1022 and Executive Orders 11988 and 11990.
Wildlife
Two types of direct physical impacts could occur as a result of construction,
operation, and maintenance of the proposed transmission line. These impact types
Include: 1) short-term impacts that result during construction activities, and 2) long-term
impacts which will continue after construction is completed. The specific types of
potential short-term and long-term impacts on wildlife were considered for this study
Include:
1. Short-Term Impacts
Disturbance of animals resulting from an increase in noise and the
presence of humans. The extent of impacts varies with season and
habitat type. Riparian habitat was identified as being the most sensitive,
especially during the winter and spring.
b. Temporary loss of habitat due to construction activities. Impacts would
be high in riparian habitats and low in cropland.
2.
Long-Term impacts
Permanent loss of habitat or significant alteration of habitat.
Impacts would be high in riparian zones and low in cropland.
II-35

Resources
Exclusion
High Avoidance
Constraint Levels
SELECTION CRITERIA
Moderate
Avoidance
Low Avoidance
Corridor Selection Issues
SCHOR THEBOSSCEN
Bidrocic WSEXIET
SUMMARY OF RESOURCE ISSUES
TABLE 11-4. (CONTINUED)
Impact Levels
Impact Assessment Issues
Vegetation
Wildlife
·
High Impacts - High impacts would result where construction, operation,
and maintenance of the proposed transmission line would cause
significant adverse impact to riparian wetland zones. These zones are
located in streams and drainages, and are associated with floodplains,
wetlands, and hardwood forests. No high impact levels occur in the
study area.
Moderate Impacts - Moderate Impacts were confined to wetland
communities located along the floodplains of the intermittent streams.
This vegetation type is a complex sensitive species, some of which are
susceptible to disturbances, and other species which are similar to the
surrounding upland grassland vegetation.
■Low Impacts - Low impacts would result where construction, operation,
and maintenance of the proposed transmission line would cause an
Insignificant adverse change or stress to vegetation. Vegetation types
that were identified as having low impacts were upland prairie grassland,
shrubland, and cropland.
·
High Impacts - High impacts would occur in riparian zones, portions of
the wetlands habitat that support wetlands vegetation, or in potential
endangered species habitat such as prairie dog towns.
Moderate Impacts - Moderate impacts were identified in grassland
Xue habitat.
⚫ Low Impacts - Low Impacts were identified as areas that would not exhibit
significant adverse change or stress to wildlife habitat, specifically
cropland habitat.
In most areas, implementation of mitigation measures in sensitive vegetation
habitat, particularly riparian zones along drainages and in wetland or hardwood habitats,
impacts may be reduced from moderate initial impact to low.
11-36
representing all possible locations for the line. A description of the project's physical
characteristics was also developed to allow impacts to be estimated.
b. Tasks 4C to 4G - Determine Impacts and Mitigation. The objective of the impact
assessment/mitigation planning process was to conduct a systematic interdisciplinary
analysis to determine the potential environmental impacts of alternative project facility
locations, and to assess how significant impacts could most effectively be mitigated. This
process involved identifying "initial" impacts based upon a comparison of the proposed
project with the pre-project environment, determining measures that would effectively
reduce or eliminate impacts, and identifying "residual" impacts (impacts remaining after the
application of committed mitigation). Impact types and levels for each resource category
Bare shown on Table II-4, and discussed in Chapter IV.
The mitigation plan for the project includes two types of programs: generic and
selective mitigation. Generic mitigation consists of measures or techniques that Western
has committed to undertake on a "generic" or non-specific basis as part of the proposed
tuor project plan. Generic mitigation measures are described in Table II-5. This level of
mitigation was accordingly assumed in assessing initial impacts.ive
ed itw tuby Selective mitigation consists of measures or techniques to which Western has
100 committed on a case-by-case (or "selective") basis after initial impacts were identified and
lede assessed. Types of selective mitigation are described in Table II-5, and specific application
mole of these measures to locations along the preferred route are described in the individual
resource impact assessments in Chapter IV.
w
palo 5. Phase 5 - Preferred Corridor/Substation Site Selection
a. Task 5A - Combine Links Into Routes. The process of comparing alternative
routes initially involved combining links into a set of 28 reference centerlines (Table II-6)
which comprised all of the reasonable routes which could be used for construction of the
line from the existing Charlie Creek Substation to each of the four Belfield Substation siting
benicareas. The reference centerlines were used as a basis for evaluating impacts along a 165-
foot wide hypothetical right-of-way within the designated corridors.
b. Tasks 5B to 5D -Describe Impacts and Compare Routes Within Groups. Impacts
were assessed for each link and aggregated along the alternative routes. In order to reduce
the complexity of the comparison process and avoid having to compare each of the 28
routes to one another, the routes were first grouped by substation siting area endpoints.
Comparisons were then made within each of the four resulting groups.
er holle Alternative routes were compared within each group and qualitatively ranked on a
resource by resource basis. In order to better compare rankings between resources an
989 analysis was done (described in Appendix A) to establish the relative importance of each
peto resource within the study area. The rankings developed for each resource were then
evaluated in establishing the environmentally preferred route within each group.
c. Task 5E - Identify Environmentally Preferred Route. The final four routes were
then compared to establish the overall environmentally preferred route. Table II-7 presents
the results of this comparative process as applied to the final set of four routes.
The
resources included in this comparison are displayed in order of relative importance from
most (land use/agriculture) to least (soils). The preferred route was determined on the
11-37
TABLE 11-5. MITIGATION MEASURES
GENERICALLY COMMITTED MITIGATION
1.
2.
Lee 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
All construction vehicle movement outside the right-of-way will be restricted to
predesignated access, contractor acquired access, or public roads, except in
emergency conditions.
The areal limits of construction activities will normally be predetermined, with activity
restricted to and confined within those limits. No paint or permanent discoloring
agents will be applied to rocks or vegetation to indicate survey or construction activity
limits.
ostes
Blasting for access trails or structure footings will be performed only if necessary and
then only if debris would be recoverable and can be removed from the site without
significant environmental impact.
In construction areas where recontouring is not required, the original contour will be
maintained by matting down vegetation cover. This will prevent excessive root
damage and allow for resprouting. Herbicides will be used in accordance with label
instructions to prevent weed growth in the substation yard and at some transmission
line structures. When used in accordance with label instructions, the herbicides will
not be a hazard to fish or wildlife.
In construction areas where recontouring is required, revegetation and/or reseeding
will be performed after the final grade has been established and as required.
Watering facilities will be repaired or replaced if they are damaged or destroyed by
construction activities.
mont onil
Structures and conductors will be marked with high-visibility devices where required
by Federal agencies.
8.
Nonspecular conductors will be used for the entire project.
9.
nil none of bes20825 enew
On agricultural land, right-of-way will be aligned, insofar as is practical, to reduce the
impact to farm operations and agricultural production.
10. Prior to construction, all supervisory construction personnel will be instructed on the
protection of cultural and ecological resources. To assist in this effort, the
construction contract will address: (a) Federal and state laws regarding antiquities,
plants, and wildlife, including collection and removal; and (b) the importance of these
harts et resources and the purpose and necessity of protecting them. Illustrations of protected
resources that might occur in the area will be supplied in order to assist in
identification.
a 11. A means will be provided of resolving environmentally related complaints for activities
within construction areas.
Bleau brish) taom
11-38
snil otspilim bl
bran
TABLE 11-5. (CONTINUED)
12. As a means to identify necessary mitigation, preconstruction cultural resource studies
will be undertaken
ce
to olber b Following selection of the refined agency-preferred route, cultural resource studies will
be conducted to identify specific resources subject to impact from the construction,
operation and maintenance of the proposed project and to recommend measures to
mitigate the impacts. A general goal of the study is to provide the State Historic
eral hole Preservation Officer with the data necessary to make recommendations concerning
eligibility to the National Register of Historic Places. The surveys will address
prehistoric, historic and Native American resource concerns. To accomplish this, the
following tasks will be performed:
alim
a
bas Inem
9
blow alla
bauord
svillanes
redme
Setting
A. Development of a narrative history of the study area, to provide a framework to
assist in evaluating historic resources.
B.
Identification of general and/or specific Native American values and uses of the
area, either historic or contemporary, and concerns of Native Americans for
historic and prehistoric resources within the study area.
When baz
C.
The
D.
Development of a prehistoric overview of the project area, to provide a
framework to assist in evaluating prehistoric resources.
An intensive pedestrian survey will be performed of the agency preferred route to
locate and record all cultural resources, both historic and prehistoric. The survey
area will include 100 feet on either side of the staked centerline, access roads,
substation locations and any other areas that will be disturbed by construction
In ord and/or operation of the proposed transmission line.
E.
F.
After completion of the intensive survey, a preliminary report will be prepared,
including the cultural resources overview, a brief description and analysis of the
resources including location maps and recommendations as to NRHP eligibility.
This information will be available to Western for use in siting and designing
structures, access roads and other construction areas, to lessen impacts to
cultural resources. The report will also include a description of background
research and evaluation of existing data, a discussion of field and laboratory
methods and management recommendations, including the need for further
work, if any, for each resource.
A Historic Properties Management Plan (HPMP) will be prepared for all eligible
sites that could be affected by construction, operation and maintenance of the
proposed transmission line, substation and access easements The HPMP will
include discussions of the expected impacts of the project on each eligible site,
and the methods recommended for mitigation of adverse impacts.
G. Western will follow the procedures prescribed in 36 CFR 800 and will consult with
the SHPO and Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (ACHP) regarding
determination of eligibility, determination of effect, and identification of measures
which will avoid or mitigate any adverse effects.
II-39
esibute so
13.
H.
(OTABLE II-5. (CONTINUED)
Following implementing avoidance measures, Western would mitigate the
residual adverse effects to cultural resources resulting from the proposed project
in accordance with a plan agreed upon by the SHPO and the ACHP.
Western will apply necessary mitigation to satisfy complaints of line-generated radio or
television interference at residences.
14. Western will apply necessary mitigation to eliminate problems of induced currents and
voltages onto conductive objects sharing a right-of-way. All transmission line
structures will be grounded. To prevent electrification of fence lines, wood post fences
parallel to and within 75 feet of the centerline are grounded at one-quarter mile
intervals and fences with steel posts will be grounded at one-half mile intervals. One
grounding post will be used at each side of the right-of-way for fences crossing under
the line. One grounding post will be used at the hinge end and latch end of each gate.
15. Western will continue to monitor studies performed to determine the effects of
electromagnetic fields in order to ascertain whether these effects are significant.
16. Western will obtain all required air quality permits if open burning is necessary,
although none is anticipated.
sebivor
17. Where required, Western will develop necessary Spill Prevention, Containment and
Countermeasures (SPCC) plans for substation sites.
br
1.
2.
3.
sidig
ishd
ebuloni iw
SELECTIVE MITIGATION
telegus
noitstego to\bne
or destroyed by
Access Trails soltarampasas wäre
Trailstollanoscale.
gnibu
It would be necessary to develop 3.04 miles of new access trails. No new trails would
be developed in environmentally sensitive areas. This would minimize ground
disturbance, limit new access, reduce scarring, and prevent damage to sensitive
areas.
Existing trails needed for access in environmentally sensitive areas would not be
widened or upgraded unless absolutely necessary (same benefits as number 1
above).
The alignment of any new access trails will follow the area's landform contours,
providing that such an alignment does not additionally impact resource values. This
would minimize ground disturbance and erosion and/or reduce scarring. to as
nebi bris
AntPor activities
noitepimetab
blovs liw dairw
11-40
08 TE
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Rea
TABLE 11-5. (CONTINUED)
38 12
21.08
dzone
All access trails not required for maintenance will be permanently closed using the
most effective and least environmentally damaging methods appropriate to that area,
and with concurrence of the landowner. This would limit new or improved
accessibility into the area.
Line Routing and Structures
SHO
The structure design will be selected to minimize ground disturbance, operational
conflicts, visual contrast, and/or avian conflicts.
Where soft subsurface conditions or potentially active fluvial erosion is encountered,
structure footings will be designed to insure stability.
Structures will be placed so as to avoid sensitive features or to allow conductors to
span the features (such as significant cultural resource sites), within limits of standard
structure design. This would minimize the amount of sensitive feature disturbed
and/or reduce visual contrast.
When paralleling other high voltage transmission lines, an attempt will be made, where
feasible, to match structure spacing to reduce visual contrast.
9. The line will be routed to avoid sensitive features. This would eliminate or reduce
visual or physical conflict with features.
Preconstruction Study Programs
10. In order to determine further selective mitigation needs, Western will conduct a field
review of structure and access-road design. This field review will be conducted by an
appropriately qualified professional to identify site-specific, soil erosion impacts and
determine the most effective means of mitigating them. Possible mitigation measures
could include minor adjustments in structure and road locations, restricting access
during periods of high moisture, and utilizing selective biodegradable soil stabilizing
agents, etc.
11. In order to determine further selective mitigation needs, Western will conduct an
ecological field review of structure and access-road design. This field review will be
conducted by an appropriately qualified professional to identify site-specific impacts to
threatened, endangered or otherwise sensitive vegetation and wildlife and to
determine the most effective means to mitigate those impacts. Possible mitigation
measures could include minor adjustments in structure and road locations, closing
access roads, relocating sensitive species, habitat improvements, etc.
EE ATS
PAWS
03.38
AB
SEW
D-EWS
W34
II-41
SUBSTATION 1
TABLE 11-6. ALTERNATIVE ROUTES
SUBSTATION 2
Route
Links
Length
Route
Links
Length
W1-1
17-20-31-41
37.00
W2-1
17-20-31-40
37.30
W1-2
17-19-21-31-41
38.00
W2-2
17-19-31-40
36.95
W1-3
12-18-22-21-31-41
37.85
W2-3
12-18-22-21-31-40
38.15
W1-4
12-13-15-23-22-21-31-41
37.85
W2-4
12-13-15-23-22-21-31-40
38.15
EW1-1
6A-11-16-23-22-21-31-41
38.25
EW2-1
6A-11-16-23-22-21-31-40
38.55
SUBSTATION 3
SUBSTATION 4
Route
Links
Length
Route
Links
E3-1
1-5-10-28-32-37-38-43
37.65
E4-1
1-2-3-27-27B-36
W3-1
17-19-30-32-37-38-43
38.90
W3-2
12-18-22-30-32-37-38-43
38.75
W3-3
12-13-15-23-22-30-32-37-38-43
38.75
Joinino Isolavid to
E4-2
1-2-4-26-27-27A-33-36A-36
Length
41.00
40.50
E4-3
1-5-10-25-26-27-27A-33-36A-36 40.30
E4-4
1-5-10-28-32-35-36A-36
W3-4
12-13-14-29-32-37-38-43
35.40
W4-1
12-13-14-24-25-26-27-27A-33-
38.70
40.10
36A-36
Jaiv
W3-5
12-13-14-24-28-32-37-38-43
37.45
W4-2
12-13-14-24-28-32-35-36A-36
38.50
8
EW3-1
6A-6B-9-10-28-32-37-38-43
36.75
W4-3
12-13-14-29-32-35-36A-36
36.45
EW3-2
6A-11-24-28-32-37-38-43
37.65
EW4-1
6A-6B-9-10-25-26-27-27A-33-
39.40
36A-36
EW3-3
6A-11-29-32-37-38-43
35.60
EW4-2
6A-6B-9-10-28-32-35-36A-36
37.80
11-42

TABLE II- 7. FINAL ROUTE COMPARISON
RESOURCE CONSIDERATIONS
RELATIVE IMPORTANCE
MOST
Routes
Land Use &
Agriculture
Visual
Cultural
W1-1
Vegetation/
Wetlands
LEAST
Wildlife
Geology Soils
Environ.
Preference
4th.
Comments
Minimizes Impacts to agriculture;
however, would result in greater visual
Impacts to residences than Route E4-1.
This route is also in view from TRNP.
to
This is the 3rd preference route for visual
impacts
residences and 2nd
preference for agriculture, resulting in 3rd
level of overall preference.
Least preferrable for impacts to both
agriculture and residential views,
although preferred for most other
resources.
Minimizes Impacts to residences and
views from TRNP. May consolidate with
existing utility corridor. Greater
agricultural impacts; however, reduced
visual impacts offset agricultural impacts.
17, 20, 31, 41
2nd
37.00 Miles
1st
2nd
2nd
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
W2-1
17, 20, 31, 40
3rd
37.30 Miles
12nd
3rd
3rd
3rd
3rd
1st
3rd
W3-4
12, 13, 14, 29,
32, 37, 38, 43
35.40 Miles
4th
4th
1st
1st
1st
2nd
1st
E4-1
1, 2, 3, 27, 27B
1st
36
41.00 Miles
3rd
1st
4th
3rd
2nd
3rd
4th
00012
entwo
-Numerical value represents the environmental preference for resource (These values are not averaged to obtain the environmental preference)
Shaded area represents the level of impact assigned to each resource (e.g. low to moderate)
alber
Recenze nie
nol
LEGEND
Impact Levels
ed of beninete
pronta a tavaly
of wo!
Moderate
Moderate to High
High to Moderate
High
gmi evlet sri ( bris sonenfibes
benpls losgral to level (t do alead
egoitsoof art
ses to nochemoo evitelineup A
of bot
Low
Low to Moderate
Moderate to Low
11-43
basis of: 1) level of impact assigned to each resource, 2) the environmental preference for
each resource, and 3) the relative importance assigned to each resource.
The locations for the final set of four alternatives are shown in Figure II-9 (foldout).
A quantitative comparison of these alternatives is shown in Table II-8.
nert
The resources which were found to be the best discriminators, that is those which provided
the greatest capability to differentiate between the final routes, were land use and visual.
Based primarily on these two resources, Routes E4-1 and W1-1 were clearly the preferred
routes among the final four. Land use showed a preference for Route W1-1 over E4-1
because of fewer miles of cultivated land crossed (14.7 miles for W1-1 versus 18.8 miles for
E4-1). Visual a strong preference for E4-1, primarily because of fewer residences with open
views within one mile of the line (15 for E4-1 versus 33 for W1-1). Levels of impact for land
use ranged from low to moderate and levels of impact for visual ranged from moderate to
high.
Because the visual preference for E4-1 was greater than the land use preference for
W1-1, and because visual impacts ranged into the high category, route E4-1 was
determined to be the least-potential-impact or "environmentally preferred" route. This route
exits from the Charley Creek Substation and proceeds easterly to the far eastern edge of the
study area where it turns south and continues on a north-south line for most of its extent
until it terminates at Belfield Substation Siting Area No.4.
d. Task 5F-Select Agency-Preferred Route. Although route E4-1 was determined to be the
environmentally preferred route, it was recognized that routes E4-1 and W1-1 were very
similar in overall ranking. Consequently, it was considered important to evaluate other
factors such as miles of transmission line construction, available access, potential
construction problems, and project costs, before selecting the agency-preferred route.
It was determined that Route W1-1 provided somewhat better access and fewer
engineering/construction constraints. In addition, the shorter length of Route W1-1 (almost
4 fewer miles) represented a potential savings of around 10% (up to one million dollars) in
line construction costs over Route E4-1. For these reasons, Route W1-1 was selected as
the agency-preferred route.
Because the agency-preferred route differs from the environmentally preferred
route, the discussion in the following Chapters III and IV addresses both Route E4-1 and
Route W1-1 for comparative purposes.
e. Task 5G - Refine Agency-Preferred Route. Refinements to the reference
centerline location of the agency-preferred route were made following the third set of public
meetings at which the environmentally preferred and agency-preferred routes were
presented. Three sources provided the inputs for these refinements:
Comments received from affected landowners who requested slight changes in
the preferred route to avoid or reduce impacts to their property or agricultural
practices.
A preliminary centerline survey/engineering/environmental review resulted in
alignment changes to avoid sensitive habitats, cultural resources sites, and
steep terrain, provide better road and river crossings, and generally reduce
construction problems.
T20M
viona
WE TEURAT
II - 44

W3-4
LINKS:
12-13-14-29-32-37-38-43
W1-1
LINKS:
1-2-3-27-27B-36
ALTERNATIVE ROUTES
W1-1R
LINKS:
17-20-31-41
E4-1
LINKS:
17-20-31-41
39.3 0.6 11 10.1 9.2 0.7 18.8 0 390
Private
State
Federal
Highly Erosive Soils
High Salinity Soils
Floodplains
LAND- CONSTRUCTION AGR.
OWNERSHIP CONSTRAINTS
(miles/
(miles)
(miles)
Non-irrigated Cropland
Mid-field Angle
Structures (number)
Pipelines Crossed
Oil & Gas Wells
w/in 500 ft.
Scoria Pits and
Uranium Mines
Res. w/in 1 Mile w/
Open' Views
32.2 0.5 5.5 10.2 2.2 0.3 14.2 0
2
40 32
32 8 12
12 40 72* 0
0 0 22.8 0.9 0.3 0
111
30.9 0 4.6 10.4 1.5 0.4 14.7 0 2 3 2 33 13 12
33 13 12 46 74* 0
0 20.8 1.1 0.4 0 1 1 1 40 0.3 35.5
W2-1
LINKS:
17-20-31-40
31.8 0 4.5 10.7 6.1 0.6 13.5 0
3 5 2
36 16 12 52 81* 0
0 22.3 0.9 0.6 0111 41 0.5 37.3
3
33.4 0 2.0 9.6 6.7 0.3 19.0 1 5 10 0
48 14
4
62 99 0
0 15.7 0.4 0.3 0 111 43 0.435.4
15 23 5.5 38 62 1.3 0 19.8 1.7 0.7 2.0 1 1 1 38 0.7 41.0
2
Res:w/in 1 mile w/
Screened or Mod. View
Highway Foregound
0-1 mile)
Total Number of Res.
w/in 1 Mile
Total Number of Res.
w/in 1-3 mi.
TABLE 11-8. QUANTITATIVE COMPARISON
Miles Crossed or Number of Occurences
HUMAN ENVIRONMENT
LAND USE
IMPACTS
number) (number)
CULTURAL
ENVIR
VISUAL
IMPACTS
EFFECTS ON
CULTURAL
RES.
TERRESTRIAL
ECOSYSTEMS
(miles/number)
NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
EFFECTS ON
AQUATIC
ECOSYSTEMS
(miles/number)
(number)
(miles)
High Prehistoric
Sensitivity (mi.)
Known Historic & Native
American Resources
Vegetation
Prairie Grassland
Shrubland Vegetation
Hardwood Draws/
Vegetation
Riparian Wetland
Areas w/in 0.5 Mile Of
Known Raptor Nests
Heart River (number)
Green River (number)
Knife River (number)
Intermittent (crossings)
Wetland Vegetation
(miles)
Length In Miles
es dous astresoring collimathen
bris alioe aldibogo Osio
ROUTE PREFERENCE
39 0.3 38.2
REFINEMENT OF
ROUTE W1-1
*
Visible From Residences Within Belfield.
**
1-3 Mile Visibility For Residences Within Study Area Only.
II-45
МИЗ МАЙМУЛИ
aunasuono to tedmu so basso 20M
Implementation of recommended environmental mitigation measures such as
moving the route further from residences, steep slopes/erodible soils, and
foreground views.
Refinements to the agency-preferred route are provided on Figure 11-9 (foldout).
Table II-8 provides a quantitative assessment of the refined agency-preferred route.
6. Phase 6 - Prepare and Review the EIS
This phase involves those tasks required to prepare, review, and finalize the EIS,
conduct other environmental reviews, and secure project approval. The issuance of this
Draft EIS (DEIS) represents a major step in this final phase. Steps remaining for Phase 6
include: 1) evaluation and preparation of responses to comments received on this DEIS, 2)
preparation and distribution of the FEIS, and 3) publication of a Record of Decision.
edmurt
MOBIHARMOO EVITALITHAUD 8-11 SUBAT
ТИЗМИСТРИИМ НАЛИН..
920 CHOUCASA
MAT
slight changes in
rty or agricultural
stas, and
ally reduce
11-46
III.

Affected Environment

III. THE AFFECTED ENVIRONMENT
west of
Crop
This chapter provides a description of the environment potentially affected by the
construction, operation, maintenance, and eventual abandonment of the proposed
transmission line. The study area resources are described from two perspectives: those
resources within the study area, and those resources along the environmentally preferred
route, agency-preferred route, and refined agency-preferred route.
The study area established for the Charlie Creek-Belfield Transmission Line Project
encompasses approximately 420 square miles (12 by 35 miles). The project area is
predominantly located in Billings and Stark Counties, including the City of Belfield, and
incorporates smaller portions of McKenzie, and Dunn Counties. The region is located in
southwestern North Dakota, an area dominated by flat to rolling agricultural lands
interspersed with grass and pasture lands. The western part of the study area includes
portions of the Little Missouri National Grasslands and the southwestern corner of the study
area is one mile east of the Theodore Roosevelt National Park.
There
A. Land Use and Agricultural Resources
This section describes the environment within the general study area and along the
environmentally preferred, agency-preferred, and refined agency-preferred routes, with
reference to the following:
Land Ownership (not a corridor selection criteria).
Existing and Planned Land Use Features - including urban, residential,
commercial/industrial, recreational, resource extractive, transportation, and
eneris utility corridor uses.
gniw
niritis
Agricultural Land Use.
grizelxe
tonede Figure III-1 (foldout) provides support for this section, illustrating land ownership
and existing/planned land use.
orth
1. Land Ownership
a. Study Area. The majority of lands within the study area are in private ownership.
Publicly owned lands fall primarily under the jurisdiction of the Forest Service (FS), the
North Dakota Department of State Lands, Billings, Stark, McKenzie, and Dunn Counties,
and the City of Belfield. Land ownership patterns are shown on Figure III-1 (foldout).

en The Little Missouri National Grasslands are interspersed throughout the western
portions of the study area within Billings and McKenzie Counties. They are administered by
the FS as part of the Custer National Forest. These lands are managed primarily for
livestock grazing purposes, implementation of intensive range management systems, and
the facilitation of minerals and energy development with consideration to other resource
needs (Forest Service, 1986). Recreational use on the National Grasslands is dispersed.
III - 1
Activities are limited primarily to small game and upland bird hunting with some occasional
big game hunting.
State lands in the study area are found only in Billings and McKenzie Counties, with
the largest holdings concentrated in the northwestern portion of the study area. These
include school sections (16 and 36) granted to the state in the last century. These lands are
held by the state for generating revenues to support the state's school system and are
currently leased for agricultural and grazing purposes.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route is 41.0
miles long. Private land is crossed for 39.3 miles. Publicly owned lands crossed include
National Grasslands which are traversed for 1.1 miles due east of the Charlie Creek
Substation, and North Dakota state lands which are crossed for 0.6 mile.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route is 37.0 miles long, and
directly crosses 32.4 miles of private land. The Little Missouri National Grasslands
constitute the only public lands crossed and account for 4.6 miles of this route.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. The refined agency-preferred route is 38.2
miles in length and crosses the greatest amount of publicly owned land. Privately held land
accounts for 32.2 miles of this route. This alternative crosses 5.5 miles of National
Grassland and 0.5 mile of state land.
2. Existing and Future Land Use
a. Study Area. Regionally significant existing and planned land use features within
the study area consist primarily of farming and ranch-based agricultural activities. Urban
areas are limited to Belfield. Rural residences are scattered throughout the study area.
Other uses include transportation and utility corridors, oil, water, and gas wells, pipelines,
landing strips for small aircraft, and communication facilities. Agricultural lands dominate
the setting and are described in the following subsection. Figure III-1 (foldout) depicts the
distribution of all existing and planned land uses within the alternative corridors.
The City of Belfield, located in northern Stark County is the only municipality within
the study area. Located just south of Interstate 94, this small city has a population of
approximately 1,300. Existing residential and commercial land uses are concentrated in
and immediately around the city with no immediate plans for growth. Directly east of
Belfield is a sewage treatment facility on the Heart River drainage.
cida
Outside of Belfield, residential and commercial development is rural and scattered,
with residential patterns relating closely to the agricultural setting. Farms and farming
related facilities are located throughout the study area. The only identifiable rural
community in the study area is Fairfield. Institutional land uses include schools and
churches. There are no designated recreation areas outside of Belfield.
The study area contains a number of surface mineral extraction areas including
scoria pits, abandoned uranium mines, and abandoned coal mines. The scoria pits provide
surfacing material for local unpaved roads and are scattered predominantly along or near
the major intermittent Heart, Green, and Knife River drainages. There are several major oil
and gas fields in the northeastern portion of the study area with related facilities, such as
collection points and refineries, scattered throughout. Military installations include a

III-2
CK
NOT
Racking
County
Department of Defense Ground Wave Emergency Network (GWEN) tower located 4 miles
west of Belfield off of Interstate 94. There are two small airstrips that are used primarily by
crop dusting planes.
8 bns
FOR
alells Three major transportation corridors are located in the study area. Interstate 94,
the major east to west interstate connection through North Dakota, passes through the
southern portion of the study area. This interstate runs through Belfield, heading east into
Dickinson, the Stark County Seat, and west to access Theodore Roosevelt National Park.
North Dakota State Highway 200, located along the northern boundary of the study area,
also provides an east-west connection through the area. U.S. Highway 85 runs north to
south through the western portion of the study area. A network of improved and
unimproved rural roads oriented on a section line basis are found throughout the study
area. The Burlington Northern railroad line runs east and west through Belfield in the
southern portion of the study area.
There are no major north to south utility corridors within the study area. Western's
Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line parallels the southern boundary of the
study area. The Belfield substation will connect with this line. There are also several
corridors which currently exit the Charlie Creek Substation in the northern portion of the
study area including one 69-kV transmission line, three 115-kV lines operated by West
Plains Electric Cooperative (WPEC), McKenzie Electric Cooperative (MEC), and Western,
and one 345-kV Basin Electric Power Cooperative (BEPC) line which skirts the northern
boundary of the study.
vehad
low el va b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route does not
cross any urban area, planned development, residence, recreation area, scoria pit,
cemetery, school, airstrip, or communication facility. Although no oil and gas wells are
directly crossed, several are within 0.25 mile of this alternative and are predominantly
located in the northern portion of this route. There are 18 houses within 0.50 mile of the
reference centerline, and a total of 38 occupied dwellings within 1 mile. Although visual
impacts would be a concern to these dwellings, no physical land use conflicts are
anticipated.
Transportation and utility corridor crossings are minimal for this alternative.
Interstate 94, which is crossed 5.5 miles east of Belfield, is the only major road along this
route. Other crossings are limited to improved and unimproved rural roads. This alternative
parallels the Basin Electric Power 345-kV transmission line for 5.5 miles and crosses a 115-
kV Department of Energy transmission line east of the Charlie Creek Substation. The
Burlington Northern railroad is crossed at the Heart River Drainage. Two Koch oil pipelines
(4 and 6 inches in diameter) are crossed 1.5 miles north of Interstate 94. A Williston Basin
Interstate Pipeline (WBIP) 8-inch pipeline is located within .4 mile of the western edge of the
reference centerline just south of Interstate 94. A WBIP 16-inch natural gas pipeline lies
within the proposed Belfield Substation Site No. 4.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route does not cross any urban
area, planned development, occupied residence, recreation area, cemetery, school, airstrip,
or communication facility. A small surface scoria mine is crossed on this alternative and
numerous other mining operations are within a 0.25 to 0.50 mile vicinity of the reference
centerline. One unoccupied dwelling is crossed and there are a total of 46 occupied
residences within 1 mile of the centerline, 14 of which are located within 0.25. One industrial
site is also located within 0.50 mile of this route. This route does not directly cross any oil or
gas wells although several are within 0.25 mile.
III-3
Transportation crossings include Interstate 94, 2.5 miles west of Belfield, and
Highway 85, 1 mile west of the Charlie Creek Substation. Two Koch oil trunk pipelines, 4"
and 6" in size, are crossed just south of Interstate 94. The Burlington Northern railroad
ROW is crossed approximately 3 miles north of the proposed Belfield Substation Site No.1.
This alternative crosses one utility corridor, a 115-kV WPEC transmission line and parallels a
115-kV MEC line for 0.6 mile as it enters the Charlie Creek Substation. The reference
centerline passes approximately 1.2 miles east of the Ground Wave Emergency Network
tower.
18
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route varies only slightly from the agency-
preferred route. Shifts in the alignment avoid the crossing of surface mining operations and
unoccupied buildings. Proximity to occupied dwellings and industrial sites varies only
slightly, with 40 residences within 1 mile of the reference centerline, and an additional oil
refinery within 0.50 mile of the route. All transportation, utility corridor, infrastructure, and
railroad crossings remain the same as the agency-preferred route.
3. Agricultural Land Use
a. Study Area.
clasanu nosis
2015 ybule
The predominant land use in the region is ranching-based
agriculture. Over 80 percent of the farms produce livestock in this region, often taking
advantage of National Grassland grazing allotments provided through the Forest Service.
Over 90 percent of the land within the study area is devoted to non-irrigated crop and
livestock production on large farmsteads. Cash crops are primarily limited to wheat, barley,
and sunflowers. The production of cash crops in both Billings and Stark County is well
below many of the other counties within the state. The vast majority of crops within the
study area, including hay and oats, are produced for livestock feed. Agricultural statistics
for 1987 support this, as Stark County is rated fourth and fifth statewide respectively in the
production of hay and oats. Table III-1 shows the yields per acre and production ranking in
the state for these major crops as compiled for 1986. Livestock production in Billings,
Stark, McKenzie and Dunn Counties includes cattle, hogs, sheep, and chickens. Cattle
production in Stark, McKenzie, and Dunn Counties ranks among the highest in the state.
Dry land farming for the production of livestock feed, and cattle grazing on rangeland, are
the predominant agricultural activities within the study area (North Dakota Crop & Livestock
Reporting Service, 1987).
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route crosses
18.8 miles of non-irrigated cropland. A majority of these crossings take advantage of
section and quarter-section siting. The remainder of the agricultural area crossed consists
of 19.8 miles of grassland.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route minimizes interference
with non-irrigated cropland, crossing 14.7 miles. Many of these crossings, however, do not
utilize a section, or quarter-section orientation. Range and grassland are crossed for 20.8
miles.
30
brs evde d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. Non-irrigated cropland crossings for this route
are slightly lower than for the agency-preferred route. Non-irrigated cropland is crossed for
14.2 miles, with the addition of two diagonal field crossings. This alternative crosses 22.8
miles of grassland.
III-4
TABLE III-1. MAJOR AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION - MCKENZIE, DUNN, BILLINGS, AND STARK COUNTIES
8
92
2
min
to vis
All Wheat
CROP PRODUCTION
All Oats
All Hay
Total
Total
Total
moths pniw
LIVESTOCK
PRODUCTION
All Cattle
Number
Production
Yield/
County
Production
Yield/
County
Production
Yield/
County
of Head
County
(in 000s)
Acre
Ranking
(in 000s)
Acre
Ranking
(in 000s)
Acre
Ranking
(in 000s)
County
Ranking
(B.U.)
(B.U.)
(B.U.)
(B.U.)
(tons)
(tons)
McKenzie
3,569
23.5
29
615
42.4
19
77
0.95
10
81
5*
kay slowing areas. The
Billings
571
18.1
52
249
37.4
29
48
0.70
29
31
27*
K
Dunn
2,716
23.6
39
1,437
48.4
8
160
1.00
8bre
1
Stark
3,853
24.1
27
1,794
45.8
5
136
1.40
4
61
11
Based on 5 year average, 1981-1985.
* Tied with another county.
maq bansera
biel motions to
Consorbate
120 elves
III-5
MOITOLOG BY
Conuth
pobins f
B. Visual Resources
апиро ИЛАТА ПИА ЗОИНле пица
TOUGORE JABUT JUDIRO
1. Study Approach
Visual resources reflect the importance of a landscape for its natural aesthetic
qualities, its public viewing value, and its sensitivity to visual change. In order to describe
the visual resource values within and adjacent to the study area, the following factors were
considered: 1) landscape type, scenic quality, and setting, 2) key observation points and
distance zones, 3) visual sensitivity, and 4) Forest Service visual quality objectives. The
approach used in evaluating each of these factors in described below.
a. Landscape Types and Setting. Landscape types categorize areas with similar
patterns of landform, land use, views of adjacent scenery, and unique features. Description
of these factors permits an evaluation of scenic quality. On lands administered by the
Forest Service (FS), these are referred to as Variety Classes. Three potential ranges of
scenic quality or variety classes are used to express the landscape scenic value within the
context of the physiographic region for both private and public lands:
Class A - Distinctive Scenic Quality. Areas containing features such as
landforms, vegetative patterns, water forms, and rock formations which are of
an unusual or outstanding visual quality not common in the surrounding area.
Class B - Common Scenic Quality. Areas containing features with a variety of
form, line, color, and texture or combinations thereof but which tend to be
common throughout the surrounding area and are not outstanding in visual
quality.
Class C - Minimal Scenic Quality. Areas generally characterized by little or no
variety in form, line, color, texture or combination thereof.
Landscape settings at both facility and viewer locations may be open, skylined, or
screened. Open settings are characterized by flat or rolling terrain with unrestricted viewing
conditions. Skylined settings include minor ridges or hills where objects may be silhouetted
in the landscape. Screened settings include landscapes which are visually contained by
either topography or vegetation. Landscape settings may also be modified by industrial-
related facilities including existing transmission lines, oil fields, and refineries.
b. Key Observation Points (KOPs). Key observation points include major travel
routes, recreation areas, rural/urban communities, and dispersed rural residences. The
appearance of features in the landscapes varies with viewing distance and project type.
Lands seen from a KOP are divided into three distance zones: 1) foreground/near middle-
ground (within 1 mile of the KOP), 2) middle-ground (from 1 mile to a range of 3 to 5 miles
from the KOP), and 3) background or seldom-seen areas which are either beyond 3 to 5
miles or are generally unseen owing to topography.
These distance zones correlate with the relative perception of the scale of objects in
the given landscape. A discussion of the relationship of these distance zones to impact
types and levels is provided in Chapter IV.
no bea88
Vinuca
aisneXoM
III-6
8-3
aprilie
62
E-SITE INTRUSIONS
Je National Park Service (NPS) and FS lands also serve as key viewing areas. The
southern unit of Theodore Roosevelt National Park (TRNP), though not within the study
area, has views to the study area. Maintenance of the visual scene is a first priority within
the Park: "Today, the Park Service recognizes the primary significance of the Park depends
upon keeping the natural and historical scene of Roosevelt's time." (Harmon, 1986). The FS
VIE has developed visual management policies for the Little Missouri National Grasslands that
concentrate on management in conjunction with the viewing experience from the Park, as
well as from other key observation areas such as major roads within the study area.
c. Visual Sensitivity. Visual sensitivity describes different levels of public and
agency concern over change in scenic quality in landscape types and settings. This factor
also includes consideration of the type and volume of use associated with community views
and travel routes, recreation views, and dispersed residences as well as distance from the
viewing locations (i.e., distance zones).
d. Visual Quality Objectives (VQOs). VQOS characterize the desired levels of
acceptable alteration of the landscape as defined by the Forest Service:
ent of
ylab nee
Retention VQQ provides for management activities which are not visually
evident. Activities may only repeat forms, lines, colors, and textures which are
yhistuotheq
frequently found in the characteristic landscape. Changes in the qualities of
Vaxie MAT size, amount, intensity, direction, and pattern should not be evident.
lis to (elim I niriiw)
s of elim■
nisnet ni
290
!
Partial Retention VQO provides for management activities which remain visually
subordinate to the characteristic landscape. Activities may repeat forms, lines,
colors or textures common to the characteristic landscape but changes in their
qualities of size, amount, intensity, direction, pattern, etc., remain visually
subordinate to the characteristic landscape. Activities may also introduce
forms, lines, colors, or textures which are found infrequently or not at all in the
characteristic landscape, but they should remain subordinate to the visual
strength of the characteristic landscape. (Forest Service, 1974).
008
2. Study Area pojem
1000
a. Landscape Types and Settings. The study area lies within the unglaciated
Missouri Plateau section of the Northern Great Plains Physiographic Province in
southwestern North Dakota. This section is characterized by terraced lands, local
badlands, and isolated buttes (Fenneman, 1931). The study area is a homogeneous visual
environment that is typical of the physiographic region. Scenic quality for the entire study
area is rated as Class C, characterized by uniform, upland rolling plains expressing little
variety in form, line, color, or texture. The badlands of the adjacent Theodore Roosevelt
National Park are recognized as a visual resource of distinctive scenic quality.
Landscapes within the study area are primarily open and dominated by crop and
rangeland activities. Cropland areas provide some visual diversity on a seasonal basis. The
major drainages crossing the study area are the Green, Knife, and Heart Rivers.
Modified industrial settings are dispersed throughout the study area. Oil and gas
wells, pipelines, and associated facilities are concentrated in the northeastern portion of the
study area but occur at other locations as well. In addition to active and inactive scoria
mining operations, there are a number of inactive uranium and coal mines located primarily
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
ON LINE ENVIRONMEN III-7STUDY
ORE ROOSEVELT NATIONAL PARK VISUAL ANALYSIS
1-9
in the southern half of the study area. Existing transmission lines run east, west, and
southwest out of the Charlie Creek Substation and modify the appearance of the northern
portion of the study area. The Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line
parallels the southern edge of the study area. This line is visible to adjacent residences as
well as to visitors to the Theodore Roosevelt National Park. Also, visible from TRNP in the
southwest portion of the study area are two microwave towers and a groundwave
emergency network (GWEN) tower.
modeadow
Viewing conditions associated with these settings vary throughout the study area.
The relatively flat rolling terrain provides a predominance of open unrestricted views, as well
as potential skylining along minor ridges and hills. Screened areas are associated primarily
with the major intermittent drainages. Introduced vegetation in the form of shelterbelts that
are associated with many of the farmsteads may also provide localized screening.
bne
b. Key Observation Points (KOPs). KOPS within the study area include residential
views, such as those from Belfield and other rural residences. Travel routes which were
considered KOPS include Interstate 94 (1-94) and Highway 85. Both roads provide access
to the southern unit of TRNP and Highway 85 is the only major access to the northern unit.
Traffic data show that an overall daily average of 1300 vehicles and a peak season daily
average of 2000 vehicles pass through the study area on I-94 (North Dakota State Highway
Department, 1986). The National Park Service considers views from I-94 to be particularly
sensitive with respect to the visitor experience while traveling to and from the TRNP. Sixty
percent of the study area is within the foreground to near middle-ground (within 1 mile) of all
KOPS. The remainder of the study area is characterized by middle-ground (from 1 mile to a
range of 3 to 5 miles) with some seldom-seen areas defined locally by variations in terrain.
There are several vistas within the TRNP which have been determined to be KOPS
with views into the study area. These include the Painted Canyon Overlook, Buck Hill, and
the horseback riding trail along the eastern edge of the Park. Statistics for 1986 indicate
that there were approximately 397,000 visitors to the Park, staying for an average of 2.2
hours; and approximately 204,000 visitors spent an average 0.3 hour at Painted Canyon
Overlook (National Park Service, 1986). Visitors to Buck Hill in 1987 numbered
approximately 46,000 (Powell, pers. comm., 1987). Approximately 6,000 Park visitors
participate in horseback riding throughout the park every year. A majority of the riding
occurs in the western portions of the TRNP although the horseback trails along the eastern
rim of the Park are consistently used throughout the summer months, primarily by the
Demores Riding Club (Powell, pers. comm., 1987). Figure III-2 provides an overview of the
TRNP, FS lands, and KOPS in relationship to the study area.
ibed
c. Visual Sensitivity. All views in the foreground zone (within 1 mile) of residential
areas and highways were considered highly sensitive to the introduction of the proposed
transmission line because of their generally open, and expansive nature and the public's
concern for visual intrusions. Views from KOPS within TRNP, including the Painted Canyon
Overlook, Buck Hill, and the horseback riding trails along the eastern edge of the Park were
also assigned high sensitivity levels. Views toward the study area from Painted Canyon
Overlook and Buck Hill are within a badland setting. Views within the immediate foreground
(0.25 mile) from I-94 to National Grassland areas were also considered to be highly sensitive
in conjunction with Park visitation (Forest Service, 1984).
bha avios of
aas bas, asnilleqiqellow
edito is 1030 tud seis ybute
yusming betool senim Isoo brs muinenu evitoshi to Yedmun sete eterifenolianego oninim
111-8

85
OFF-SITE INTRUSIONS
A
Oil and Gas Field within 1 Mile
Communication Towers
Transmission Line (Existing)
VIEWPOINT ANALYSIS
Photosimulation Viewpoints
Cumulative Photosimulation
Fields of View
Other Viewpoints Analized
LAND JURISDICTION
Little Missouri National Grassland
BLM Land
State Owned Land
0 1 2 3
Miles
Theodore
Roosevelt
Little
Missouri
River
Medora
NORTH DAKOTA
THEODORE ROOSEVELT
NATIONAL PARK
-STUDY AREA
BELFIELD BISMARCK
(94)
DICKINSON
North
National
Scenic Loop
VICINITY MAP
Drive
Park
Horseback
Trail
Buck Hill
O
Painted Canyon
Overlook
O
Alternative Corridor
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
THEODORE ROOSEVELT NATIONAL PARK VISUAL ANALYSIS
111-9
85
Alternative Corridor
Belfield
Burlington
94
Northern
B
Railroad
Study Area Boundary
Alternative Corridor
200
FIGURE III-2.
S-11 BRUGA
ЧАМ ТИКТ
DICKINSOH
СНУУГЕ СВЕЕК ДО ВЕГЫЕГО
YOUTE
тиамиони
измаилят
BIEVIAMA JAUDIV НА ЈАЙОТТАИ Товаров РОДОВИТ
3. Environmentally Preferred Route
a. Scenic Quality and Landscape Setting. The scenic quality of the landscape
crossed by the environmentally preferred route is classified as Class C. This route crosses
approximately 21 miles through settings that are generally remote, including 5 miles parallel
to the existing Antelope Valley Station-Charlie Creek 345-kV Transmission Line, 8 miles
through a producing oil field, and 6 miles through broken grassland terrain. The remainder
of this route consists primarily of open cropland and grassland. This route also crosses 1
mile of Little Missouri National Grasslands that have been assigned a partial retention visual
quality objective.
b. Distance Zones and Key Observation Points. The environmentally preferred
route is in the foreground zone of 1-94 for 0.5 mile where the interstate is crossed at right
angles east of Belfield. The route parallels State Highway 200 for 2 miles as it enters the
Charlie Creek Substation and is within the foreground for approximately 1.5 miles. There
are a total of 38 houses within a foreground/near middleground (1 mile) distance of this
route; 23 of which have a screened setting, and 15 of which have open views. This route is
not visible from Park KOPS.
erit to sauso98
4. Agency-Preferred Route
onlwol
a. Scenic Quality and Landscape Setting. The scenic quality of the landscape
crossed by the agency-preferred route is classified as Class C. The majority of this route
crosses open-rolling terrain in agrarian setting. The remainder crosses miniature badlands.
Modifications to the setting of the agency-preferred route include surface extraction areas
and small oil and gas production areas, each occurring along approximately 1 mile of this
route. National Grasslands rated as Partial Retention areas by the FS are crossed for 4.5
miles.
b. Distance Zones and Key Observation Points. The agency-preferred route
crosses and is in the immediate foreground zone of 1-94 for 2 miles. It parallels 0.5 mile of
National Grasslands which have been designated as Retention areas by the FS due to
proximity to the interstate and the eastern approach to TRNP. The route parallels Highway
85 at distances varying from 1 to 3.5 miles and is within the H-85 foreground zone for 8
miles. It crosses H-85 directly west of the Charlie Creek Substation in an open setting.
There are a total of 46 houses within 1 mile of this route; 33 which have open viewing
conditions and 13 that are screened.
Portions of the agency-preferred route are visible from three KOPs in TRNP. These
include the Painted Canyon Overlook, Buck Hill along the Park's loop road, and the
horseback riding trails along the eastern rim of the Park. A total of approximately 10 miles
of the southern portion of this route are visible from these three KOPS. The TRNP KOPS
range from about three miles (horseback trail) to about eight miles (Buck Hill) from the
agency-preferred route.
State Histo
III - 10
5. Refined Agency-Preferred Route
etion bonetos vietomscovas C
emains
The refined agency-preferred route varies only slightly from the agency-preferred route.
Subtle shifts in the alignment have reduced the number of homes within 1 mile of this
alternative from 46 to 40. Thirty-two of these would have open views of the proposed
transmission line and eight would have their views partially screened. In general, however,
the adjustments made to the agency-preferred route do not result in a significant overall
reduction in potential visibility compared to the alignment prior to refinement.
C. Socioeconomic Resources
sim
avibejdo villsup
consteld d
buorge lot ari ni al etuos
evad The purpose of the socioeconomic analysis is to describe the effects of the project
on the human resources in the study area. Although detailed demographic and economic
information for the specific study area is unavailable, a profile of the area can be inferred
from countywide data.
Because of the nature of transmission projects, few socioeconomic factors have the
potential to be significantly altered. The following description of the study area focuses on
aspects of the social and economic environment most likely to be affected by the project.
These include agricultural operations and income, public services, housing, and the local
economy.
1. Study Area
2010
art of enoiteolliboM
org ang bris llo llama brs
The 420 square-mile Charlie Creek-Belfield Project study area is located in western
North Dakota. The majority of the area lies within Billings and Stark Counties; very small
portions of McKenzie and Dunn Counties are also included. The major community in the
study area is Belfield in Stark County, with a population of approximately 1300. Outside of
Belfield, the area is rural with low residential density. For example, Billings County, with a
population of 1300 has an average of less than one person per square mile.
Interstate Highway 94, which serves Belfield, and U.S. Highway 85 are the major
transportation routes in the area. Both of these routes are used by visitors to the two units
of Theodore Roosevelt National Park, located just west of the study area. Many of these
visitors stop in Belfield for lodging or refreshment.
The study area is almost entirely composed of ranching-based agricultural land.
Ranchers in the vicinity are mainly of Russian and Central European origin. Many of their
families arrived in North Dakota between 1900 and 1910 during a wave of immigration.
Originally of German descent, these forebearers settled in Russia for several decades, then
persecution led them to seek opportunities in the northern plains where the setting was
similar. Even today, approximately one-quarter of area residents speak another language in
addition to English.
a. Local Economy. The major sources of income in the study area are agriculture
and oil and gas production. Stark County has a more diversified economy including
manufacturing and sales attributed to the City of Dickinson (population 20,000). Stark
County taxable sales in 1986 were $32.8 million. In contrast, Billings County has sales of
$201,000 and has the lowest mill rate in the state.
III-11
Barn Billings County also has the lowest unemployment rate in the state (2.9 percent),
while Stark County has a 7.7 percent rate, about the state average. Per capita income in the
area is fairly low (approximately $11,000), ranking in the lower third of the state's counties.
Agriculture contributes nearly $40 million per year to the economics of Billings and
Stark Counties, with the average market value of products ranging between $30,000 and
$40,000 per farm. Over 90 percent of the land in the study area is devoted to non-irrigated
crop and livestock production on fairly large farms. Family-owned cattle ranching is the
primary type of agriculture in the study area, and horses are also raised. Over 80 percent of
the farms produce livestock. Grazing allotments are also a major source of income on
Forest Service National Grasslands. Crop production occurs throughout the study area,
with the vast majority of crops, such as hay and oats, produced for livestock feed. Cash
crops are limited and include wheat, barley, and sunflower.
The mineral industry accounts for nearly 2000 jobs and a $50 million annual payroll
in Billings and Stark Counties. Oil and gas wells occur throughout the study area, with
royalty income accruing to property owners. There are also several production and
processing plants. Although the area was once expecting a production boom, the oil
industry has not developed under current economic conditions.
Manufacturing and wholesale and retail trade in Stark County are dependent on
tourism and agriculture, and include shipping, food processing, and machinery production
as well as consumer services.
Tourism in the vicinity of the study area is mainly a product of its proximity to the
Theodore Roosevelt National Park. Over 16 million people have visited the park since it
opened in 1948, and there were 397,000 visitors in 1986. Traffic data show that a daily
average of 1300 vehicles and a peak-season daily average of 2000 vehicles pass through
the study area on Interstate 94. Although data is not available, it is assumed that a portion
of these travelers shop, dine, and lodge in Belfield.
b. Services. The major service center in the vicinity of the study area is Dickinson,
located 25 miles east of Belfield on Interstate 94. Dickinson offers over 50 restaurants and
800 hotel units, as well as a full range of retail goods and consumer services. Within the
study area, Belfield has four motels with approximately 110 units, three restaurants, a full-
service gas station, and retail supplies.
Rental housing is available both in Belfield and Dickinson. Furnished and
unfurnished units may be obtained on a short-term basis for under $300 per month.
SD. Cultural Resources
lehud bos
biarioA art to te
618 29 Cultural resources were assessed through a literature and files search, and
sensitivity levels were assigned on the basis of existing data for the study area and adjacent
lands. An intensive survey for cultural resources in the agency-preferred route, Belfield
Substation site, and some of the access easements has been conducted following a
preliminary land survey. All access easements were not surveyed due to time constraints
and weather conditions. The unsurveyed easements will be surveyed in the spring of 1988.
The results of the intensive survey will be included in a report which will be submitted to the
State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO), as a part of consultation pursuant to Section 106
III - 12
of the National Historic Preservation Act. A summary of work completed to this point has
been included as Appendix F.
1. Prehistoric Resources
a. Study Area
ons 2015
(1) Prehistoric Overview. The Northern Plains chronological sequence
which applies to the study area was outlined by George Frison (1978). This
sequence is divided into several periods: Paleo-Indian, ca. 12,000-7,700 Before
Present (B.P.), Archaic Period, ca. 7,700-1,500 B.P., Late Prehistoric Period, ca.
1,500-250 B.P., and Protohistoric Period, ca. 250-100 B.P.
The Paleo-Indian period is divided into three stages; Clovis, Folsom and
Plano (Jennings, 1968; Beckes and Keyser, 1983). This period was characterized
by what Willey (1966) labeled the "Big Game Hunting Tradition." At this time, small
bands of transient hunters subsisted mainly on large game animals such as the
Mammoth. Paleo-Indian sites usually contain a characteristic lithic technology of
large lanceolate spear points. Extensive climatic changes resulting from the
warmer and drier Altithermal climatic period brought about gradual extinction of
many of the big game animals. With the decline of this food source, human
subsistence strategies began to change during the latter part of this period. The
Paleo-Indian tradition has limited representation in westcentral North Dakota
(Gregg, 1984).
ybula
oboer
The Archaic period can be characterized by a shift from the Paleo-Indian
lifestyle of big game hunting to a broader spectrum subsistence strategy (Beckes
and Keyser, 1983). In addition to dependance on bison, this new strategy included
hunting of small game and processing of vegetal food stuffs as evidenced by the
presence of lithic grinding implements. Projectile point technology changed from
the early lanceolate type spear point to large side and corner-notched points used
with the atlatl (a spear throwing instrument). During the early part of the Archaic,
human groups were located primarily in peripheral regions of the Great Plains due
to the dry conditions brought about by the Altithermal. The archaeological record
indicates that during the latter part of the Archaic, cultural groups had returned to
the interior regions of the Great Plains. Communal bison hunting techniques were
common during the late Archaic (i.e. jumps, pounds and traps).
unu
The Late Prehistoric period is distinguished by the shift away from the atlatl
technology to the bow and arrow (Frison, 1978). During this period, corner-
notched and side-notched projectile points display a marked decrease in overall
size. Other cultural developments for this period include ceramics and burial
mounds. Subsistence strategies remained similar to that of the Archaic with a
possible slight increase in plant food dependence. Communal bison kill sites are
commonly represented during the Late Prehistoric period.
eb
The Protohistoric period is characterized by Euro-American and Native
American interaction, and introduction of the horse, which substantially changed
many Northwestern Plains cultures. Sites dating to this period are identifiable
based primarily on the presence of Euro-American trade goods.
III-13
balls vite Within the study area and its immediate surroundings cultural resources
to representing all the occupational periods have been recorded. Prehistoric site
wol types that have been found include: cultural material scatters, quarry/mine sites,
earthworks, mounds, stone rings, rock shelters, kill sites and cairns. Of these site
types, cultural material scatters are the most common. By 1981, cultural material
scatters represented 71.5 percent of all sites recorded in Billings County (Gregg,
pin 1985).
wol to
bego
20
(2) Prehistoric Sensitivity Analysis. For this project, three prehistoric
sensitivity levels were identified based upon the probability of encountering specific
site types that would be likely to occur in different environmental/topographic
settings. Sensitivity levels at this phase of cultural resource assessment were based
on expected density/probability of sites rather than site specific impacts which
could occur, as depicted on Figure III-3 (foldout).
High Sensitivity. High sensitivity areas include the location of
known prehistoric resources that are listed in, eligible or potentially eligible for
nomination to the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP). Also included are
areas categorized from the files and records search as "site leads" (areas where
sites have been reported but not verified or recorded). In addition, those areas
likely to contain the greatest number of long term or multiple occupations are
included. Based on previously recorded sites, these areas are located within 500
meters of permanent water resources, such as the Heart River, or springs and
natural lakes. Sites in this zone which are considered eligible for nomination to the
NRHP probably exhibit one or more of the following characteristics: intact surface
and/or subsurface features or artifacts in a datable context, stratigraphic integrity,
high artifact diversity and/or density, multiple/separable components, ceramics,
earthen mounds or stone circles. Permanent water sources are defined as natural
lakes, springs, and drainages shown on USGS maps with solid blue lines. Due to a
probable higher percentage of potentially eligible sites, the proposed project would
be likely to have more adverse impacts in this high sensitivity zone.
Medium Sensitivity. Medium sensitivity areas include those within
500 meters of seasonally available water sources such as the numerous intermittent
drainages shown on the USGS maps. Predicted site types included cultural
material scatters representing short term occupations in addition to other resource
types representative of short term activities. These sites are usually not unique or
significant due to their low potential to yield important data, i.e., they often lack
diagnostics, subsurface deposits, etc. A lower percentage of sites in these medium
sensitivity areas would probably be considered eligible for the NRHP, so the project
is less likely to have adverse impacts. The majority of sites are expected to be
located in this zone.
Low Sensitivity. Low sensitivity areas are flat or low, rolling plains
over 500 meters from intermittent water. Few sites occur in these areas and those
that do are most likely to have been short term activity areas and are not expected
to be considered eligible for nomination to the NRHP. Also included in this level are
previously surveyed areas of 40 acre-blocks or larger lacking cultural resources. In
low sensitivity areas, the proposed project would not be expected to have adverse
ert impacts.
lo fluan s
hubeelM en ne
JoniM
vab bectie besseront erit diliw neve nolensaxe baolis
III - 14
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. This route does not cross or indirectly affect
any known sites that have been determined eligible for the NRHP. It crosses 1.25 miles of
high sensitivity areas, 19.1 miles of medium sensitivity areas, and 20.65 miles of low
sensitivity areas.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not cross or indirectly affect any
known sites that have been determined eligible for the NRHP. It does not cross any high
sensitivity areas. It crosses 23.6 miles of medium sensitivity areas, and 13.4 miles of low
sensitivity areas.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly vary from the
agency-preferred route and will not affect any previous recorded sites listed in or eligible for
the NRHP. Seven prehistoric material scatters were found by the intensive cultural
resources survey.
301
2. Historic Resources
26816
5
a. Study Area
(1) Historic Overview. Around the middle of the eighteenth century, the first
contact between Euro-American traders and native populations took place in North
Dakota (Gregg, 1985). However, it was not until after 1860 that whites settled
permanently in North Dakota. These settlers were French traders who developed
the French Canadian fur trade in the area.
In 1803, the French Government sold the Missouri Basin (Louisiana
Purchase) to the United States (Devoto, 1953). In 1804, Lewis and Clark were sent
to explore the new territory. For approximately the next 50 years, the fur trade was
the major economic activity that influenced Euro-Americans to come to North
Dakota (Provo, 1984).
During the 1860's, the fur trade began to decline in the Upper Missouri
region. Simultaneously, Indian troubles ensued and a series of forts were
constructed by the American Military (Athern, 1967). By 1868, the signing of several
treaties had pacified the Native American populations in the area. This created
more incentive for permanent Euro-American settlement.
The 1870's brought the first "Great Dakota Boom" to the area. The
Northern Pacific Railroad had received land grants from the Federal Government
and used these to stimulate the creation of large "Bonanza" farms in eastern North
Dakota (Robinson, 1966). These farms produced wheat for the thriving flour milling
market in Minneapolis, Minnesota. This first boom came to an end during the late
1880's but resulted in an increase in the population of North Dakota from 37,000 in
1880, to 191,000 by 1890. It was the occurrence of this first boom which led to the
formation of North Dakota as a state in 1889.
Railroad expansion was the major cause of substantial settlement in the
Missouri Plateau area. The Northern Pacific Railroad reached the vicinity of Fort
Abraham Lincoln in 1873, resulting in the establishment of the city of Bismarck. The
towns of Medora, Dickinson, Minot, and Williston also originated as a result of
railroad expansion. Even with the increased railroad development, the Missouri
III - 15
ert mont Plateau region remained sparsely populated before 1900. This area was mainly
utilized as grazing land by the cattle industry, which declined for a period of time
begon due to the extremely hard winter of 1886-87.
lealmans
babioge
hour
saml
ed
At the turn of the century, a second "Dakota Boom" was stimulated by
meteor additional railroad expansion. Between 1898 and 1915 more than 250,000 settlers
entered the area. Enough people had settled in the Little Missouri region by 1905 to
create McKenzie County. This second boom coincided with a period of above-
average rainfall on the Great Plains, the promotion of dry farming techniques, rising
agricultural prices during World War I, and new homesteading laws which increased
the amount of land which could be taken as an individual claim.
In 1915, these trends began to reverse. Three major factors were
responsible for emigration from North Dakota: the decline in farm prices following
nirtw son World War I, a period of drought on the Great Plains in the 1920's and 1930's, and
the Great Depression. At this time, many of the small homesteads were abandoned
erfeues and larger farmsteads were formed. It was during this period that the Federal
Government sought to relieve the plight of farmers on the arid plains by buying their
land. In this manner, the Little Missouri National Grasslands and Theodore
ynamiche Roosevelt National Park were created.
είναι
(2) Historic Sensitivity Analysis. Expected locations of historic resources,
especially structural remains, were projected primarily by examining USGS and/or
aerial photographs. Historic site sensitivity was predicted utilizing two levels, high
and low as shown on Figure III-3.
de
High Sensitivity. This level includes the locations of known historic
sites that are listed in, eligible or potentially eligible for nomination to the National
yns aan Register of Historic Places. Also included are structural remains or other potential
viim
historic resources identified through archival studies, examination of maps, aerial
photos, or through interviews with local informants. Any potential site locations
such as "site leads," i.e., Fort Houston, etc., that were identified during the files and
records search, were designated as high sensitivity areas. Historic sites with
structurally intact remains, such as homesteads, are the most likely to be
degroo considered significant.
Cla
Inble
to
Villsup
Low Sensitivity. Included in this level are all other areas where
significant historic resources have not been located and/or are not likely to exist
based on the above mentioned examinations.
sisles verib. Environmentally Preferred Route. This route will not affect any previously
recorded sites listed in or eligible for the NRHP. Potentially eligible historic sites exist within
the impact zone of the proposed project and those that may be visually impacted by the
transmission line would be recorded during the intensive survey. These sites could include
homesteads, farmsteads, towns, schools, etc.
loca
bloc. Agency-Preferred Route. This route will not affect any previously recorded sites
listed in or eligible for the NRHP.
bne vlut ni 3° of Jo egerove na mot grignan a
ayeb est al noasse pniwong art to riipnel
III-16
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly vary from the
agency-preferred route and will not affect any previous recorded sites listed in or eligible for
the NRHP. Potentially eligible historic sites exist within the impact zone of the proposed
project and those that may be visually impacted by the transmission line were recorded
during the intensive survey. These sites included two homesteads/farmsteads, a granary,
and a site of undetermined usage.
3. Native American Resources
a. Study Area. Native American history of the study area has been previously
described. Known Native American groups who lived in or near the project area include
Assiniboine, Mandan-Hidatsa, Crow and Fort Totten Sioux. In accordance with Public Law
95-341, the American Indian Religious Freedom Act (AIRFA) of 1978, Native American
concerns and values for cultural resources of contemporary or historical significance within
the project area were addressed. As a preliminary step to determine Native American use
of the area, letters were sent to representatives of the above mentioned Indian tribes. The
major goals of the Native American contacts were to develop an inventory of significant past
or present cultural resources and the activities associated with them, and to document
concerns and recommendations for preservation and/or mitigation procedures for any
identified resources.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. This route does not cross or pass near any
known Native American sites.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not cross or pass near any known
Native American sites.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not cross or pass near any
known Native American sites.
North
E. Air Resources
Climatic and air resources within the study area were evaluated to identify
climatological and meteorological factors that could potentially influence the physical
design of the proposed project. Available climatological air quality data revelent to the
study area were reviewed to establish a representative baseline. Climatological factors of
primary interest include temperature, precipitation, winds, and severe weather. Air quality
parameters include particulate, ozone, nitrogen oxide, and carbon monoxide as they relate
to North Dakota state standards.
ebula
1. Climate
eans book The climate in the area is semi-arid and continental, characterized by long cold
winters and short warm summers. According to the U.S. Environmental Data Service, the
mean annual temperature for 1971-80 at Watford City (60 miles north of Belfield) was 43.1
°F; ranging from an average of 70 °F in July and August to 13.9 °F in January. The average
length of the growing season is 125 days.
also
Ds a re
railroad development, the Missour
III-17
eettud
Thunderstorms are common in June, July, and August. The mean annual
oprecipitation recorded at Watford City for 1971-80 was 15.9 inches, with approximately 70
us percent of total precipitation occurring during the growing season.
ba
Rens ybut In 1985, the predominant wind direction recorded at the Painted Canyon
of meteorological monitoring site was westerly. These westerly winds averaged 11.9 miles per
hour, with extreme winds exceeding 30 miles per hour.
pools
2. Air Quality W
SM briser
lo nall
les to
(fueblot
Sales In general, the overall quality of the ambient air in North Dakota is good; however,
The some problems do exist that are directly associated with strong wind conditions.
bec
The Air Quality Services Branch, Division of Environmental Engineering, North
Dakota State Department of Health, does not operate air quality monitoring sites within the
22 study area. The closest available data is for the Medora and Dunn Center rural sites, which
en are located approximately 15 miles west and 50 miles northeast, respectively of Belfield and
have similar environments to that of the study area. Estimates of the annual geometric
le means for total suspended particulates (TSP) or dust for Medora and Dunn Center are 13
and 16 micrograms per cubic meter (ug/m³) of air, respectively (Christianson and Wentz,
1981). The maximum 24-hour concentration at Medora is 78 ug/m³ and 112 ug/m³ at the
Dunn Center monitoring site (Christianson and Wentz, 1981). Noxious gases associated
with oil and natural gas production, such as hydrogen sulfide (H,S), are locally present in
noticeable concentrations but do not exceed state standards. Suspended nitrates and
sulfur dioxide have been recorded at both sites; however, concentrations do not exceed the
set standards.
10 8
3
The primary sources of air pollutants in the study area are sulfur dioxide from
industrial processes related to oil and gas production and TSP from unpaved roads and
ane agricultural operations. No other significant sources of air pollutants are located in the
study area. The entire state of North Dakota, except where classified as a Class I area, is a
Class II Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) area. The nearest Class I area (any
area which is designated for the most stringent degrees of protection from future
degradation of air quality) is the Theodore National Park located one mile from the western
boundary of the study area. The Lostwood National Wilderness Area, located in the
northwestern portion of the state, is the only other Class I area in North Dakota.
quon noinu no gnhe
dalo silab e to husq biswb
be
F. Earth Resources
sugno
(uobiol 64 eupl
ansobeing stel
not erli eslhavo yldsam
bebbedien
200
1.
26
avi supnoT onlyhebnu ert
Geology bad stingi a
br lennero
enit
a. Study Area. The study area is located in the unglaciated Missouri Plateau
not Section of the Great Plains Physiographic Province in southwestern North Dakota. The area
is bounded on the west by a highly dissected, rugged, deeply eroded, hilly area commonly
Do known as the Little Missouri Badlands, and on the north and east by rolling uplands of the
Moda glaciated section of the Missouri Plateau.
Jesl
III-18
นทท
Over The area is characterized by low relief and gentle slopes interrupted by hills, buttes,
and ridges. Relief ranges from 2843 feet at Saddle Butte in eastern Billings County to 2360
feet where the Little Knife River flows out of northeast Billings County. The rolling plateau
surface is in places highly dissected by fluvial and eolian processes, resulting in Badland
type topography in locations along the western and eastern boundaries of the study area.
Slopes in the area vary in steepness from less than 5 percent on the rolling uplands to
greater than 20 percent along drainages and on buttes, as illustrated on Figure III-4
(foldout).
Structurally the area lies on the southwestern flank of the Williston Basin, an
intracratonic basin that extends from the southern portions of Saskatchewan and Manitoba,
down into Montana, North Dakota, and South Dakota (Figure III-5). The Williston Basin is a
broad syncline that exhibits both structural and sedimentary features.
The present
configuration of the basin was shaped late in Cretaceous time, with thick accumulations of
en sedimentary rock filling the basin towards its center, near Watford City, North Dakota.
bre
The near-surface strata in the basin are relatively flat lying with gentle dips of less
than one degree to the north or northeast towards the center of the basin. In locations
throughout the basin this gentle dip is interrupted by several large geologic structures as
shown on Figure III-5. These structures, referred to as the Nesson and Cedar Creek
Anticlines and the Sheep Mountain Syncline, have been formed as a result of the tectonic
style of uplift in this region of the Great Plains. Although faulting and folding have played a
major role in the geologic history of the area and may readily occur on a regional scale,
structures formed by these processes within the study area are not present at the surface
due to sediment deposition.
Several small scale structures are also prevalent throughout the study area. These
structures include relict permafrost polygons, blowout depressions, and small eskers or
ridges resulting from topographic inversion due to resistance of fluvial sediment to erosion.
The geologic history of the region is closely related with the uplift and subsequent
erosion of the Rocky Mountains and the Black Hills. Strata present in the area are
sedimentary in nature, and were deposited during several periods of alternating marine and
non-marine episodes. This series of depositional events has occurred during the Paleozoic,
Mesozoic, and Cenozoic eras; however, surficial strata in the area is dominated by Early
Tertiary and Recent age sediments.
The dominant lithologic unit in the study area is the Sentinel Butte Formation
(Figure III-6; foldout), the upper-most formation of the lignite-bearing Fort Union Group.
These late Paleocene sediments are thought to be the landward part of a delta plain that
conformably overlies the Tongue River Formation. The Sentinel Butte Formation consists of
thin lignite, interbedded gray siltstone, silty claystone, mudstone, and gray to yellowish-gray
fine to medium channel sand. The contact between the underlying Tongue River and the
Sentinel Butte Formations has been placed at the H-T Butte lignite bed (Anna, 1981) as
shown on Figure III-7.
fonu art ni baisool al sens ybute erT servbu12.8
The Sentinel Butte is relatively thin on the upland areas in the southwestern portion
of the study area, having a mean thickness of less than 100 feet. The formation thickens to
the northeast, towards the center of the basin, attaining thicknesses between 300 and 400
feet.
III -19
Overlying the Sentine
Formation is the sight
cenubri vho
Lenazevelo
MONTANA
POPLAR DOME
Hight
יזי
PTT
ལས་
イイ
​MILES CITY
from the ager
duced.
POWDER RIVER BASIN
Study Area
Ting
T
WILLISTON
ㅏ
​זדי
CEDAR CREEK ANTICLINE
٢٢٢١
AXIS
admaM
Tisblo

NORTH DAKOTA
יז
וזזזזזזזזז''.
N
A
NESSON ANTICLINE
MINOT
nt day
BISMARCK-
어
​erline
7
DICKINSON
route
of
Y
WILLISTON BASIN
only
TTTTTTT
bbbbd
dddddddd
BLACK HILLS
BIG HORN MTNS.
WYOMING
SOUTH DAKOTA
0
Each of
5030
100
MI
0 100
200
KM
FIGURE III-5. REGIONAL GEOLOGIC STRUCTURE
area is hig
Modified from: Stratigraphy and Paleobotany of the Golden Valley Formation of
Western North Dakota, Hickey, L.J., 1977.
MMUJOO OIHRA
ARTS - BADDI
III-20

Golden Valley
Formation
Camel Butte
Member
Bears Den
Member
Cross-bedded micaceous sandstone.
Beds of shale, micaceous siltstone, and poorly indurated,
parallel-bedded sandstone with interbedded lignite.
Dark-olive-gray, highly carbonaceous mudstone.
Yellow-and-orange-stained kaolinitic siltstone
containing minute limestone spherules.
Brown-gray to light-gray claystone and siltstone.
Light-yellowish-brown, very sandy claystone.
Light-gray claystone.

ATOXAQ
Sentinel Butte
Formation
TOMI
Light-olive-gray, silty, bentonitic claystone.
Calcareous streaking.
Lignite bed.
Light-gray claystone.
Light-gray, silty claystone.
Dark-gray, very fine to fine argillaceous sandstone.
ATOXAQ HTUber
Dark-gray, very silty claystone.
003
Claystone
en
Lignite bed.
Light-gray, very silty, bentonitic claystone.
HT Butte lignite bed.
WIMOYW
Yog Tongue River and the
onits bed (Anna, 1987) as
Cross-bedded
sandstone
Carbonaceous
mudstone
Lignite
0
Sandstone
Calcareous
Micaceous balliboM
stesW
FIGURE III-7. STRATIGRAPHIC COLUMN
III-21
ern Overlying the Sentinel Butte Formation is the light purplish-gray claystone, tan
sandy claystone, and micaceous crossbedded sandstone of the Golden Valley Formation.
Due to its stratigraphic position close to the top of the depositional sequence, erosional
processes have destroyed most of the formation in the study area (Ting, 1972). The
environment of deposition for the Golden Valley Formation was primarily lacustrine, with
sediments being deposited during the Eocene Epoch.
The Golden Valley Formation is divided into two distinct lithologic members. The lower
member, referred to as the Bear Den Member, is predominantly tough, kaolinitic claystone
or mudstone with interbedded sandstone and rare lignite. The member crops out
along drainages in the northern and eastern portions of the study area, forming bare slopes
that weather to bright yellow, orange, or ash gray. Thickness of the unit ranges from 0 to 30
feet within the study area (Ting, 1973).
916 6916
art
The upper Camels Butte Member is limited to just a few remnants on the highest
part of a topographic divide located northeast of Fairfield. The Camels Butte consists of
lenses of micaceous, carbonate-cemented, and crossbedded sandstone, separated by finer
grained, parallel-bedded sediments, and clays. The dominant clay minerals are illite and
montmorillinite.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route crosses
approximately 3.0 miles of moderate to steep slopes. Most of these areas occur along Link
27, in the "little badlands" section located in the eastern portion of the project area.
bns
ooie C. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route crosses 1.4 miles of
moderately steep slopes (10-20% grade).
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. The refined agency-preferred route varies only
slightly from the agency-preferred route. The number of moderately steep slopes crossed
has been reduced.
shoo2
2. Mineral Resources
a. Study Area. Significant mineral resources and economically valuable materials
occurring within the study area include oil and gas, lignite, uranium, and scoria. Each of
these have been identified, described, and mapped (Figure III-6). These resources are
discussed in order of economic value and potential impacts resulting from construction,
operation, and maintenance of the proposed transmission line.
belt
ban
(1) Oil and Gas. The location of the study area in the southwestern portion
of the Williston Basin places it within one of the largest hydrocarbon producing
regions in the United States. Oil fields have been defined throughout the study
Brice area, the largest of which is located in northeastern Billings and western Dunn
Counties as shown on Figure III-6. This field, known as the Little Knife field,
produces oil and natural gas from the Mississippian Mission Canyon Formation.
25220 Much of the easy to find hydrocarbons in the Williston Basin have already been
produced, but the potential for future oil and gas exploration and production
throughout the study area is high.
airit no bessono al nolisnego prinim shooe fama A
siuos airTanoltsego pninim orilo to elim 2.0 nirti
bene
betasol al atuor erit bris evitamets
ablait ang no lo spiel yris sons ton asob
III - 22
(2) Lignite. Lignite occurs over most of southwest North Dakota. In the
Belfield area, lignite deposits occur in either the Sentinel Butte or Tongue River
Formations of the Paleocene Fort Union Group. Within these formations, lignite has
been deposited in eight major coal seams that are laterally discontinuous and have
thicknesses greater than five feet. Areally, lignite is persistent throughout the study
area and crops out in locations where erosion has exposed the seam. Exposures
of lignite are evident in drainages, hillsides, and buttes.
Total coal resources for all coals in the area are approximately 6.3 billion
tons (Banet, 1980). Although lignite resources in the area are significant, no current
production exists and, because of unfavorable economics, previous development
has been minimal.
(3) Uranium. The majority of uranium occurrences in the study area are
found in thin lignite beds that underlie the water-bearing sandstone units of the
White River Formation. The uranium is thought to have been emplaced through
leaching of uranium metal from deposits of volcanic ash in the White River strata.
Subsequently, uranium has been transported by water percolating through the
strata downward to the lignites, carbonaceous shales, and sandstones of the
underlying Golden Valley and Sentinel Butte Formations.
n3 d
Production of uranium in the area was investigated in the mid-fifties and
further developed in the early- to mid-sixties. Development was limited to near-
surface deposits in lignite and carbonaceous shale, which were burned in pits and
then shipped to milling operations in South Dakota, Colorado, and New Mexico.
The ash was then blended and treated along with sandstone ores (Bluemle, 1977).
There are no presently active uranium mining operations in the study area.
(4) Scoria. The reddish layers and brick-like masses of baked and fused
clay, shale, and sandstone found in many locations of the study area are locally
referred to as scoria. Scoria is found in areas where seams of lignite have burned,
producing sufficient heat to bake adjacent sediments forming the natural brick
material.
Ignition of lignite beds is a result of spontaneous combustion, range fires,
lightning, and the actions of man. Burning most commonly occurs where the coal
seam has been exposed, on steep slopes, in drainages, and on hillsides. The
scoria commonly contains fragments that appear as though they have been melted.
These fragments were formed when the material overlying a burning coal bed
collapsed, plunging it into the exceptionally hot areas so that the sediments melted
(Bluemle, 1977). As a result of collapse of the overlying material into voids formed
by the burning coal, subsidence features are often associated with the scoria beds.
Due to the scarcity of gravel in much of southwestern North Dakota, scoria
is mined, crushed, and used as a substitute for gravel as road surfacing material.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route crosses
the Little Knife oil field located in Billings and Dunn Counties.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. A small scoria mining operation is crossed on this
alternative and the route is located within 0.5 mile of other mining operations. This route
does not cross any large oil or gas fields.
MN
III-23
heisw ent
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route varies only slightly from the agency-
preferred route avoids crossing any mining operations.
3. Hydrology
ant bris
Event
To ylleoma. Study Area
(reer
11624
Teom
celles
bns
benlaido el e ybuts bril nl assogg
eets to snotabnes beteblloanoolmes
(1) Surface Water. The main surface water drainages in the study area are
the Heart, Green, and Knife Rivers, all of which are tributary to the Missouri River
(Figure III-8; foldout). Smaller drainages on the western edge of the area flow into
the Little Missouri River Basin.
Topographically, the area ranges from flat, rolling uplands in the western
portion of the study area to highly dissected erosional badlands in the eastern part.
The prominent topographic feature that controls the direction of flow for surface
water is a north-south trending drainage divide. This divide is located in the western
portion of the study area and is the headwaters for each of the drainage basins
present within the area. Drainages located west of the divide flow into the Little
Missouri River, while drainages that flow in an easterly direction drain into the Heart,
Green, and Knife Rivers.
emangam 0689 The Heart River is the primary watershed within the study area. This stream
generally flows from west to east and drains the southern portion of the project
area. The Green River, a tributary to the Heart River, flows in a southeasterly
ssst direction through the central part of the area. The Knife River drains the northern
part of the study area and flows in a northeasterly direction. Although these
streams may contain standing water throughout most of the year, they are not
considered to be perennial in nature. The Heart, Green, and Knife Rivers are low
entefqbdo gradient streams that normally flow in direct response to snowmelt or precipitation.
sear
In addition to the three major streams, the remaining surface water consists
art cor of small creeks, man-made ponds and reservoirs, and natural depressions. In years
when precipitation amounts are high, these depressions remain undrained in areas
apang where a clayey soil is present at or near the surface.
Streamflow in the study area exhibits seasonal fluctuations. During the
Serwinter, lack of runoff from snowmelt results in extremely low water levels in the
belinu la major streams. The spring rise usually produces the peak flow of the year. The
015 2018 recession from the peak is quite rapid, and subsequent increases in flow are
STOPS dependent upon rains of significant enough duration and intensity to cause surface
runoff.
E
Vid
ybur
According to gaging station data along the Green River (sections 13 and
14, T.141N., R.98W.), the average discharge from 1962 to 1986 was 17.6 cubic feet
per second (cfs) or 12,750 acre-feet per year. The mean annual discharge for the
water year October 1, 1985 to September 30, 1986 was 22.5 cfs. During that water
year the maximum discharge was 1150 cfs on March 2, and the minimum discharge
of 0.25 cfs occurred on June 26 and 27 (U.S. Geological Survey, 1986).
obsolete
III-24
ged rape Chemical quality and sediment load are factors that affect the water
resources. A minor amount of sediment is transported by the streams (Anna,
1981). Man's influence on surface-water quality and flow in the study area is
increased erosion potential and inflow of domestic and industrial wastes.
(2) Ground Water. Ground water used for public, domestic, and livestock
purposes in the study area is obtained from aquifers consisting mostly of
semiconsolidated sandstone of Late Cretaceous and Tertiary age (Anna, 1981).
Water supplies for domestic and livestock use are generally found in the upper Hell
Creek-lower Ludlow aquifer system, aquifers in the upper part of the Ludlow,
trich Tongue River, and Sentinel Butte Formations, and alluvial deposits.
The Fox Hills-lower Hell Creek aquifer system is used for public, domestic,
and livestock supplies. Because water in this aquifer system is the most
dependable for quality and quantity, the Fox Hills-lower Hell Creek aquifer supplies
most of the municipal water for the area (Anna, 1981).
Lignite deposits in the area are also a source of ground water. Where
drilled, lignite deposits are found to be saturated and yield water to most wells;
however, water quality from this source is variable.
The ground water of the area is predominantly a sodium bicarbonate type,
with median dissolved-solids concentrations ranging from 1,000 to 2,330 milligrams
per liter (Anna, 1981).
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. This route crosses 38 intermittent creeks.
Major stream crossings include the Knife, Green, and Heart rivers.
Te
c. Agency-Preferred Route. This route crosses 42 intermittent creeks. These
crossings occur at the headwaters of the principal drainages, therefore no major floodplains
are crossed.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly vary from the
agency-preferred Route.
4. Seismicity
The study area lies immediately within Nuttli and Hermann's (1978) central United
States, Northern Great Plains seismic source zone. Historically, only 21 earthquakes are
known to have occurred within 320 kilometers (200 miles) of the study area since 1872.
This represents an average spatial density of earthquake occurrence about three times less
than that for the Northern Great Plains seismic source zone. The area is not considered a
seismic source region as no earthquake events larger than Modified Mercalli intensities of V
to VI have been recorded nor are there any known active faults within an approximately 320
kilometer radius. Similarly, surface faulting has not been associated with earthquakes in the
central United States or in the study area. It is not expected that surface rupture or other
significant changes will be associated with seismic activity in the area. Therefore, the study
area is more appropriately within the Residual Events seismic source zone (U.S. Bureau of
Reclamation, 1980).
ning
ong This rouse
III-25
01
The proposed transmission line would be in Zone 1 of the Uniform Building Code
Seismic Risk Zonation System. It is expected that only minor damage would be sustained
from seismic activity in Zone 1. This damage prediction corresponds to Modified Mercalli
Intensities of V and VI. The maximum magnitude earthquake for the Residual Events
seismic source zone is 5.3; the return period for maximum magnitude earthquakes
anywhere in the Residual Events region is 1000 years (U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, 1980).
no
5. Paleontology
allos brsinnst emring
a. Study Area. Southwestern North Dakota has a diverse and proportionately large
fossil representation that is distributed in several geologic formations. These occurrences
are isolated and laterally restricted throughout the region.
The study area contains fossiliferous and potentially fossiliferous strata of the
Paleocene and Eocene Epochs. Within the project area a total of nine localities containing
fossils have been identified in the Sentinel Butte and Golden Valley Formations. The only
reported fossils are paleobotanical specimens that were recorded during investigations by
Sigsby (1966), Denson (1969), and Hickey (1977). The Sigsby and Denson investigations
centered on fossils located in the Sentinel Butte Formation. Sigsby collected macroplants
west of Belfield during his investigation of scoria deposits in North Dakota, while Denson's
study was concerned mostly with pollen and spores. Hickey described plant fossils in the
Golden Valley Formation at numerous localities in the study area.
level bissed
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route is located
exclusively in the Sentinel Butte Formation and does not cross any paleontological sites that
have been identified in previous investigations.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route crosses approximately
36.7 miles of Sentinel Butte deposits and 1.5 miles of Golden Valley sediments. In section 5,
T.140N., R.100W., the route crosses within several hundred feet of macroplant fossils
identified by Sigsby.
doldw
Бо
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly vary from the
agency-preferred route. No previously recorded sites are crossed.
6. Soils
a. Study Area. A general soils map of the study area was compiled based on Soil
Conservation Service (SCS) mapping of Stark (Soil Conservation Service, 1968), Billings
(Soil Conservation Service, 1944), McKenzie (Soil Conservation Service, 1942), and Dunn
(Soil Conservation Service, 1982) Counties. The 126 map units used in those surveys were
compiled into eight general soil map units similar to the general soil map of Stark County.
The eight soil map units (1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 10) each contain three to fifteen major soil
series, except for map unit 10 which is comprised of mine waste. Figure III-9 is a map of soil
units occurring in all of the alternative corridors.
The general soil map units from Stark County were extended to Dunn, Billings, and
McKenzie Counties based on soil series that were mapped in the original soil surveys which
were published in 1982, 1944, and 1942 respectively. The old surveys are now considered
obsolete.
III-26
anisique Table III-2 summarizes the engineering and environmental characteristics of the
soils of the study area. Potential soil-related problems of interest in the study area are water
and wind erosion, compaction, reclamation sensitivity, and engineering constraints as
shown on Table III-2.
Areas designated as prime farmland are limited throughout the study area, and are
delineated by soil map units 1, 2, and 6. There is no reliable soil information on which to
base identification of prime farmlands in Billings and McKenzie Counties. A few bodies of
prime farmland soils occur in the corridors in Stark and Dunn Counties. Most are small
enough to be spanned; one or two could be impacted by powerline construction.
Soil loss due to water erosion on disturbed portions of the corridors will be a
function of slope angle, slope length, and soil erodibility. Water erosion is most critical for
map units 8 and 10, which are in areas of steep slopes. For map units 1, 2, 4, and 5 the
water erosion hazard is moderate based on moderately steep slopes. Water erosion hazard
is low for units 6 and 7.
Soil loss by wind is a function of the wind erodibility group (WEG), surface
roughness, wind velocity and fetch (unsheltered distance parallel to prevailing winds), and
vegetation cover. Transmission line construction normally disturbs relatively small areas,
limiting unsheltered distances. Map units 4 and 8 have a moderate wind erosion hazard.
Map unit 10, mine pits and waste dumps, is the only soil map unit assigned a high wind
erosion hazard level.
The compactibility of a soil is a function of soil texture, cohesion and moisture
content. The final soil density will be a function of the compactive effort, or in the case of
this study, the number of passes of heavy equipment along the transmission line corridor.
Excessive compaction can result in more rapid runoff, higher rates of erosion, and
decreased vegetation cover. Based on the Unified Surface Classification, map units 1 and 4
are assigned a moderate to high compaction sensitivity. Map units 5, 6, and 7 are rated
moderate and map units 2 and 8 are rated low to moderate. Compaction sensitivity is not
applicable to map unit 10 (mine waste).
Reclamation sensitivity is a measure of the ease or difficulty with which
disturbances can be revegetated and stabilized. Sensitivities of the map units were based
on water and wind erosion hazard, surface pH, surface salinity, and surface texture. Map
units 1 and 5 are assigned a moderate sensitivity due to erosion potential, pH, or salinity.
Units 4, 6, 7, 8, and 10 are assigned a high sensitivity due to adverse pH (units 4 and 6),
salinity (unit 7), or erosion potential (units 8 and 10).
The soils in the study area have also been evaluated based on engineering
constraints, or the ability of the soils to support structure foundations. The evaluation
considers the Unified Classification, depth to ground water table, flooding, drainage, and
slumping hazard. Map units 1 and 5 are rated moderate for engineering constraints. Units
4, 6, 7, 8, and 10 are assigned high constraints based on near surface groundwater tables
and fine texture. Map unit 2 is rated low to moderate.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route crosses all soil
map units in the study area except for map unit 10. Areas of concern are steep terrace
escarpments and buttes (map unit 8), highly saline soils (map unit 7), bottomlands along
stream channels (map units 6 and 7), and alluviated areas along drainage ways (map unit
4). The gently rolling uplands (units 1, 2, and 5) have few constraints. Link 1 crosses an
III-27
Dominant
Map Unified Class.
Surface/
Subsurface
Unit
to bussipe
lanolish
TABLE III-2. SUMMARY OF ENGINEERING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SOILS CHARACTERISTICS
Slope Landscape
(%)
Position
oil ebeng
Depth to
Depth to
PH
Groundwater
Bedrock
Surface/
Table (feet)
(inches)
Subsfurface
EC
30
KS
ade o
Surface
WEG
ush greeb
T
Value
1
CL,ML/
0-10
uplands
> 6.0
20-60+
neutral/mod. NS .32
7,6,
5,4
CL,CH,ML
alkaline
4-4L
2
SM,ML,CL/
0-15
SM,CL
uplands,stream
terraces, and
sideslopes
neutral/
> 6.0
7-60+
mildly
NS .20-.32
6,5,3
5,4,2
alkaline
uplands,terrace
4
CL,CH/CH,CL,
MH-CH
0-15
slopes of drainage-
1.0-6.0+
20-60+
mod. alkal./
NS
.28-.37
8-4L
5-2
ways, depressions,
mod-strongly
and basins
alkaline
5
ML,CL/CL,CH
0-9
uplands,terraces,
> 6.0
> 60
neutral/mod. NS .32
7,6
4,3
and swales
alkaline
6
CL,ML,SM/CL,
0-9
terraces, valley
mod. alkal./
NS
.17-.32
7,6,
5,4
CL-ML,SM
footslopes, bottom-
> 6.0
>60
mod.-strong
5,2,
lands,sm. stream
alkaline
3
channels
7
CL, ML, CL-ML/
CL,CH
0-6
terraces, swales,
1.0-6.0+
40-60+
mildly alkal
>8
.32-.37
8-5
5
valley footslopes
/mod alkal.
8
CL,ML,SM/
CL,SM.ML
3-50
uplands, buttes and
escarpments
mild-v.stron.
> 6.0
7-60+
alka./mild-v
NS
.15-.37
8,6, 4-1
4L,3,
strong alka.
2
10
steep, mine dumps
irreg.
1¦
neutral-v.
strong alka.
III-28
201
HQ 2J1Q8 JATMEM
area of sensitive buttes and terrace escarpments, along link 27 there are significant areas of
sensitive buttes, terrace escarpments, bottomlands, and alluvial terraces, and link 36
crosses sensitive alluvial terraces, bottomlands, and small areas of prime farmland. Steep
terrace escarpments and buttes are crossed for a total of 10.85 miles, alluvial terraces along
drainageways are crossed for a total of 7.80 miles, bottomlands along drainageways are
crossed for a total of 3.30 miles, and saline soils are crossed for a total of 0.60 miles.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route crosses all the soil map
units in the study area, except map unit 10. Significant terrace escarpments and buttes
occur along most of link 17 and 20 and intermittently extend south on link 31 to about 2.0
miles south of Fairfield. About one-half mile north of the Green River, buttes and
escarpments occur again for about 3.5 miles on link 31; from about 1.50 miles north of I-94
they sporadically extend south along link 41 to the proposed Belfield Substation. Several of
the terrace escarpments are narrow enough to be spanned. Alluvial terraces of concern
occur within the second mile of link 31 and intermittently extend south from the Billings-
Stark County line to the proposed substation. This route crosses terrace escarpments and
buttes for a total of 8.60 miles, alluvial terraces for 5.25 miles, saline soils for 1.50 miles, and
bottomlands for 0.60 miles.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not vary significantly from the
agency-preferred route.
wils prove
BO
G. Biological Resources
03-05
for rigado
#sobed
(aerom)
MCINEERING VAD EM
S-BUGAT
1. Vegetation
a. Study Area. The study area is located in the unglaciated Missouri Slopes region
of southwestern North Dakota. The most significant topographic feature is a relatively flat
drainage divide that trends north and south in the western portion of the study area and
separates the headwaters of the Little Missouri River from the Heart, Green, and Knife River
drainages to the east. Generally, streams flow east and west through the area, with the
majority flowing in an easterly direction. Tributaries in the project area have dissected the
rolling uplands to form "miniature badlands" with distinct vegetation types that grade into
forests of "bottom hardwood draws". The highly dissected portions of the study area
contain either grassland, shrublands, or forbs. Areas with steep slopes often have little or
no vegetation due to erosional processes.
Vegetation in the area is dominated by prairie grassland, except on slopes and
along drainages. The prairie plains community primarily consists of grasses, forbs, and
some shrubs (Mueggler and Stewart, 1980; Hirsch, 1985). The type of grassland
community is determined by the topographic position and soil characteristics of a particular
habitat. Much of the natural vegetation on the rolling uplands has been replaced by non-
irrigated cultivation to small grains and fodder crops. The Little Missouri National
Grasslands are Federally owned lands managed as grazing rangeland similar to private
holdings of native grassland.
Page
er
III-29
bas rela
Hardwood forest stands predominantly occur in the upper drainages and draws,
and to a certain extent, in the alluviated areas of lower stream bottoms. Wetland vegetation
occurs along most of the larger stream channels, in poorly drained depressions, and
adjacent to stock ponds and reservoirs. The aerial extent of wetlands is limited, ranging
from a few feet to 50 feet in width. There are no permanent natural lakes or large areas of
wetlands in the study area. Vegetation types have been mapped on Figure III-10 (foldout). A
vegetation species list, including scientific names, is provided in Appendix E.
acho
bas bris
of (1) Prairie grasslands. Although grasslands are the dominant vegetation
nommon type occurring within the study area, this community has been diminished or altered
by dryland agricultural practices and extensive livestock grazing. Prairie grasslands
occupy flat or gently sloping uplands, shallow slopes, and dry, uncultivated
evar all floodplains.
818 sblen
need
br
brush The prairie grasslands can be grouped into three main types based upon
dominant plant species, topographic position, and soils (Soil Conservation Service,
erd of 281978; Hirsch, 1985). The first main grassland type is dominated either by prairie
sandreed, needle and thread, or little bluestem, and occurs on sandy to shallow
uplands and dry slopes. Secondary grass cover consists of blue grama, sedges,
western wheatgrass, and sand dropseed. Forbs make up to 10 percent of the
cover, and include hairy goldaster, prairie cone-flower, green, and sagewort. Low
cover by shrubs includes prairie rose, snowberry, fringed sagewort, and silver sage.
Grazing has increased the cover of blue grama, sedges, and unpalatable forbs over
To anothe much of the study area.
WOTTA
V6m 8581
pools abr
ni nevi
The second grassland type is dominated by western wheatgrass and blue
grama, and occurs on thin claypan to clayey soils, on level uplands to steep slopes,
ni base and on terraces of floodplains. Other common grasses are needle and thread,
plains muhly, Sandberg bluegrass, saltgrass, and plains reedgrass. Common forbs
are scarlet globemallow, prairie thermopsis, yarrow, and onion. Shrubs occur in
irregular clumps and include winterfat, silversage, snakeweed, and sagebrush.
Janebe
erli
10
brisibod
beaw lage
a ol bru
wonen is
nahsch
a hot brat
Thettimet
The third grassland type is dominated by needle and thread and western
wheatgrass, and includes a low cover of sedges and blue grama on sandy loam to
clayey loam soils in level to moderately sloping areas. Secondary cover is
junegrass, green needlegrass, and red threeawn. Common forbs are fringed
sagewort, flax, phlox, and skeletonweed. Shrub species are scarce in this type.
(2) Shrublands. Shrublands are a minor component of the vegetation in
the study area and occur as small stands and pockets in grasslands, on upper
portions of draws, or interspersed with hardwood forest stands. In grasslands,
common shrubs are snowberry, silver sage, and wild rose. Along the upper edges
of draws the shrubs are silverberry, snowberry, big sagebrush, service berry, choke
cherry, and shrubby cinquefoil. Two low species of juniper, prostrate, and common
are interspersed in the grasslands, and as an understory in the shrublands.
Grasses such as bluegrass, wildrye, and bromegrass grow in the shrublands as a
sparse ground cover.
(3) Hardwood Draws. Forests of hardwood trees, known locally as
"bottom hardwood draws", grow in protected draws, drainages, and along some
mesic floodplains on streams, particularly in the northern and eastern portions of
the study area. This is a fairly unique vegetation type and habitat in this portion of
III-30
Adob
Be
the Northern Great Plains. Major deciduous trees are green ash, american elm, and
cottonwoods. Trembling aspen groves occur on upper northeast-facing draws. In
addition to poison ivy and buckbrush, there is an understory of the shrubs listed in
the shrublands section. Rocky Mountain juniper is occasionally found on dry sites.
(4) Badlands. The badlands type of plant community occurs as strips of
vegetation along tributaries and drainages in the highly dissected portions of the
study area. This community is a combination of grassland, shrubland, and forbs.
Ground cover varies from almost no vegetation on steep slopes to grassland and
forbs on the more stable slopes. Hardwood draws and aspen groves are common
along the edges and at the headwaters of these drainages.
(5) Cropland. Portions of the better upland grassland with rich soils have
been planted to small, non-irrigated grain crops, principally wheat. These fields are
planted on a two to three year rotation basis. Some of the cropland has been
planted as improved pasture, or allowed to revert naturally back to a grassland.
The amount of land cultivated is greatest around Belfield, and decreases to the
north and west in the study area.
(6) Riparian. Riparian plant communities are located along the narrow
floodplains on the eastern and western edges of the study area. These areas may
be isolated stands of cottonwoods and willows interspersed with wetlands along
and in the stream channels and oxbows, hardwood draws in the upper drainages,
and some communities of dry or saline grasslands occurring on drier portions of
the floodplains. A more complete description of riparian vegetation is given in
Section H, Floodplains and Wetlands.
(7) Wetlands. Wetlands, both riparian and non-riparian, are discussed in
Section H, Floodplains and Wetlands.
(8) Special Status Plant Species. No plant species currently on the Federal
or state threatened or endangered species lists have been identified within the
study area. The absence of special-status species is due in part to the uniformity of
the area and lack of unique or unusual conditions. There were no unique plant
species identified in the study area by the North Dakota Game and Fish Department
(Henegar, pers. comm., 1987). However, they recommend avoiding the woodland
natural community (hardwood draws) as a sensitive habitat.
(9) Noxious Weeds. Leafy spurge has been identified by a local weed
supervisor as a problem along drainages and on floodplains.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. This route crosses prairie grassland for a
distance of 19.8 miles, bottom hardwood/shrublands for 1.7 miles, and several narrow
riparian zones for 0.7 mile. The remaining distance of 18.8 miles is cropland.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. This route crosses prairie grassland for a distance of
20.8 miles; bottom hardwood/shrubland for 1.1 miles, and small intermittent riparian
streams for 0.4 miles. The remaining distance of 14.7 miles is cropland.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route crosses prairie grassland for a
distance of 22.8 miles; bottom hardwood/shrubland for 0.9 mile, and small intermittent
riparian streams for 0.3 mile. The remaining 14.2 miles are in cropland.
III-31
2. Wildlife
bris
alosge am
Wildlife in the study area is described in terms of habitat types as well as species.
Construction of a transmission line through a given habitat has the potential to impact any
or all of the species relying on that habitat. In instances where the overall habitat quality is
not significantly affected, the presence of a transmission line can still be detrimental to
individual species or members within a species. Study area wildlife features are mapped on
Figure III-10. A wildlife species list, including scientific names, is provided in Appendix E.
ghinub
a. Study Area.
Raptors
Fert
200 6
(1) Habitats. Cropland, grassland, wetland, aquatic, and hardwood are the
gnhub five wildlife habitat types that occur within the study area, as shown in Figure III-10.
vart
(a) Cropland. Cropland habitat corresponds to the cropland
vegetation community and is the most abundant habitat type in the study area.
However, agricultural practices render the overall habitat quality low, especially
during the winter. Cropland is an essential habitat component for ring-necked
pheasants and gray partridge, supplying forage and cover for both species. It also
supplies cover for songbirds such as horned larks and western meadowlarks.
yllshom
Ismert
(b) Grassland. Grassland habitat is predominantly in the prairie
plains vegetation community but also includes some breaks and shrubland areas.
The value of grassland habitat varies with grazing intensity. Heavily grazed areas
epincare much lower in value than lightly or moderately grazed areas. Species typical of
grassland habitat include. sharp-tailed grouse, upland sandpiper, western
meadowlark, black-tailed prairie dog, and pronghorn.
(c) Wetland. Wetland habitat in the area is scarce and limited to
evoo small areas along drainages. It provides habitat for a variety of species which might
bouot not otherwise occur in the area, such as red-winged blackbird. Wetlands also
provide winter cover for a variety of species such as cottontail and ring-necked
equoia pheasant. Ho
sbiv
ybuta
(d) Aquatic. Aquatic habitat is found in larger drainages such as
om the Heart and Little Knife Rivers and in numerous small reservoirs and stock ponds
located throughout the study area. Many of these are seasonal or temporary in
bris brenature. Aquatic habitat is used by a wide variety of waterfowl and shorebirds during
their migrations and by some during the nesting season.
(e) Hardwood. Hardwood habitat is found in steep draws on
slopes overlooking drainages throughout the study area. Additionally, there are
extensive stands in the southeast portion of the area along the Heart River and
Norwegian Creek. These areas provide habitat for a variety of tree-nesting species
such as fox squirrel, magpie, American robin, and Swainson's and red-tailed hawks
as well as protective cover for mammals such as cottontail, mule-deer, and white-
tailed deer.
(2) Species. For the purpose of this document, important wildlife species
are defined as those species which are important from an economic or legal
perspective, as well as those with a high public interest.
III - 32
(a) Big Game. The predominant big game species in the study
area are mule deer, white-tailed deer, and pronghorn. Mule deer feed on shrubs
asics and forbs throughout the year, with a higher emphasis on shrubs in the winter and
yas to forbs in the spring and summer. They rely on steep topography and thick brush for
el valescape and thermal cover. They are more common in the northern portion of the
of air study area (Kobridger, pers. comm., 1987).
no bago
White-tailed deer have food habits similar to mule deer, but they
are more secretive in nature. They are more common in the southern portion of the
study area (Kobridger, pers. comm., 1987).
alirens boowb
Pronghorn are primarily browsers which also feed on forbs during
on the spring and summer. They have also been known to utilize winter wheat during
the early spring (Hoover, et al., 1959; Sundstom et al., 1973). In the study area they
brisacare associated with grassland habitat (Kobridger, pers. comm., 1987).
(b) Upland Game. Upland game birds common in the study area
are ring-necked pheasant, gray partridge, sharp-tailed grouse, and wild turkey.
Beisi Ring-necked pheasant and gray partridge are introduced species associated with
grain farming. They nest in grassland and cropland habitat when adequate cover is
present. However, early hay mowing or grain harvesting can cause high mortality.
anting During the winter, pheasants require dense undisturbed vegetation for thermal
28913 cover (Weigand and Janson, 1976), such as hardwood draws and some wetland
975 areas. Gray partridge are hardier birds and are rarely found in wetland areas
(Weigand, 1980). Both species are common throughout the study area (Kobridger,
matar pers. comm., 1987).
Wasid she
Sharp-tailed grouse are associated with grassland habitat where
of adequate cover is present. Although they may use cropland for foraging, they are
dependent on grassland for survival. During winter they will use hardwood cover
for protection from the elements (Hillman and Jackson, 1973). They are found
bestos throughout the study area but are more common in the northern portion
(Kobridger, pers. comm., 1987). No known strutting grounds for mating, or grouse
leks, exists within the study area.
Wild turkeys are found throughout the study area but are more
numerous in the northern portion, where they rely on hardwood areas to provide
Bisvat roost sites and cover from harsh winter weather. They feed in both cropland and
grassland habitats (Kobridger, pers. comm., 1987).
(c) Waterfowl. A variety of ducks and geese migrate through the
study area and some nest there. However, the scarcity of wetlands in the study
area results in low waterfowl populations (Kobridger, pers. comm., 1987).
(d) Threatened and Endangered Species. The U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service has indicated that four species listed as endangered may occur in
the study area. Bald eagle, peregrine falcon, and whooping crane are potential
spring and fall migrants through the area. Whooping cranes are associated with
wetlands, which are scarce in the study area. Black-footed ferrets are associated
with prairie dog towns as the prairie dog is their primary food source (Zschomler,
pers. comm., 1987).
cropland.
III-33
any
869
epr
bris
(e) State Species of Concern. The North Dakota Chapter of the
Wildlife Society (1982) has published an extensive list of species of concern in
North Dakota. Three of these, long-billed curlew, Baird's sparrow, and Sprague's
pipit, are likely to occur in the study area (Kreil, pers. comm., 1987). All three
species are associated with grassland habitat. The long-billed curlew is listed by
the Society as threatened while Baird's Sparrow and Sprague's pipit are listed in the
watch category. This category is for species whose status is questioned for one
reason or another (North Dakota Chapter of the Wildlife Society, 1982).
(f) Raptors. A wide variety of raptors use the study area at various
times of the year. Ferruginous hawks, Swainson's hawks, and golden eagles are
known to nest there.
b. Environmentally Preferred Route. This route passes through year-round habitat
for mule deer, white-tailed deer, and pronghorn. Mule deer are more abundant along the
northern portion of the route and white-tailed deer are more abundant along the southern
20 portion. Pronghorn are common along the entire route. Ring-necked pheasants and gray
prpartridge are found along the entire route, but are more common along the southern portion
where croplands are more abundant. Sharp-tailed grouse are more common in grasslands
along the northern portion of the route, as are wild turkeys.
Bald eagles, peregrine falcons, and whooping cranes may migrate through the
area. No prairie dog towns are known to exist along this route; therefore, black-footed
ferrets are unlikely to occur. Two known ferruginous hawk nest sites occur within one-half
bimile of the environmentally preferred route.
c. Agency-Preferred Route. Distribution of important wildlife species along this
route is similar to the environmentally preferred route. There are no ferruginous hawk nests
ap close to this route. This route does not cross any known prairie dog towns.
d. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. Distribution of important wildlife species along
let this route is similar to the agency-preferred route. No raptor nests are known to occur near
this route and the route is not within one-half mile of any prairie dog towns.
ybute-art to
erit
H. Floodplains and Wetlands
The Federal government has mandated that consideration be given to the
management and protection of floodplains and wetlands through two separate executive
orders. Executive Order 11988 of 1977 on floodplains management requires all Federal
bagencies to provide leadership for preserving the natural and beneficial values of
floodplains, reducing flood losses, and evaluating any potential effects of proposed actions
on floodplains. Executive Order 11990 provides for actions to be taken to minimize the loss
of wetlands, and to preserve and enhance their natural and beneficial values. The Federal
Wagencies responsible for floodplains/wetlands are land management agencies such as the
SV Bureau of Land Management and the Forest Service, resource agencies such as the
pris Department of Energy, the Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Soil Conservation Service, and
en regulatory agencies such as the Environmental Protection Agency and the Army Corps of
Engineers. In the study area, the Federal agencies with primary concerns are the Fish and
OneWildlife Service, Soil Conservation Service, and Forest Service.
enic
6016
em endisaengeb abnog
III-34
In implementing these Executive Orders, the agencies require identification and
mapping of the floodplains and wetland types. For the purposes of this study, floodplains
are defined as the lowland and flat areas adjoining drainages including, at a minimum, areas
Ve subject to a one percent or greater probability flood (100-year flood) in any given year.
These area are inundated by surface or ground water with a frequency sufficient to support
and vegetative or aquatic life that requires saturated or seasonally saturated soil conditions for
growth and reproduction.
Types of natural wetlands in the study area include marshes and wet meadows,
potholes and mudflats, sloughs and river overflows, and seasonal natural ponds, springs,
and seeps. Riparian zones occur along the major rivers and drainages, and are important
areas for preservation, recreation, and wildlife. Two types of wetlands resulting from human
1st activities are ponds and reservoirs for livestock, erosion control, and sewage treatment, and
the seepage areas below ponds, irrigation canals, and collection ditches.
erit
mer
Wetland areas and floodplains in the region provide flood and erosion control as
well as stability along streams and coulees. Because of the limited extent of wetlands in the
al study area, associated recreational uses and aesthetic values are minimal.
1. Study Area
The study area is located in the unglaciated Missouri slopes region of North Dakota.
The area is generally well-drained by creeks, except for a small area just north of Belfield,
and lacks the potholes, depressions, and interrupted drainage characteristic of the glaciated
al region to the east of the project area.
The study area is notably lacking in large lakes or reservoirs and extensive or large
wetlands. Streams in the area have a low gradient with some meandering and oxbow
depressions occurring in the eastern portion. Because these streams are near their
headwaters all of them are listed as intermittent, and have narrow floodplains. The principal
streams draining to the east are the Knife, Green, and Heart Rivers. The western flowing
streams are all small tributaries draining into the Little Missouri River to the west of the study
area..
a. Floodplains. Within the study area there are narrow floodplains along the
drainages that flow to the east but there are no mappable 100-year floodplains for these
intermittent streams. Alluviated areas shown on Figure III-6 probably represent the extent of
flooding for more frequent flood events.
b. Wetlands. The system used to classify wetlands was adopted by the Fish and
Wildlife Service in its National Wetlands Inventory of 1979 (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
1979).
Wetlands in the study area are limited in extent and have been significantly
impacted by the extensive agriculture that characterizes the region. These factors have
reduced the value of the wetlands that may potentially be impacted. The only wetland
systems present in the area are riverine and palustrine, as shown in Figure III-10. Riverine
systems along the small streams include all the wetlands and shallow water habitats
contained within a channel, with the exception of wetlands dominated by trees, shrubs, and
persistent emergents. Palustrine systems are comprised of wetlands along the floodplains,
and all other ponds, depressions, marshes, and seepage zones throughout the area.
III-35
Lacustrine systems, bodies of water greater than 20 acres, are notably absent from the
study area.
Emergent wetlands occur around stock ponds and reservoirs and are dominated by
tall species of rush, grass, and sedge along with cattails and some aquatic species. These
wetlands are zoned around the ponds and the species present depends on the water
regime and salinity (Stewart and Kantrud, 1971). The marsh and seepage wetlands in the
study area are not extensive outside of the drainages. These areas are mostly wet meadow
to shallow marshes with the prevalent species being bluegrass, wheatgrass, and
reedgrasses, grading into sedges and rushed in the wetter areas. These areas are typically
heavily grazed by livestock with resultant increase in weedy and annual species.
(1) Riverine. The riverine systems in the study area are contained within
the channels of the streams and drainages. Within the riverine systems, most of the
subsystems are nonvegetated bottoms and shorelines. There are some aquatic
beds and nonpersistent emergent wetlands along the Knife, Green, and Heart
rivers, but these wetlands are small due to narrow channels and small floodplains.
(2) Palustrine. The majority of the wetlands in the study area are classified
as palustrine systems. These include wetlands along the floodplains and drainages;
ponds and reservoirs less than 20 acres; wet meadows, marshes, and seepage
zones in drainages, potholes and depressions; and marshy areas along intermittent
streams and irrigation ditches. Isolated stands of cottonwoods occur along some
of the streams, but are limited in number. Shrub-dominated wetlands are also
present on the floodplains with the common species being willows, serviceberry,
hawthorn, and choke cherry. These shrublands alternate with marshy zones
dominated by wet or mesic species of grass, sedges, rushes, cattails, and forbs.
Along the floodplains and drainages there are also areas of lush wet meadows with
species of mesic grasses, sedges, and forbs which are heavily grazed in this area.
c. Environmentally Preferred Route. The preferred route crosses five streams that
have narrow floodplains for a total of 0.7 miles of floodplain and potential wetland habitat.
d. Agency-Preferred Route. This route crosses the upper drainages of four small
streams for a total of 0.3 miles of floodplain and potential wetland habitat.
e. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route varies only slightly from the agency-
preferred route, and does not significantly affect wetland resources. All floodplains and
wetlands are spannable.
Environmental Consequences
111-36
68) viinilea bris eriper
ybuta
stayeque
sbed
ass shisib bra anfsiqboolt ant pools
ametsya enhleute as
eset bas ebnog
gnale
bris modtwar
bleem no jew vd beispimob
pham
Lever
joqqu ant
milded bells letmana
etuon airTuptuofa bemelni-vonep& b
bus nisiqbool to selim 8.0 to letos not amasite
y Snaps art met
bns nisigbout A
Tuod benger Abanila
oldennage is ebnsilew
de was adoped by the Flets and
Verentory of 1079 (U.3. Fish and Wildile Service
end and save been significantly
the region. These factors have
impacted. The only wetland
by
Riverine
shrubs, and
nds along the floodplains,
zones throughout the area
IV.
Environmental Consequences
qeeb bebe IV. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES
VisV lliw eml
nemalupe to
yd
To n
go ent nebni astutunda nolaalmanen
evusnem brs mist of berluper al emis
egy A. Land Use and Agricultural Resources asmist ghoms
to nolistneho
220! no blely
1. Issues
nole
Land use concerns expressed by Billings, Stark, McKenzie, and Dunn Counties,
interested agencies, and the public during the project scoping process centered around the
effects on agricultural practices, and the proximity to occupied rural residences and farm
complexes. Siting opportunities included closely paralleling linear features such as section
lines, field boundaries, and existing transmission lines.
Taking these concerns into account, the key land use features that were considered
to be exclusion areas during alternative corridor identification were urban areas, rural
residences and farm complexes, recreation areas, airstrips, gas and oil wells, scoria mines,
and other commercial and institutional uses. There is no irrigated cropland within the study
area. Avoidance areas (avoided to the extent possible) included all non-irrigated
agriculture, and a 500 foot buffer zone around rural
around rural residences. Land
jurisdiction/ownership was not used as a siting criteria.
Highways, including U.S. Highway 85, secondary roads, and existing utility rights-
of-way (ROW) were initially considered corridor selection opportunities to the extent that
they avoided sensitive areas and features. The lack of any dominant north to south utility
corridors prohibited paralleling existing transmission lines for any great length.
Opportunities to parallel railroad ROWS was also minimal as there are no north-south
railroads in the study area.
2. Impact Types and Levels
Land use impacts pertain to physical or operational effects of the proposed project
on existing and planned land uses. Table II-4 describes land use impact types and levels
considered.
a. Agricultural Impact Types. In the study area, land use impacts primarily relate to
agriculture, since most other types of land uses can be avoided through facility siting.
Agricultural impacts can be either short- or long-term. Short-term impacts on
agriculture include temporary loss of cropland in construction areas and reduced crop
yields in construction areas due to soil compaction (usually lasting for one to three seasons,
depending on soil reconditioning techniques and climatic conditions).
Long-term impacts include reduction in available land by displacement of the area
required for structures and reduction in crop yields due to soil compaction resulting from
maneuvering farm equipment around structures. It is not anticipated that any long-term soil
compaction would result from activities associated with construction and operation of the
IV-3
SIV-1
proposed project (Bilbo, 1979). Previous agricultural studies have recommended deep
ripping as mitigation where soil compaction occurs.
Transmission structures hinder the operation of farm equipment, and additional
time is required to farm and maneuver around these structures. The added time will vary
among farmers, depending on differences in farming practices, types of equipment,
orientation of structures in the field, and weather conditions. The area affected by
restrictions in equipment maneuvering is estimated to be approximately 1600 square feet
around each individual structure (assuming steel-lattice structures). Reduced yield or loss
of production may be experienced in these areas (Bilbo, 1979). Potential damage can
occur to equipment such as harvesters from accidents involving structures or conductor.
The proposed project may interfere with crop dusting operations. Transmission
lines and structures create a safety hazard to pilots, especially in the late evening or early
morning. Aerial applications in areas where transmission lines are located cost more
because additional clean-up passes are required. Aerial applicators typically fly beneath HV
lines and make clean-up passes around structures or sidedress parallel to transmission
lines to optimize coverage.
Weed control is a major concern of farmers in areas where transmission lines are
located. Additional time may be required to hand-spray or cut weeds around transmission
structures. Mature weeds may spread seeds into fields, and provide cover for harmful
insects. Western will spray or cut weeds around any structure base where weeds create a
potential fire hazard, or where requested by the landowner. On rangeland, weed control
measures will be implemented in coordination with county noxious weed control inspectors.
b. Existing and Future Land Use Impact Types. Other potential types of long-term,
adverse impact on land uses are physical restrictions of residential areas. The potential
types of physical restrictions considered include limitations on future urban development,
planned subdivisions, commercial/industrial facilities, or farmstead expansions, and
potential conflicts with local land use plans or policies. Significant direct physical conflicts
with residences and commercial/industrial facilities have been avoided for all alternatives.
c. Impact Levels. Initial impact levels were assigned based on the project
description. Steel-lattice structures were assumed because they would result in the greatest
amount of impact of the structure types under consideration. Figure IV-1 (foldout) displays
assigned impact levels for the reference centerlines using a 165-foot ROW width. Residual
impact levels after application of mitigation measures are also shown.
Initial high land use impacts were assigned for: 1) oil and gas pipeline crossings, 2)
physical conflicts with active oil and gas wells, and 3) stock pond crossings.
chos
Moderate-to-high initial impact levels were assigned where a reference centerline
ccwould: 1) cross non-irrigated cropland diagonally or through irregularly tilled land, 2) cross
unoccupied farmstead structures, 3) cross surface extraction operations, or 4) conflict with
expansion of a communication facility interference zone.
eqab
Moderate initial impact levels were assigned where a reference centerline would: 1)
cross non-irrigated cropland along field edges and mid-field, 2) present a physical conflict
with oil or gas wells that were dry, abandoned, or had cancelled permits, or 3) cross either
major highways or railroads.
IV-2
Low and low-to-moderate initial impact levels were assigned where a reference
centerline would: 1) cross rangeland, taking into consideration the potential for noxious
weed establishment in areas disturbed by construction activities, and 2) parallel existing oil
and gas trunk pipelines.
3. Residual Impacts
AL
Two types of mitigation were considered feasible and effective for reducing land
use and agricultural impacts: 1) avoidance through facility siting or ROW routing, or 2)
spanning between structure sites. As shown on Figure IV-1, the ability to apply these
mitigation measures to agriculture was limited because such a large proportion of the study
area is non-irrigated cropland. Field edges and section lines were followed to the extent
possible in locating alternative routes.
The types of residual impacts associated with agricultural lands include: 1) reduced
crop yields, 2) disruption of crop dusting operations, 3) interference with farming
operations, and 4) weed and pest problems. Mitigation measures would reduce the amount
but not eliminate residual land use impacts.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. As shown on Figure IV-1, The environmentally
preferred route would avoid, or minimize to a significant extent, land use and agricultural
impacts. This route has no associated high or moderate-to-high residual impacts.
Moderate-to-high residual impacts would occur where: 1) non-irrigated cropland is
crossed diagonally for 0.3 mile (where the presence of one steel-lattice structure would
result in 1600 square feet of lost cropland and an additional 1600 square feet of lowered
crop yield), and 2) potential minor conflicts might exist with oil well operations for 0.7 mile.
Moderate residual impacts would make up a majority of the route, totaling 18.1
miles where the route would cross non-irrigated cropland at midfield, or along field edges.
The presence of approximately 80 steel-lattice structures along those 18.1 miles would
result in the loss of about 3 acres of cropland and lowered production for another 3 acres.
Low-to-moderate and low impacts would make up the remainder of the route where
residual impacts for rangeland areas would be considered low and all highways and
railroads would be spanned.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route would also minimize land
use and agricultural impacts. This route has no associated high or moderate-to-high
residual impacts.
Moderate residual impacts associated with crossing non-irrigated cropland at
midfield or along field edges would occur for 13.3 miles. The presence of approximately 59
steel-lattice structures along these 13.3 miles would result in the loss of about 2 acres of
cropland and lowered production for another 2 acres.
to all
816
Low-to-moderate and low impacts would characterize the remainder of this route,
which would consist primarily of rangeland. One scoria mine and all highways and railroads
would be spanned.
qmi
eborn
danibrodus
pro2 s nips iniw ewsly latineblea
Varigi moni selim
Setting
Tracomission Liner
IV-3
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route varies only slightly from the agency-
preferred route. Moderate impacts have been decreased by 0.5 miles (.15 fewer acres lost
or lowered in production) due to less cropland crossed at midfield or field edges.
B. Visual Resources
1. Issues
ed bet
The primary siting issues associated with visual resources were foreground and
middleground views from major travel routes, individual residences, and communities, as
well as views from Theodore Roosevelt National Park. Visual impact types and levels are
summarized in Table 11-4. Initial and residual visual impacts are shown on Figure IV-2
(foldout) for all of the alternative route.
Jud
2. Impact Types and Levels
The major concern assessed for visual resources was the potential for a decline in
visual aesthetic quality. Visual impact types evaluated include: 1) effects on scenic quality,
2) effects on views from residential and other visually sensitive land uses, 3) effects on views
from major travel routes, and 4) effects on views from established, designated, or planned
park or recreation areas.
Determination of potential impacts and levels was based on the ability of the
landscape to absorb visual changes, and the degree of visibility that the project would have
from Key Observation Points (KOPs) and other sensitive viewing points. Distance from the
proposed project was translated into three potential zones of visual influence based on the
project description. These zones reflect perceived thresholds of visual dominance within
the landscape setting (Blair, 1976). Visual impacts are considered adverse, direct, and long-
term. Table IV-1 shows the visual impact criteria and corresponding impact levels.
High visual impact occurs where the transmission line is visible within 1 mile (Visual
Influence Zone 1) of existing residences and is in an open or skylined setting. Generally,
such landscapes have a low capacity to absorb visual change. High-to-moderate impacts
are associated with views from residences in Visual Influence Zone 2 (1 to 3 miles) where
the transmission line would by skylined. Under both high and high-to-moderate impact
conditions the structures are a dominant element in the landscape.
Moderate-to-high and moderate impacts apply to a wide range of conditions within
the study area where the project attracts attention and begins to dominate the landscape.
Moderate-to-high impacts include Zone 2 views from residences in open settings and Zone
1 views that are in a screened setting. Open or skylined views from major roads which are
within 1 mile, as well as skylined views out to 3 miles were also assigned moderate-to-high
impacts. Moderate impacts generally would occur where residential views within 1 mile of
the proposed line are modified by pre-existing industrial facilities.
Moderate-to-low impacts will result where the structures attract attention but are
subordinate to the surrounding landscape. Generally, moderate-to-low impacts occur 1 to 3
miles from highway views or residential views which are in a screened setting.
IV-4
TABLE IV-1. VISUAL IMPACT MODEL
ojem to ale of serv
awelv of atga
ataogrski
agne bluey, SWT VIEWING LOCATION & FACILITY SETTING RELATIONSHIPS
assighetsriben

VIEWERS VIEWER
VER VI
VISUAL
LOCATION
dieiv ener
SETTING
INFLUENCE
OPEN
ZONE
ato
VIEWS FROM
STUDY AREA
VIEWS FROM
RESIDENCES
AGRICULTURAL/
OPEN ROLLING
AGRICULTURAL/
OPEN ROLLING
m-01 wom
eth for
og loa
THEODORE ROOSEVELT NATIONAL PARK
PAINTED
CANYON
20
OVERLOOK
BUCK
ងដ
HILL
BADLAND
7 Mi.
6-7 Mi.
Zone 2
1-3 Mi.
Zone 2
Zone 1
1-3 Mi.
0-1 Mi.
L
Σ
FACILITY SETTING
FACILITY
SKYLINING
H
H
M
MH to ML
SCREENED BY
TOPOGRAPHY
&/OR TREES
MH to M
Σ
H to M
M to L
L
L
MH
MH
M
ML
ML
ML
M to L
MH to ML
L
L
L
ML
ML
NA
NA
N
ut ever blu
NA
L
NA
Potential
Cumulative
Impacts
N
NA
L
N
NA
Potential
Cumulative
Impacts
N
*
Although the facility is located in an agricultural setting, it would be perceived
as being a part of the viewers badland setting from these viewpoint locations.
ent chole
8982010 & Be
fidiw awe
nirifiw ewslv
Setting modified by existing
industrial facilities
■ Transmission Lines
Oil Fields
■Refineries
H - High
(S)
MH-Moderate-to-High
M-Moderate
ML-Moderate-to-Low
L-Low
N-No Identifiable Impact
IV-5
NA- Not Applicable
N
N
L

MTOA
Moderate-to-low impacts were also assigned to views within 1 mile of major
highways where the setting is modified by existing industrial facilities. Impacts to views
within 3 miles of the horseback riding trail along the eastern edge of TRNP would range
from moderate to low depending upon topographic conditions along the trail.
Low visual impacts occur where structures are visible, but do not attract attention
and are viewed in context with existing industrial facilities. Low impacts primarily occur
where the transmission line is 3 miles or more from residential and highway views in a
modified setting. Views from KOPS within the southern unit of TRNP (where visible
structures would be within a range of 6 to 8.5 miles) were also assigned low impacts.
In assessing the visual impacts of the proposed project, it was determined that the
minimum impact incurred would be low, since the line would always have some visual
presence.
3. Residual Impacts
40
Residual visual impacts associated with the proposed project are discussed within
the context of three potential viewing locations: 1) existing residences, 2) major travel
routes, and 3) views from Key Observation Points within Theodore Roosevelt National Park.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. High visual impacts would occur for 8 miles of
this route, moderate-to-high for 5.6 miles, moderate for 12 miles, and low-to-moderate
impacts for 9.6 miles. The remainder of the route, 5.8 miles, would be characterized by low
visual impacts.
CLEM
(1) Views From Residences. There are 38 occupied residences within 1
mile of the reference centerline. For a number of these residences views of portions
of the line would be screened by topography or local shelterbelts.
Of those houses within 1 mile of the reference centerline, 15 would have
high impacts resulting from open or skylined views, 14 would have moderate-to-
high impacts where views of the line would be modified by topographic or
vegetative screening, and 9 would have full or partial views of the line but would
have moderate impacts because they are in a setting which is already modified by
an existing 345-kV transmission line, oil wells, and/or various other industrial
facilities.
Moderate impacts were assigned to views from 36 houses located from 1
to 3 miles from the reference centerline. The majority of these residences are
partially screened by topography, vegetation, or a combination of both.
Moderate-to-low impacts apply to residential views within 1 to 3 miles which
are screened by topography or vegetation. Low impacts were assigned to
residential views within 1 to 3 miles in a modified setting and those residential views
greater than 3 miles from the environmentally preferred route.
AAYOUTS
(2) Views From Roads. Moderate-to-high impacts occur along the
environmentally preferred route for 1 mile to the north and south of where it crosses
Interstate 94. Moderate impacts result from topographic screening of views within 1
to 3 miles Interstate 94. Moderate-to-low impacts were assigned to views within 1
IV-6
else vd bom gritted
aslibet lehtaubni
esnul noiseimen
2000m al
eldesigg
able O
arit of mile of State Highway 200 where the environmentally preferred route would parallel
an existing 345-kV transmission line. All other views from smaller roads or from
anal roads where views would be modified by topographic or vegetative screening were
assigned a low level of impact.
es 26
801
list pribh loads (3) Views From Theodore Roosevelt National Park. The environmentally
Boufer preferred route is located beyond the viewshed of any KOP within TRNP and,
2610 therefore, would result in no identifiable visual impacts to the Park.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. High visual impacts were identified for 13.3 miles of
this route, moderate-to-high impacts for 11.8 miles, and moderate impacts for 7.3 miles.
The remaining 4.6 miles are characterized by moderate-to-low visual impacts.
C8
als (1) Views from Residences. There are 46 houses within 1 mile of the
reference centerline: 33 would have high visual impacts resulting from open or
skylined views; 8 would be screened by topography or vegetation resulting in
8.2 pro moderate-to-high impacts; and 5 would have views of all or part of the line which
are modified by pre-existing industrial facilities, resulting in moderate impacts.
There are 66 houses within 1 to 3 miles of this route which were assigned moderate
impacts. A majority of these would have views of the line at least partially screened
by topography or vegetation. Moderate impacts were also assigned for 3.25 miles
of this route where the reference centerline would be within 1 to 3 miles of the City
ripid ni of Belfield.
ever bloow
en
ban
svit) stoaqmi aise (2) Views From Roads. Moderate-to-high impacts were assigned for the
anos in agency-preferred route for 1 mile on either side of the Interstate 94 crossing.
saerit ine Moderate-to-high impacts were also assigned for 2 miles where the route parallels,
ni efun and is within 1 mile, of Highway 85. Moderate impacts would occur between 1 and
etuon 3 miles on either side of the 1-94 crossing, and for 27.5 miles where the route is
within 1 to 3 miles of U.S. Highway 85.
sisnollibbs ns to (3) Views From Theodore Roosevelt National Park. The agency-preferred
to em route would be visible from KOPS in the southern unit of TRNP, including Buck Hill,
Painted Canyon Overlook, and the horseback riding trail which runs along the
eastern edge of the Park:
nemitzujbs tripila
Buck Hill - Views from Buck Hill would be approximately 6 to 7 miles from the
route with structure visibility that would vary from partially screened to skylined
in a badland setting. Viewer orientation at Buck Hill is not focused or defined in
any one direction. Impacts associated with views from Buck Hill would be low,
as the facility would appear to be subordinate in the landscape owing to the
distance from the viewer.
Painted Canyon Overlook - This vista is especially noted for its badland setting.
Visibility to the route would vary from partially screened to skylined conditions
and would be more limited than at Buck Hill. While this KOP has a higher
and nolasim volume of visitors and a defined viewer orientation, its greater distance from the
agency-preferred route (7.5 to 8.5 miles) would result in a low visual impact.
Horseback Riding Trail - The agency-preferred route is approximately 3 miles
east of the horseback riding trail. From the trail, the route would be viewed in
an open landscape and would be skylined from some viewing locations.
FIGURE IV BLK
IV-7
Impacts along the horseback trail were assigned moderate-to-low due to the
relatively close proximity of the route and the perceived expectations of riders
using the trail.
Computer-generated plots showing the visibility and scale of typical structures as
they would be seen from Buck Hill, Painted Canyon Overlook, and the horseback riding trail
are shown on Figures IV-3, IV-4, and IV-5. Each plot was utilized to construct a
photosimulation of the agency-preferred route from each KOP for steel-lattice structures
(Figures IV-6, IV-7, and IV-8) and steel H-frame structures (Figures IV-9, IV-10, and IV-11).
Photographs of the Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line running
parallel to the southern boundary of TRNP were taken from viewpoints within the Park at
distances ranging from 3 to 6 miles. The photographs assisted in more accurately
simulating the appearance of the structures and were also utilized in determining impact
levels from other KOPS.
oqot vd
benille
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. High visual impacts were identified along 15.8
miles of this route, moderate to high impacts along 9 miles, and moderate impacts along 8.3
miles. The remaining 5.1 miles of the route were assigned moderate to low visual impacts.
(1) Views from Residences. There are 40 houses within Zone 1 of the
refined agency-preferred route (6 fewer than the agency-preferred route). Thirty-
two of these would have open views to all or part of the line resulting in high
impacts (one less than the agency-preferred route). Eight houses would have
screened or modified views resulting in moderate to high, or moderate impacts (five
less than the agency-preferred route). Although the number of houses within Zone
1 has been reduced by adjustments in the agency-preferred route alignment, these
residences would still have views of the transmission line. The length of the route in
Zone 2 from Belfield (3.2 miles) remains the same as the agency-preferred route.
(2) Views from Roads. The refined agency-preferred route would have the
same impacts in regard to major travel routes with the exception of an additional
1.5 miles of moderate-to-high impacts in Zone 1 and an additional 4.2 miles of
ort price moderate impacts in Zone 2 from U.S. Highway 85.
be
(3) Views from Theodore Roosevelt National Park. The slight adjustments
ent moin this route where it is nearest the Park boundary do not result in significant
changes in the visual impacts to Park views.
ni bonisb
woled bluov
srif of gnis
C. Socioeconomic Resources
iscoyanocated from 1
Redes escences are
Drittes brisb
1. Issues
blith
miles which
Socioeconomic issues related to the Charlie Creek-Belfield Transmission Line
Project include the following:
ur along the
Effects on the local economy - including employment, agricultural and other
income, retail trade, tourism, and the tax base.
IV-8

10
VP 2
95
100
5
105
10
110
isuz
mazione
115
FIGURE IV-3. BUCK HILL COMPUTER SIMULATION
120
Theodore
Roosevelt
National Park
South Unit
Scenic
Loop
Drive
Buck Hill
Tower locations
Visible towers that appear
in photosimulation
Centerline
Corridor
-Photosimulation field of view
35mm CAMERA WITH 45mm LENS
125
Alternative Corridor
規 ​Belfield
94
Study Area Boundary
VIEW DIST: 17 INCHES
85
Alternative Corridor
Alternative Corridor
IV-9
ultural and other
MOITAJUMIB RETURMO JIH XOUS VIBRUAR
8-VI

10
VP 5
48
5
53
10
58
sual
imulations
63
89
Theodore
Roosevelt
National Park
South Unit
Scenic
Loop
Drive
Painted
Canyon
Visitor
Center
Overlook
Tower locations
Visible towers that appear
in photosimulaton
Centerline
-Corridor
Photosimulation field of view
35mm CAMERA WITH 45mm LENS
FIGURE IV-4. PAINTED CANYON COMPUTER SIMULATION
73
78
Alternative Corridor
姐 ​Belfield
94
85
Study Area Boundary
VIEW DIST: 17 INCHES
Alternative Corridor
Alternative Corridor
IV-10
18
8
СПКЕ и VILED СУИЛОИ
23
HOITAJUMI RETUSMOS
JA 40

--10
VP 3
-75
5
18
08
Visua
imulations
85
Theodore
Roosevelt
National Park
South Unit
06
Scenic
Loop
Drive
Horseback
Trail
Tower locations
Visible towers that appear
in photosimulation
Centerline
-Corridor
Photosimulation field of view
95
Alternative Corridor
帶 ​Belfield
94
85
Alternative Corridor
Study Area Boundary
VIEW DIST: 17 INCHES
35mm CAMERA WITH 45mm LENS
FIGURE IV-5. HORSEBACK TRAIL COMPUTER SIMULATION
100
105
Alternative Corridor
IV-11
JARTXOABEZA
MOITAJUMIB TUAMOO JIART XOABB2AOM
VIBRO
VIRUDI
-VI

Distance to Visible Towers in Simulation: 6-7 Miles
FIGURE IV-6. BUCK HILL STEEL LATTICE PHOTOSIMULATION
IV-12

Distance to Visible Towers in Simulation: 7.5-8.5 Miles
FIGURE IV-7. PAINTED CANYON STEEL LATTICE PHOTOSIMULATION
IV-13

Distance to Visible Towers in Simulation: 3 Miles
FIGURE IV-8. HORSEBACK TRAIL STEEL LATTICE PHOTOSIMULATION
IV-14

Distance to Visible Towers in Simulation: 6-7 Miles
FIGURE IV-9. BUCK HILL STEEL H-FRAME PHOTOSIMULATION
IV - 15

Distance to Visible Towers in Simulation: 7.5-8.5 Miles
FIGURE IV-10. PAINTED CANYON STEEL H-FRAME PHOTOSIMULATION
IV-16

Distance to Visible Towers in Simulation: 3 Miles
FIGURE IV-11 HORSEBACK TRAIL STEEL H-FRAME PHOTOSIMULATION
IV-17
nollouber ble
m
Effects on services - including public services and housing.
Effects on people's perceived quality of life.
aland
ever asifiliost
Potential impacts on the socioeconomic environment would, for the most part, be
of short duration. Such impacts would be associated with the project construction
schedule, workforce, and costs, as described below. Socioeconomic impacts would be
both positive and negative.
a. Schedule. The Charlie Creek-Belfield transmission line and substation would be
constructed over an approximately nine month period from May 1989 to March 1990.
songgs bluc
prites
b. Workforce. The construction workforce would number about 40 people at its
peak. There would be no permanent employment associated with the project. The extent
of local labor employed on the project would depend on practices of the selected
construction contractor. It is likely that the majority of the labor force would be drawn from
the Dakotas, Montana, and Wyoming. The Contractor may seek local people as linemen
and ground equipment operators. Local suppliers would be used for certain construction
materials including fill, gravel, and concrete, all of which are available near the study area.
Major substation and transmission line components and construction equipment would
likely be imported from outside the study area.
gnhub me
blow
On a short-term project such as this, construction workers would temporarily
relocate to the project area. They would not bring their families with them if children are in
school in their place of residence. They may commute home periodically, but would
otherwise seek lodging in motels, apartments, and RV parks.
to villup c. Costs. Construction costs are expected to be approximately $10 million for the
betransmission line and $4.5 million for the new Belfield Substation. Of these costs, about
$1.5 million represents wages paid to workers. The Contractor would pay taxes on all
materials procured locally and would purchase necessary licenses from local agencies.
sens ybule
no2. Residual Impacts
16jew jewes eb
ebulon
e d
ed
a. Local Economy. Overall potential effects of the project on the local economy of
the study area would be positive, but short-term. This is particularly true in Stark County,
where most of the construction-related revenues would be spent.
Local employment would not be significantly affected by the project, since the
majority of the workforce would come from other areas. Local hiring by the construction
contractor, if any, would represent a short-term benefit to the economy.
1019
Agricultural impacts, from an economic perspective, would likely be minimal and
mainly restricted to cultivated areas. Loss of cropping area beneath and around
transmission structures could result in a minor long-term loss of income. Transmission lines
have not been shown to have negative effects on rangeland. Potential economic impacts to
agriculture including crop loss, damages, and severance would be compensated through
payments by Western for acquired ROW. ROW acquisition would be accomplished through
no negotiations with each affected landowner. These negotiations would be expected to result
in some economic benefit to the property owner, particularly in light of the fact that
no agricultural operators could continue to use the acquired ROW for farming purposes. This
IV-18
economic benefit could be offset by the inconvenience and potential crop yield reduction
associated with the presence of transmission structures in cultivated fields on a long-term
basis.
od heq The oil and gas industry would not be affected by the project since all facilities have
been avoided. Other sectors of the local economy would benefit from the project, if only
during the period of construction. Construction workers would seek housing in motels or
rent apartments in Belfield or Dickinson, where the availability and vacancy of existing units
would readily accommodate them.
Revenues generated through sales of food, lodging, retail goods, and entertainment
could approach $375,000, based on the premise that transient construction workers would
spend one-quarter of their income on these amenities. These effects are short-term, lasting
only through the construction period.
The environmentally preferred route traverses McKenzie, Billings, and Stark
Counties, while the agency-preferred and refined agency-preferred routes affect McKenzie
and Billings Counties.
balow theThere would be no effect on the tax base of these counties as a result of this
project. Western is exempt from payment of property taxes, as an agency of the Federal
government. However, individual landowners would continue to pay property taxes on the
land included in the ROW, having been compensated for such expenses by Western during
acquisition negotiations.
The issue of effects on tourism has been raised by the National Park Service and
North Dakota Tourism Promotion. While it is not likely that the project would have any
direct effect on the level of park visitation, the Park Service is concerned that the quality of
the recreational experience could be reduced by the visual impact of the agency-preferred
Ils route on views from scenic vistas in Theodore Roosevelt National Park. There is a social
concern for protecting the resources which draw tourists to the area, but it is not expected
to translate into negative economic effects on the study area.
b. Services. Public services include sewer, water, fire, and police protection
provided by public agencies. A potential concern in large construction projects is that an
influx of people to an area may require upgrading of these systems at public expense. For
this project, however, the short nine month construction period and the need to
accommodate only 40 construction workers would put no significant demand on public
services. The existing level of public services in the area is fairly high due to recent
development in anticipation of an energy growth which has not yet occurred.
vihojeni
Project effects on the housing market are expected to be positive. The rental
housing stock, particularly in Dickinson, is quite new and sufficient vacancies exist to
accommodate any potential demand from the project. Some motel units would also be
available for the duration of project construction.
c. Quality of Life. Quality of life is a subjective issue rather than a measurable one.
Many of the comments received from the public relative to transmission projects indicate
that people are concerned about changes to their lifestyle as a result of the project. Such
comments on the Charlie Creek-Belfield Project have centered on visual impacts, effects on
agricultural operations, desirability of maximizing use of public versus private land, and
constraints on land uses. As all of these factors are components in the public's perception
IV-19
SIV
of the quality of life in the study area, it can be judged, that the proposed project would have
some detrimental, though unquantifiable, impact on the life style of those directly affected.
D. Cultural Resources
Impa
1. Issues
a. Prehistoric Resources. Two primary prehistoric resource concerns were
considered in corridor selection:
289038
80
batin
280100897
ROW
edlic
Sites included in or determined to be eligible for the National Register of
Historic Places (NRHP).
■ Zones of high sensitivity where there are known or predicted archaeological
resources that may be important due to their information content or interpretive
potential.
latinetog b. Historic Resources. Key historic resources considered in corridor selection
were: f
da
beneblar
eldedong
■ Sites listed in or determined to be eligible for the NRHP.
Sites considered to have high sensitivity due to their potential for historical
significance.
c. Native American Resources. No known Native American resources are located
in the study area. This issue was not a factor in corridor selection.
sers foajon erit not St-Viewpit no bavakjaib
2. Impact Types
sbed
Potential direct and indirect impacts were considered for prehistoric and historic
resources.
If a recorded cultural resource property meets eligibility requirements for
nomination to the NRHP, it will be necessary to determine the potential impact(s) to that
resource. Specifically, a site is affected when the property's location, design, setting,
materials, workmanship, feeling, association, or the characteristic(s) which (may) qualify it
as significant according to the National Register criteria are changed.
Categories of impacts from construction, operation, and maintenance of the
proposed transmission line, substation site, and access roads which may affect NRHP
eligible or potentially eligible resources are as follows:
der
causes yo
No Impact - No measurable direct or indirect impact would be expected.
No Adverse Impact - Measurable direct or indirect impacts would be possible,
but would not adversely affect the physical integrity or other NRHP criteria of a
resource.
IV-20
Adverse Impact - Measurable direct or indirect impacts which adversely affect
the physical integrity or other NRHP criteria of a resource could occur.be
Construction, maintenance, and operation activities would be considered to have
"no impact" or "no adverse impact" on resources determined to be not eligible for the NRHP.
In the revised (October 1, 1986) Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
regulations for Section 106 Consultation (36 CFR 800), the distinction between "direct" and
"indirect" effects has been deleted; both are now treated the same in the consultation
process. In order to define the entire range of potential impacts, this distinction remains in
the following discussion.
Direct impacts associated with transmission lines are primarily limited to the
location of the support structures and, in some cases, guy wire anchoring, access
trails/roads, and heavy equipment movement along the right-of-way. Adverse impacts to a
prehistoric site would tend to be primarily direct because the significance of these resources
is usually in their potential to yield important data (i.e., quality and integrity of intact cultural
deposits). Direct impacts could also include visual impacts, especially to historic sites.
Indirect impacts resulting from transmission line construction would tend to be
related to increased access to previously isolated sites, possibly heightening the potential
for vandalism.
3. Impact Levels
Impact levels reflect the probability of cultural resources present to be considered
significant (eligible or potentially eligible for the NRHP) and therefore indicate the probable
level of initial impact of the project on the resources. The nature of these resources,
especially prehistoric, is such that their presence can only be determined by an intensive,
pedestrian survey. The following levels are displayed on Figure IV-12 for the project area:
photein
art
prives
High Impact Level - The majority of the resources in areas with this designation
would probably be eligible or potentially eligible for the NRHP. Initial project
impacts would be more likely to be adverse in these areas.
Moderate Impact Level - The majority of the resources in these designated
areas would probably be considered not eligible for the NRHP, though some
eligible resources could occur. Initial project impacts would be consideredend
moderate in these areas, since relatively few resources would be adversely
impacted.
Low Impact Level - Cultural resources are not expected to occur in these areas.
Any that do would almost certainly be considered not eligible. Initial project
impacts would be considered low; the possibility of adverse impacts to
resources would be very slight.
result of
of the proje
blow
icate
Such
cts, effects on
land
perception
IV-21
4. Residual Impacts
Effects of the proposed project on sites determined to be potentially eligible for nomination
to the NRHP are evaluated using the criteria of effect found at 36 CFR 800. Two types of
resource-specific mitigation recommendations would be considered for eligible sites that
would be adversely impacted by the project: avoidance (i.e., movement of the centerline
and/or spanning), or data recovery. It is anticipated that data recovery would be the
primary recommended method for any resource, especially prehistoric, that could not be
avoided adn would potentially be affected by direct impacts. Information that would be
recovered during data recovery could include length, period, and possibly seasonality of
occupation(s), as well as number and types of activities represented. If data recovery is
necessary, a resource specific Historic Properties Management Plan would be developed in
consultation with the State Historic Preservation Office.
ResWestern plans to avoid three of the seven recorded prehistoric cultural material
scatters. Of the four that will not be avoided, two have been recommended as not eligible
for the NRHP. The two historic material scatters will probably not be avoided and have
been recommended as not eligible. The two historic structures recorded outside of the
ROW will be visually impacted, but are also recommended as not eligible. Final NRHP
eligibility determinations have not yet been made for any resources.
b If avoidance is possible or resource-specific mitigation procedures are
implemented, residual impacts to cultural resources would be low to non-existent.
of sub et
ets be
yits A discussion of the survey work completed on the refined agency-preferred route to
date, and the methods used, is provided in Appendix F.
noitonujnoo ni bap aqola no bes
supinu s to betonurients
nominais
associated lagh residual impacts
no1. Issues
asvisas asp bna lo
E. Air Resources
sollingle
asy esp bas
braeons Impacts on air resources that could cause air quality to exceed Federal or state
poregulatory guidelines, or degrade air quality in the region on a long-term basis, would be
en significant considerations for the proposed transmission line.
2. Impact Types and Levels
gen
Primary types of impacts on air resources are increased total suspended particulate
(TSP) levels from construction activities and increased emission of nitrogen oxide,
no hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and sulfur dioxide from construction and maintenance
(s vehicles.
siege tem Dust impacts could result from grading structure sites and access trails, clearing of
Ish brush and tree debris, and vehicle movement during construction. It is conceivable that
strong winds could transport dust to developments that lie within one-quarter mile of the
transmission line right-of-way, creating a low impact on the environment surrounding these
developments. However, during strong winds, background dust levels due to natural
causes would already be relatively high.
IV-22
Emissions of nitrogen oxide, hydrocarbon, carbon dioxide, and sulfur dioxide from
construction and maintenance vehicles may cause localized impacts. However, because of
the rapid atmospheric dispersion process which occurs during the day in the region, these
impacts are expected to be very low outside the immediate construction area.
3. Residual Impacts
Air resource impacts anticipated during the construction and maintenance of the
proposed transmission line are highly transient in nature and of short duration. The impacts.
are therefore considered to be low in magnitude and should not significantly affect the
ambient air quality standards of the area. No mitigation is recommended, and no significant
residual impacts are anticipated.
F. Geology and Hydrology
as bo
1. Issues
Impacts on geology and hydrology are considered to be long-term, adverse, direct,
and indirect in nature. The primary concern addressed in corridor selection was to avoid or
minimize contact with areas that have a potential for erosion at an accelerated rate due to
construction, operation, and maintenance of the transmission line. Erosion could potentially
affect surface water quality by increasing stream sediment loads, but the potential for
significant increases is considered to be low. The classification of avoidance areas for
geological and hydrological resources was primarily based on slope gradient in conjunction
with rock type. There are no geologic or hydrologic features in the study area of a unique
or hazardous enough nature to constitute total avoidance by transmission line construction.
Consequently, no exclusion areas were designated.
The presence of the transmission line right-of-way would not reduce the production
of oil and gas reserves. While the potential for future discovery of new oil and gas reserves
is high, potential impacts on these resources due to construction, maintenance, and
operation of the transmission line is considered to be low. Although the potential for mining
strippable lignite exists, coal reserves in the area are not unique relative to the rest of the
region. The overall impact to mineral resources and mining activities would be low, if not
negligible.
92. Impact Types and Levels
The principle geologic and hydrologic environmental impacts and construction
constraints assessed for the proposed project were: 1) soil erosion on steep slopes, 2)
construction of structure foundations in unconsolidated deposits (alluvium and colluvium),
areas with high water tables, and areas subject to periodic flooding, and 3) small scale
subsidence from burning lignite beds resulting in collapse of overburden (lack of locational
information precluded mapping these features). Impact types and levels are summarized in
Table II-4.
olaveb
dgirt yavita
vitats ed beans bluow recuso
SIV-23
From a geological perspective, erosion potential was evaluated primarily on the
basis of slope gradient. All of the bedrock units in the study area have lithologies which are
very similar in terms of susceptibility to erosion. Erosion potential based on soil
characteristics is discussed below under soils. High impacts were assigned to all slopes
with gradients in excess of 20 percent. Moderate impact levels were assigned to 10 to 20
percent slopes.
onluvad
Locations where significant thicknesses of unconsolidated deposits (more difficult
structure foundation construction), and locations on significant floodplains (flooding
potential and high water tables) were assigned moderate impact levels. Moderate impacts
were also assigned to areas where road access would have to be upgraded or newly
constructed. All other areas were assigned a low level of impact.
3. Residual Impacts
Spanning or re-routing to avoid sensitive features and modifying structure
foundations to insure stability in areas of soft surface and subsurface conditions, high water
tables, or flooding potential would effectively reduce environmental impacts and overcome
construction constraints. These mitigation steps were considered in reducing initially high
impact levels to moderate or low residual impacts as shown on Figure IV-13 (foldout). Initial
moderate impact levels were reduced to low residual impacts.
In order to mitigate localized subsidence in areas where burned out lignite beds
occur, a site specific drilling operation should be conducted to identify any significant voids
detrimental to construction of structure foundations. Drilling operations would be
conducted during the preconstruction geotechnical survey.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route avoids or
minimizes significant impacts to geologic and hydrologic resources. This route has no
associated high residual impacts. Moderate residual impacts occur along link 27 for 0.40
mile where slope gradients are in excess of 20 percent. Implementation of mitigation
measures reduces all other impacts to low residual impact levels.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route also avoids significant
impacts to geologic and hydrologic resources. This route crosses a small scoria mining
operation and is located within 1.5 miles of several abandoned uranium mining operations.
Impact to significant floodplains or unconsolidated deposits would easily be mitigated by
spanning. This alternative has no associated high or moderate residual impacts.
yd bablovs
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This alternative does not vary significantly
from the agency-preferred route. This route avoids crossing any mining operations and
slightly reduces the number of steep slopes crossed.
are co
realign
ning
preferred rou
realigning the cen
the transmission
wered Route Initial nigh
ced to moderate
censitive areas Mo
steep slopes, valley hottons
IV-24
G. Paleontology
1. Issues
elbeng
190
Locations where significant fossil populations are likely to be vulnerable to
transmission line-related impacts include outcrops, steep slopes, and exposed soils.
Potential impacts may also occur in locations where good exposures of Golden Valley
deposits are present, as such exposures are not common and much is yet to be learned
about organisms that inhabited North Dakota during time of deposition (Hoganson, pers.
comm., 1987).
2. Impact Types and Levels
atsumi leubles C
Impacts to paleontological resources could affect known and unique fossil types,
and formations with high to moderate probability of fossil discovery and high to moderate
paleontological importance.
All impacts to significant resources resulting from structure construction and
access trail development would be direct and long-term. However, the probability of finding
significant vertebrate and invertebrate specimens is low throughout the study area.
3. Residual Impacts
Recommended mitigation for paleontological resources would be to conduct a site
specific survey during the preconstruction geotechnical review and to modify structure
placement in locations where significant fossil occurrences have been identified. Based
upon species type identified in previous investigations and the potential for mitigation, the
overall impact to paleontological resources is expected to be negligible.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route is
exclusively located within the Sentinel Butte Formation, effectively reducing the potential to
impact paleontological sites. This alternative does not cross any previously recorded sites
and has no associated high or moderate residual impacts.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. This alternative crosses within several hundred feet of
previously recorded macroplant fossil sites. Impacts to this resource would be avoided by
structure placement and/or spanning.
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly vary from the
agency-preferred route. No previously recorded sites are crossed.
Table 84
high
die floodin
small
and levels
IV-25
YTIVITIEVER OиA & ATVETOS ORASAH TMU SAM JOS SVIGAT
rigid
1. Issues
elgebom
elanebom
TABLE H. Soils IMPACT TYPES
wol
wol
vivillans@
pablos B
Benevo
Descrip Potential soil-related hazards associated with construction of a transmission line in
the study area were determined to be water and wind erosion, compaction, reclamation
sensitivity, and engineering constraints. Based on the soil characteristics discussed in
Chapter III and presented in Table III-2, a set of models were developed to characterize
each soil map unit in terms of its sensitivity to these hazards. A qualitative sensitivity
ranking developed for use in corridor comparison is presented in Table IV-2. The overall
sensitivity of each map unit to the construction of a transmission line was based on a
consideration of its cumulative hazard potential.
2. Impact Types and Levels
short
Generally, where routes cross steep slopes on buttes and escarpments, and
alluviated valley bottomlands, initial impacts become more significant. Initial impact levels
associated with these areas are depicted on Figure IV-14.
The primary types of impacts to soils are listed in Table IV-3. Map units 4, 6, 7, 8,
and 10 have the highest cumulative hazard potentials in the study area. Map unit 4
predominantly occurs on uplands and moderately sloping alluviated drainageways and was
assigned a high level of avoidance because of high compactibility, poor reclamation
potential, and significant engineering constraints. Map units 6 and 7 occur on terraces,
valley footslopes, and small stream channels; both have poor reclamation potential and
significant engineering constraints. Map units 8 and 10 occur on steep irregular slopes
resulting in high erosion potential, poor reclamation potential, and significant engineering
constraints.
Map units 1 and 5 are deep, moderately well-drained and occur on upland swales,
terraces, and in drainageways. These two map units are moderately susceptible to impacts.
Map unit 2 consists of deep, well drained upland soils and has an overall low susceptibility
to impacts.
Wol
woll
3. Residual Impacts
Wol
aboon
Wol
om-worl
Residual impacts for soil resources are moderate to low, with no areas exhibiting
high residual impacts (Figure IV-14). Where structures must be located on steep slopes
(map units 8 and 10), valley bottomlands (map units 6 and 7), or alluvial terraces (map unit
4), residual impacts are lowered to moderate based upon mitigative construction practices
(e.g., larger or deeper foundations). Some of the valley bottomlands and escarpments are
narrow enough to be spanned or avoided by slightly realigning the centerline. In those
instances, the residual impacts are considered to be low.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. Initial high impacts along the environmentally
preferred route would be reduced to moderate and low levels by spanning or slightly
realigning the centerline to avoid sensitive areas. Moderate residual impacts occur when
the transmission line crosses steep slopes, valley bottoms, or alluvial terraces. Moderate
doid
rigirt
AM
dpid
noid
TS-VIV-26
Map
Unit
1
2
vilem
TABLE IV-2. SOIL MAP UNIT HAZARD POTENTIALS AND SENSITIVITY RANKINGS
Water Erosion
Hazard
བ་
Wind Erosion Compaction
Reclamation
Hazard
Sensitivity
Hazard
Sensitivity
Hazard
Engineering
Constraint
Overall
Sensitivity
Hazard
Ranking
moderate
low-moderate moderate-high
low-moderate
low-moderate
low
moderate
low
low-moderate
low-moderate
low-moderate
low
moderate
moderate
moderate-high
moderate-high
moderate-high
moderate
low
moderate
(51-V! @upi) 2sqmi (subles
loe not absqmi Isubies
co would be
moderate
buol aqeeb 10
wotens alosqmi
low
low
Meubles
ed of p
ghots stagmi ripin lani stofbenster vistnamnojiva s
laubla eleoboM
yd alevel wol bas ates
moderate-high
tha
om of basuben ad bluow atuon bensteng
nse blows of enthetneo erf gningitse
escepto snil nolealment arit
5
9
7
8
10
high
low
low
low-high
moderate
alinu gaM
moderate-high
moderate
low
moderate-high
moderate-high
moderate
Of bas
siqu no wood ytimenimobaig
s to level mold a benpiess
Insollinple
moderate
low-moderate
high
NA
moderate-high
moderate-high
high
moderate-high
moderate
battist
low-high
high
blanos
high
high
6 IV-27
wol to pritelegos atuon set to sob TABLE IV-3. SOIL IMPACT TYPES
15 ffoldout Que
enlise allo
vere not
atnamqsoas eosmet eetud prilazov
Description oihoq gninisme en alim os. Beneficial/
Adverse
Direct or
Indirect
Duration
erit mont
Increased soil erosion
adverse
direct &
short
and sedimentation
indirect
nolsters
Increased wind erosion
adverse
direct
short
Compaction of soils resulting
vin increased runoff, erosion,
tecand decreased vegetation cover
ed
al Disturbance of soils that are
bo difficult to reclaim, resulting
in decreased vegetation cover,
increased runoff, and erosion
adverse
direct &
short-
ben sbubb
indirect
long
stage
e) adverse
direct &
indirect
short-
long
Disturbance of soils that have
engineering constraints to
construction such as shallow
groundwater, flooding hazard,
poor drainage, or unfavorable
Unified Soil Classification
al séjo
adverse
direct menta
dese
short
etstiden
alove Ibas asayLibromi S
uash bluco ter 15sqmi telinelog insoilingla tom T
aligt 229005 bna autonte to mongoo notistepes to levomat ad
sbulon aristog blues-text néhalégay
Violaying billow natiounen
not beteulave saw te th noltetegev erT atsidar bris eelosqe insiq supinu o inshoom
the project Thay
10 asloege over
Supins
And
Sebu
the
seft betbelang ylisbe
abnew auoixon of avitqepen 915
IV-28
es-viv
impacts occur for a distance of 18.5 miles, with the remainder of the route consisting of low
residual impact levels.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. Initial high impacts along the agency-preferred route
would also be reduced to moderate and low residual impact levels. Moderate residual
impacts occur as a result from crossing buttes, terrace escarpments, alluvial soils, saline
soils, and bottomlands for a distance of 14.20 miles. The remaining portion of the route
consists of low impacts.
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not vary significantly from the
agency-preferred route.
moderal
nolzone@os beaccion
noll@themibes ins
I. Vegetation
Joelb
9319vbs
1. Issues
noleate briw beeasan
Potential impacts to vegetation include reduction in plant growth and productivity
and temporary removal of vegetation. The vegetation communities that are the most
productive and sensitive to disturbance are the wetlands in marshy areas along streams and
on floodplains and riparian zones on floodplains. Other vegetation types considered to be
important are the bottom hardwood forests (Henegar, pers. comm., 1987) and shrublands.
These communities occur in low, protected areas, or in the upper drainages. The hardwood
forests and shrublands are fairly extensive in areas not disturbed by agriculture.
The floodplain and riparian habitats are narrow strips along streams that flow in an
easterly direction through the study area. Wetland vegetation is also confined to strips in
and along stream channels, but is much more limited in extent than floodplain and riparian
habitats.
2. Impact Types and Levels
eldenov
spanisib hoog
poltiollaasi 02 belliqu
The most significant potential impact that could result from the proposed project is
the removal of vegetation for construction of structures and access trails.
Construction would physically remove vegetation that could potentially include
important or unique plant species and habitats. The vegetation that was evaluated for
potential impacts related to this project include:
■Federally protected threatened or endangered species.
State mandated or listed protected, threatened, unique, or sensitive species or
habitats.
Undisturbed rare or unique vegetation types, species, communities, or areas.
Areas that present special problems for revegetation.
Areas that contain, or are receptive to, noxious weeds.
82-VI
high
IV-29 23
med-pnol Potential impacts to vegetation are summarized in Table II-4 and are depicted on
Figure IV-15 (foldout). Due to the lack of large, critically sensitive areas of vegetation, high
impact levels were not identified in the study area. Initial moderate impact levels occur in
areas where bottom hardwood forest and riparian wetland communities are prominent. No
unique, threatened, or endangered plant species have been identified in the study area.
Impacts
3. Residual Impacts
Moderate impacts have been reduced to low residual impact levels by spanning or
slightly realigning the centerline. Local minor adjustments in structure location and spacing
would also reduce impacts to the smaller sensitive areas. Impacts to vegetation during
construction, maintenance, and operation of the transmission line would be further
mitigated by erosion control measures and revegetation.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. A total of 1.1 miles of bottom hardwood draws
and shrublands occur along this route. Impact levels in these areas would be reduced to
low by slight realignment of the line or spanning. The remaining portion of the route has low
residual impacts, crossing mostly prairie grassland and cropland.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. Where the route crosses small streams and drainages
containing bottom hardwood forest and wetland communities (0.3 mile), impacts have been
(@reduced to low through avoidance or spanning. Low residual impacts occur along the
remainder of the route where cropland and grassland is crossed.
brus brisleesg
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly differ from the
agency-preferred route. The refined agency-preferred route slightly reduces the number of
evstream crossings, hardwood forests, and wetlands. All hardwood forests would be spanned
of and little or no tree removal or trimming would be necessary.
J. Wildlife
ybuts edi
ablovs
to legol
21. Issues
Impacts which could occur to wildlife resources as a result of transmission line
Vi construction can be classified as either short-term or long-term.
olm
a. Short-Term Impacts. Short-term impacts occur during the construction phase of
10 the project. They include disturbance of animals by noise and the presence of humans as
well as temporary loss of habitat owing to construction activities.
all monty The extent of these impacts would vary with season and habitat type. Impacts
would be highest during the winter when animals are under physiological stress and during
the breeding season when many species are most sensitive to human activity. Short-term
impacts would also be highest in those habitat types that have more species and higher
animal densities. Thus, impacts would be highest during the winter and spring in hardwood
and wetland habitats. They would be expected to be lowest in cropland during the late
summer. Other season/habitat combinations would fall between these two extremes.
IV-30
b. Long-Term Impacts. Long-term impacts are those that result from the long-term
presence of the transmission line, such as permanent loss or alteration of habitat owing to
construction of the line.
2. Impact Types and Levels
Potential impacts to wildlife resources were classified as high, moderate, or low.
These impact levels are summarized in Table II-4 and are depicted on Figure IV-16 (foldout).
Impact levels are defined as follows:
High Impacts - Impacts which occur in hardwood habitat or wetlands or in
potential endangered species habitat. Potential endangered species habitat in
the study area consists of prairie dog towns (black-footed ferret habitat).
Moderate Impacts - Impacts which occur in grassland habitat.
Low Impacts - Impacts which occur in cropland.
3. Residual Impacts
10coo abnsiduita bas
1000
nsinpilas tripila yd wol
ono atosqmi leubles
Implementation of mitigation measures such as spanning or avoidance (Table II-5)
would reduce all high initial impacts to moderate residual impacts. The removal of
grassland and cropland wildlife habitat for structure sites would not result in significant long-
term biological impacts.
lang vanags
No significant impacts would be expected to occur along any of the alternative
routes for any of the threatened or endangered species or species of concern most likely to
be present in the study area (i.e., bald eagle, peregrine falcon, whooping crane, black-
footed ferret, long-billed curlew, Baird's sparrow, and Sprague's pipit).
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. The environmentally preferred route avoids
most areas that have a potential for high impact, such as significant hardwood habitat or
wetlands. Any hardwood habitat crossed would be spannable. The route crosses a total of
1.1 miles of hardwood habitat and 0.3 mile of wetland habitat. This route does not cross
any known raptor nesting areas or prairie dog towns.
b. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route avoids most potentially
high impact areas. The route crosses a total of 0.7 mile of hardwood and wetland habitats,
all of which are spannable. This route crosses a total of 2.0 miles that are within 0.5 mile of
known raptor nests. Impacts to these habitats may be mitigated by avoidance and/or
spanning. No known prairie dog towns are crossed by this route.
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route does not significantly vary from the
Dagency-preferred route.
beo
pnibeand art
bluów etosami aur asilianeb isming
and atefider bostew bris
fatided noasse isto emmuz
weeds
IV-31
K. Floodplains and Wetlands
(2) Radio
broadcast
noltstedu ble
1. Issues
bagage
Impacts on floodplains and wetlands are related to physical disturbance from
construction, maintenance, and operation of the proposed transmission line and
construction of access roads. Removal of vegetation or changes in drainages that affect
the water regime would be direct impacts. Indirect impacts could be caused by erosion or
siltation as a result of improper installation. The consequences of these impacts would be a
reduction in plant growth and productivity, and use of the habitat by wildlife species.
2. Impact Types and Levels
beout
ИА
beaod Initial and residual impacts to floodplains and wetlands are incorporated into
impacts assigned to geology, soils, vegetation, and wildlife (Figures IV-13, IV-14, IV-15, and
IV-16). High impacts are not expected in the study area. Structure construction within a
wetlands habitat would have moderate impacts owing to vegetation removal. Moderate
impacts would also occur where the line crosses floodplains for short distances at right
angles to the drainage or is built on the periphery of large wetlands. Low impacts would be
expected where the line crosses intermittent streams or small marshes.
3. Residual Impacts
w
Initial moderate impact levels would be reduced by routing to avoid wetlands and
hardwood draws. Crossing major drainages at right angles would also reduce initial
moderate impact levels.
a. Environmentally Preferred Route. All significant floodplains and wetlands
to crossed by this route would be avoided or spanned.
bris (IV
b. Agency-Preferred Route. The agency-preferred route does not significantly
affect wetland resources. All floodplains and wetlands would be spanned and no structures
would be placed therein.
c. Refined Agency-Preferred Route. This route varies only slightly from the agency-
preferred route.
ni betalbet
troll:ABb pro
Jeol OS
L. Substation
Environmental impacts resulting from construction of the proposed Belfield
Substation would be low for air resources, earth resources, cultural resources, floodplains,
and wetlands. The proposed substation would avoid cropland. High and high-to-moderate
visual impacts would occur for 1 house with an open view and 2 houses with partially
screened views within 1 mile of the proposed substation.
elave
dms woled
IV-32
1. Audible Noise
The audible noise (AN) which will propagate from the proposed Belfield Substation
will come from the 345-kV transformer and from the corona of exposed conductors in the
substation. The level of noise produced by corona would depend on weather conditions,
but noise from the transformer would be relatively constant.
15 Jan Transformer noise levels at the fenceline (100 feet) would be about 54 decibels (A-
weighted) or dBA. This would approximate the sound of light traffic, or rain falling on
foliage. Corona noise levels at the substation fenceline would be about 20 dBA during fair
weather and about 40 dBA during rainy weather.
AN levels can be reduced, if necessary, by substation fence design modifications.
A noise level of 35 dBA is considered to be the maximum for bedroom sleeping situations.
A reduction in noise levels of 15 dBA is generally achieved inside a normal residence (Lee,
1978). This level can be met in residential situations within 200 feet of the transformer,
without mitigative action. There are no residences within 3/4 of a mile of the proposed
substation site.
Migh
ed bluce
M. Electrical Effects
blow tatidan bristow
bels bluow adosomi
apenietb erit of esions
The following discussion is a summary of electrical effects and the environmental
consequences associated with the proposed transmission line. A full report on electrical
effects is provided in Appendix D.
bluow
1. Line Characteristics
The electrical effects of the proposed 345-kV transmission line can be characterized
as "corona effects" and "field effects". Corona is the electrical breakdown of the air into
charged particles caused by the electrical field at the surface of the conductors. Effects of
corona are AN, visible light, radio and television interference (RI and TVI) and
photochemical oxidants. Field effects are induced currents and voltages in conducting
objects near the line, and related effects that occur as a result of electric and magnetic fields
at ground level.
a. Corona Effects. Corona can occur on the conductors, insulators and hardware
of an energized high-voltage transmission line.
(1) Audible Noise. Transmission-line AN is measured and predicted in
decibels (A-weighted) or dBA. Some typical noise-levels are: library, 40 dBA; light
automobile traffic at 100 feet, 50 dBA; an operating air conditioning unit at 20 feet,
60 dBA; and freeway traffic or freight train at 50 feet, 70 dBA. This last level
represents the point at which a contribution to hearing impairment begins. The
average noise-level during wet weather at the edge of the right-of-way for the
stage proposed line is anticipated to be 46.3 dBA. The average fair-weather noise at the
edge of the right-of-way is predicted to be 21.3 dBA, which would probably be
below ambient levels.
IV-33
ort not caricheelt (2) Radio, Television, and Communication Band Interference. Corona-
to-trigh generated radio interference (RI) is most likely to affect the AM broadcast band; FM
sto seu radio reception is rarely affected. Only AM radio receivers near transmission lines
mambem are affected by RI. An acceptable level of maximum fair-weather RI at the edge of a
10 elb
10 8011
OST
right-of-way is 40 to 45 dBuV/m (decibels above 1 microvolt per meter). The
predicted fair-weather level for the proposed transmission line is 40.3 dBuV/m,
while the predicted average level for foul weather is 57.3 dBuV/m.
The level of corona-generated television interference (TVI) expected from
the Charlie Creek-Belfield Transmission Line is 20.9 dBuV/m at the edge of the
right-of-way. This is a lower level than occurs on many previously built 500-kV lines
pri nart where TVI has not been a serious problem.
Corona-generated interference can disrupt communication bands such as
woll fortiethe citizen's (CB) and mobile bands. However, mobile-radio communications are
buong annot susceptible to transmission line interference because they are generally on the
thelb ni same frequency-modulated (FM).
beabbm ert!
long
There are various mitigative techniques for eliminating adverse impacts to
radio, television, and communication band reception. In the unlikely event
enil besog interference occurs with these types of communications, typical mitigation that can
es bentebbe achieved includes cleaning insulators, tightening line hardware, and inspecting
Sauso aud conductor surface for irregularities. Individual complaints about interference,
of batsqic should they occur, will be resolved by Western.
ansm
(3) Visible Light. Corona is visible as a bluish glow or as bluish plumes.
On the proposed line, corona levels will be so low that corona on the conductors
as rouse will be observable only under the darkest conditions and probably only with the aid
ipid vine of binoculars. Without a period of adaptation for the eyes and without intentionally
alrite looking for the corona, it will probably not be noticeable.
erit to ebutinger
bra aner ad 1968 (4) Photochemical Oxidants. When corona is present, the air surrounding
the conductors is ionized and many chemical reactions take place producing small
amounts of ozone and other oxidants. Approximately 90 percent of the oxidant is
ozone, and the remainder is mainly nitrogen oxides.
al
The National Primary Ambient Air-Quality Standard for photochemical
oxidants, of which ozone is the principal component, is 235 ug/m
elenit nole (microgram/cubic meter) or 120 ppb (part per billion). The maximum incremental
el #bozone-levels at ground level calculated for the proposed line would be less than
vd
approximately 0.3 ppb for a 1.0 mph perpendicular wind and a 0.05 inch/hr. rain.
Measurements near transmission lines have shown that the amount of oxidants
produced by operating transmission lines is barely measurable and of no
environmental consequence.
b. Field Effects. The electric field created by a high voltage transmission line
extends from the energized conductors to other conducting objects, such as the ground,
structures, vegetation, buildings, vehicles, and persons. The electric field or voltage
of gradient is expressed in units of volts/meter (V/m) or kilovolts/meter (kV/m).
orit bns noilo
abnuoig
00 to a
IV-34
The maximum calculated electric field at the minimum 30-foot clearance for the
proposed line at 345-kV would be 6.4 kV/m. At 80 feet from the centerline (edge-of-right-of-
way) the field would be 1.604 kV/m. These numbers are based on the proposed use of a
horizontal configuration for the line. Typical 500-kV transmission lines have maximum
electric field of 8 to 9 KV/m and edge-of-right-of-way values of 2.5 to 3.5 kV/m.
(1) Induced Currents. When a conducting object, such as a vehicle or
person, is placed in an electric field, currents and voltages are induced in the
met bak object. These induced currents and voltages represent a potential source of
toe nuisance shocks near a high voltage transmission line. With the conductor at 120
Fuel°F, 34-foot clearance, the short-circuit current resulting from induced voltage of the
proposed transmission line to the largest anticipated vehicle would be less than the
National Electric Safety Code (NESC) criterion of 5 mA.
erb
(2) Steady-State Current Shocks. Steady-state currents are those that flow
continuously after a person contacts an object and provides a path to the ground
for the induced current. Primary shocks are those that can result in direct
physiological harm. Primary shocks would not be possible from the induced
of efonqy currents under the proposed line.
neys
nclaivalat clbst
Potential steady-state-current shocks from vehicles under the proposed line
priteqarare all at or below the secondary shock levels. Secondary shocks are defined as
those that could cause an involuntary and potentially harmful movement, but cause
no direct physiological harm. Steady-state-current shocks are not anticipated to
occur very often, and when they do, would represent a nuisance rather than a
hazard.
(8)
on to be
(3) Spark Discharge Shocks. Induced voltages appear on objects, such as
vehicles, when there is an inadequate ground. If the voltage is sufficiently high,
then a spark-discharge shock will occur as contact is made with the object. This
type of shock could occur under the proposed line. However, the magnitude of the
electric field would be low enough so that this type of shock would be rare and
would occur only in a small area under the line near midspan.
Carrying or handling conducting objects under the proposed line could
also result in spark discharges that are a nuisance. The primary hazard, however, is
direct contact of the object with the conductors.
sblo
(4) Field Perception. When the electric field under a transmission line is
sufficiently great, it can be perceived by hair erection on an upraised hand. It is
very unlikely that the electric field under the proposed line would be perceivable by
a person standing on the ground.
(5) Grounding and Shielding. Induced currents are always present
around transmission lines. However, the grounding policies of Western would
eliminate the possibility of nuisance shocks due to these currents from stationary
buong a objects such as fences and buildings.
sall
Mobile objects cannot be grounded permanently, but coupled currents to
persons in contact with mobile objects can be limited through adherence to the
NESC and the use of conductor grounds. Electric-field reduction and the
IV-35
accompanying reduction in induced effects, such as shocks, is also accomplished
by conductive shielding. Persons inside a conducting vehicle cab or canopy will be
shielded from the electric field. Similarly, a row of trees or a lower-voltage
distribution line will reduce the field on the ground in their vicinity. Metal pipes,
wiring, and other conductors in a residence or building will shield the interior from
the electric field.
no anoigeo
(6) Magnetic Field. The maximum calculated 60 Hz magnetic field at 3.3
feet above ground for the proposed line is 0.43 gauss. This field would occur under
conditions of maximum current (1990 A) and a conductor height of 30 feet. For
baeocord these conditions, the maximum calculated magnetic field at the edge of the right-of-
way is 0.11 gauss. The maximum level is comparable with the maximum magnetic
fields of other transmission lines with levels of magnetic field measured near some
common household appliances (Lee, et al., 1985; Gauger, 1985). The actual level
of magnetic field will vary as the current on the line varies.
There are two possible impacts associated with the magnetic fields from an
equbnt or ac transmission line: 1) magnetically induced voltages and currents in long
(seere conducting objects, and 2) possible biological effects due to long-term exposure.
The latter possibility is discussed in the section on long term exposure to
transmission line fields.
erit hab
need
ection
a. Magnetically Induced Currents and Voltages. Alternating
abath magnetic fields induce voltages at the open ends of conducting loops. The
vigubo conducting loop can be formed by a fence, an irrigation pipe, an electrical
brise
distribution line, or a telephone line. The earth to which one end of the conductor is
pritoubro grounded forms the other portion of the loop. The possibility for a shock exists if a
artt steni person closes the loop at the end by contacting both the ground and the
conductor.
Cor
Par
Grounding practices and the availability of mitigation measures
mean that magnetic induction effects from the Charlie Creek to Belfield line can be
minimized. It is therefore unlikely that magnetically induced voltages and currents
would have and adverse impact.
2. Biological Effects
To
dlaacq
a. Effects on Humans. The electric and magnetic fields from the proposed
V transmission line are below levels where detrimental effects have been reported for humans,
animals, or cellular and tissue systems. Over most of the right-of-way the electric field will
be below the perception level for humans. Anticipated use of the right-of-way is transitory.
The nearest residences are over 500 feet from the line. At these locations, both electric and
magnetic fields from the proposed line will be equivalent to or less than typical residential
levels. Operational experience over several decades with 230-kV and higher voltage
transmission lines has indicated no adverse biological or health effects related to electric or
magnetic field exposure. Therefore, the electric and magnetic fields of the Charlie Creek to
Belfield transmission line are not anticipated to cause adverse health or biological effects. A
en complete discussion of the most current research on human biological or health effects of
transmission lines is presented in Appendix D.
ngaups
IV-36
6 mo
gnol
prilisinetta
SAT
Ischisels
10
3.
b. Effects on Agriculture.
(1) Honeybees. The electric fields from the proposed line could have
effects on honeybees and on hive performance. Under certain conditions,
honeybees are adversely affected by electric fields (Wallenstein, 1973; Rogers, et
al., 1982; Greenberg, et al., 1981; Greenberg and Bindokas, 1980; Greenberg et al.,
1984). These effects can be mitigated by avoiding high field regions on
transmission line rights-of-way, and placing grounded metal cages or screens over
the hives.
Beekeepers with hives located on the final right-of-way of the proposed
transmission line will be advised by Western of the possible adverse effects to bees
and compensated fairly to assist in relocation of hives. The maximum fields beyond
the right-of-way for the proposed line will not exceed the threshold levels where
effect on bees have been observed. Therefore, there will be no impact beyond the
right-of-way.
(2) Crops. High electric-fields (15 kV/m) have been observed to induce
corona on the uppermost parts of plants (McKee, et al., 1978; Rogers, et al., 1982)
resulting in minor damage to the leaf tips. The maximum electric field under the
proposed line would be well below the level where induced corona has been
observed on crop plants.
(3) Livestock. There are no indications that exposures to the fields
beneath operating transmission lines affect livestock behavior or productivity.
However, both ac and dc currents cause definite behavioral responses in dairy and
beef cattle. For this reason metal water and feed troughs, like all conducting
objects under the proposed transmission line, should be grounded to eliminate the
possibility of nuisance shocks.
Cardiac Pacemakers
Currents and voltages that are introduced internally to the body represent a
possible source of interference to cardiac pacemakers. Internal currents can be caused by
electric fields, by magnetic fields or by direct contact.
The conclusion drawn from research and reviews of the literature is that the overall
risk to pacemaker wearers from transmission lines is minimal. This is especially true of 345-
kV lines because of the relatively low electric fields when compared to 500-kV and 765-kV
lines. The threshold for interference to the most sensitive pacemakers is estimated to be 3.4
KV/m. Thus the maximum fields of the proposed line would almost never be at a level to
cause interference with pacemakers. To date, no evidence has been found that a
transmission line has caused a serious problem to the wearer of a pacemaker.
4. Hazards
29
jaogxe
The greatest hazard from a transmission line is direct electrical contact with the
conductors. Therefore, extreme caution must be exercised when operating vehicles and
equipment for any purpose in the vicinity of a transmission line.
IV-37
In a high electric field, it is theoretically possible for a spark discharge from the
induced voltage on a large vehicle to ignite gasoline vapor during refueling. However, the
probability for exactly the right conditions to occur is extremely remote. For the proposed
line, the maximum electric field is low enough that it is very doubtful the right conditions
could ever be achieved (BPA, 1979; Basin, undated).
noll
blofile bezog
Because of the hazards associated with fires, Western prohibits storage of
flammables, construction of flammable structures, and other activities that have the
potential to cause or provide fuel for fires on rights-of-way.
Choda o
Transmission line structures, wires and other tall objects are likely points to be hit
by lightning during a thunderstorm. Therefore, the area near structures and other tall
objects should be avoided during thunderstorms. The proposed line is designed with
overhead ground-wires and well-grounded structures to protect the system from lightning
by routing a strike to the earth.
srt to ear
binoo vallitus as yew-to-trigh
want to
air?
ST.
N. Cumulative Impacts
Jow esarka
ollert nirtilW
lestreng to behag
The cumulative impacts associated with the project would result from the
incremental impact of the proposed action when added to other past, present, and future
actions occurring in the region. The project area is predominantly in cultivated cropland
that has been modified by utility, oil and gas, and highway rights-of-way that have removed
land from production and resulted in visual impacts. The present impact of these features
on individual landowners is significant in some cases.
bron individual la
bluow
Tre1. Corridor Consolidation
of (en
uow not
oo pnhub badhutelb
Brit pahub
(A-Veld U.S. Highway 85 (US-85) is the only linear right-of-way between the existing Charlie
Creek Substation site and the planned alternative site for the new Belfield Substation.
Paralleling US-85 would result in significant impacts to adjacent residential and commercial
land uses. No other linear rights-of-way exist between Charlie Creek and Belfield that would
provide a suitable location for a transmission line.
loa riliw be!
Located 2.5 miles east of the western boundary of the Theodore Roosevelt
National Park (TRNP), the proposed line will be seen from vistas in combination with
existing communication towers that are within 1 mile and a ground wave emergency
network (GWEN) tower that is within 2 miles. In addition, the existing Dawson County-
Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line is located approximately 5 miles south of the TRNP,
and is visible from the Scenic Loop Drive and the Painted Canyon Overlook area. As a
o result the introduction of the transmission line will cause cumulative visual impacts to vistas
from the South Unit of TRNP.
NE FOR
elsiegeven of
bluow
brisigoto bervilius or nottqunalb mont fluan blow esa bol no abbaqui tod
beepgung art ferk beaamuasal tabloit nl eoutound noiselmans to consseng art of priwo
vetembongga! no big mom next bral istuttuale to nuoms eri asiminim blow s100
(estuounts solttel-lests not setas 83 bos ems-Holemos e
IV-38
2. Belfield Substation
blot shosle rigid a ni
The proposed Belfield Substation would be located approximately 4 miles
southwest of the town of Belfield. The location is in an open area adjacent to the existing
Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV Transmission Line. Impacts associated with the
proposed Belfield Substation would be cumulative with pre-existing visual and land use
impacts from the Dawson County-Dickinson line.
O. Short-Term Uses Versus Long-Term Effects
For purposes of this section, short-term has been defined as the construction
period plus 2 to 3 years for reclamation. Long-term is defined as post-reclamation to 50
years (the estimated minimum project life) and thereafter. Long-term effects will depend on
the continued existence of the proposed project's facilities, or the continued use of the
right-of-way as a utility corridor.
Within the life of the proposed project, the construction phase would represent the
period of greatest environmental impact involving approximately 38.2 miles of new
transmission line right-of-way for the refined agency-preferred route. Construction of this
route would result in disturbance to approximately 28 acres for construction access, 72
acres for transmission structure and line installation, and 5 acres for installation of a new
substation south of Belfield. Calculations used to determine quantities of disturbed areas
are provided in Table IV-4.
Following the construction phase of the proposed action, the majority of the land
disturbed during construction would revert to its preconstruction use. Overland trails would
be used for access as necessary for on-the-ground maintenance, but would revert to their
preconstruction surface use during the life of the proposed project. From 3.8 (H-frame) to
6.5 (steel-lattice) acres would be occupied by the transmission structures (Table IV-4).
Approximately 5 to 10 acres would be occupied by the proposed new Belfield substation.
Potential effects on physical resources will be predominantly short-term and
primarily related to construction activities. Earth resources impacts would be short-term,
and associated with soil disturbance and potential erosion resulting from construction and
abandonment activities. Impacts on air quality would be short-term and localized. These
impacts would be caused by fugitive dust and gaseous emissions from ground equipment
during construction and abandonment activities. There are no anticipated significant short-
term or long-term impacts on the water resources along the preferred corridor.
Potential effects on biological resources would be short- and long-term. It is
anticipated there would be a small loss and displacement of plant or wildlife species, but no
species is expected to become significantly affected as a direct result of project-related
activities. Wildlife habitat recovery would vary according to vegetative types; badland areas
would be the slowest to revegetate.
Direct impacts on land uses would result from disruption to cultivated cropland
owing to the presence of transmission structures in fields. It is estimated that the proposed
route would minimize the amount of agricultural land taken from production (approximately
1.5 acres for H-frame and 2.6 acres for steel-lattice structures).
IV-39
Const
TABLE IV-4. SHORT-TERM USES VERSUS LONG-TERM PRODUCTIVITY CALCULATIONS FOR
AREAS DISTURBED OR TAKEN OUT OF PRODUCTION
Highways, an
preferred route. GEVOMER Y TM
Long-term impacts
Fnpacts would result if hor
during construction, operatio
A. ACRES DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION
further be affected by site-
by site-spect
zelim 88 x enll to alim\etos 01.0 autonte erne
mavat
1. Access
Irreversiben
Assume 23 miles of access trail with 10-foot-wide maximum disturbance width:
Im 88 x and to alim 9108
23 miles x 5,280 ft/mile x 10 = 1,214,400 ft²
1,214,400 ft²
43,560 ft²/acre = 28 acres of access trail disturbance
2. Transmission Structures
project
Structure-sites during construction:
Structure-site construction area = 100 feet x 165 feet
bristono to saliM
100 ft x 165 ft
43,560 ft²/acre = 0.38 acre/structure
Resec
38 miles x 5 structures/mile of line = 190 structure sites
190 x 0.38 = 72 acres of structure construction disturbance
3. Substation Site
etil oslona to! Deveren bruisigono
5 acres
encave &
eos of or a
18er nollsteinemA two sas metu (
Park
the line
perty screated Views
IV-40
TA VI
12-42
TABLE IV-4. (Continued)
КОПООСОЛЯВО ТЦС ИЗНАТ ЯС 088
B. ACRES PERMANENTLY REMOVED
1. Transmission Structures
a. Steel H-frame. Base area of steel H-frame structures = 0.10 acre/mile of line x 38 miles
3.8 acres occupied by structures
b. Steel Lattice. Base area of steel lattice structures = 0.17 acre/mile of line x 38 miles
m
= 6.5 acres occupied by structures
2. Cropland Removed From Production
a. Steel H-frame.
netcalmanat
Acres of crop land lost from production = 0.10 acre/mile of line
Miles of cropland crossed by refined agency-preferred route = 15.0 miles
0.10 x 15.0 = 1.5 acres of cropland removed for project life
b. Steel Lattice.
Acres of cropland lost from production = 0.17 acre/mile of line
Miles of cropland crossed by refined agency-preferred route = 15.0 miles
0.17 x 15.0 = 2.6 acres of cropland removed for project life
3. Substation Site
5 to 10 acres
Sources:
1) Western Area Power Administration, 1987
2) University of Minnesota, 1978
Proin disruption to cultivated cropland
It is estimated-ilst the proposed
froin production (sporoodmately
IV-41
3. Cultural Resou
Visual impacts would be primarily associated with disruption to views from
highways and residential areas. These visual impacts would last for the life of the project.
Construction of the refined agency-preferred route would result in greater visual impacts to
residences, highways, and Theodore Roosevelt National Park land than the environmentally
preferred route.
procedur
ToasЯ
yopele
Long-term impacts could potentially occur to cultural resources. Long-term
no impacts would result if non-renewable archaeological resources are destroyed or removed golba
during construction, operation, maintenance, or abandonment activities. Historic resources
could further be affected by site-specific visual impacts for the life of the project.
9269
svifioul mont
P. Irreversible and Irretrievable Commitment of Resources
allce
villeUO HA
Resources committed to the proposed project would be both material and non-polonby
material, including financial. Irreversible commitment of resources has, for the purposes of
nothis section, been interpreted to mean that those resources committed to the proposed bnstew
noit project would continue to be committed throughout the estimated minimum 50-year life of
the project. Irretrievable commitment of resources has been interpreted to mean that
resources used, consumed, destroyed, or degraded during construction, operation,
maintenance, and abandonment of the proposed project could not be retrieved or replaced polol
for the life of the project or beyond. Irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources
for the proposed project are summarized in Table IV-5. brs notiounterco
Q. Significant Unavoidable Adverse Impacts
nolisecen
bre
nottavissa
pho
Based on the corridor selection process and adjustments resulting from public uph
comment, no significant unavoidable adverse impacts would remain for earth resources,
biological resources, and floodplains and wetlands. Remaining significant (or potentially
significant) unavoidable adverse impacts were identified for land use, visual, and cultural
resources.
isten to noteberged
1. Land Use
The construction and operation of the proposed line would remove from 1.5 acres
(H-frame structures) to 2.6 acres (steel-lattice structures) of cropland from production for teriors
the life of the project.
aelis to
bns
2. Visual Resources
619
Visual impacts would occur along the proposed transmission line corridor where 32
residences are located within 1 mile of the refined agency-preferred route. The route would
also be in view of the Theodore Roosevelt National Park from key observation points
located between 3 and 8.5 miles from the line. Visual impacts would occur for 1 house with
an open view and 2 houses with partially screened views within 1 mile of the proposed
substation.
oholall
IV-42
halb live be
Isu
TABLE IV-5. IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE RESOURCES Byswipin
tenoo
eblaen
Resource
Category
Type of Commitment
Reason for Commitment
Irreversible
atuor benslang
Irretrievable
Geology and
Soils
Soil loss and erosion,
construction activities
Vilehneroa blog
bloesrious ald No
ami mal-pop
fluest blueConstruction
nolloutta Phase hub
letely off:
Air Quality
Hydrology
Wetlands
Degradation of air quality
from fugitive dust and
300 gaseous emissions, con-
struction activities.
none
Disturbance and loss of
marshland riparian habitats,
construction activities.
asait gribulani lehalem
Yes
am need Construction
eunitnoo blu and Operation
Phaseserit
mabb bemuanoo beau 880100881
No
ed
Construction
Phase
Ws bidlenevem!
nobrads bas e Project Life
braved to mejor ent to sillarit of
color besogong arti not
Biological
Disturbance and loss to
Yes
vegetation and wildlife,
construction and operation.
Recreation
and
None
debloven Uns
Preservation
Agricultural
Visual
Retirement of farmland
from production; alter-sqm
ation of farming operations,
and prime and important
farmland.
Degradation of natural
scenic-quality; viewshed
intrusion.
alosqm
Yes
ort no baa Project Life
Insollingla on animos
solgoloid
(inssiingla
Yes
Project Life
evoret bluc enff beangong ar to noitsiego bras noltouando erT
Prehistoric
Potential disturbance
and/or removal of sites.
Historic
S& oneriw
bluow sluo
Potential disturbance
and/or removal of sites.
eintog notas Interference with visual
riw eapon setting.
besogong erit to
e-coinat-leate Yess as of (a)
Yesos as of (acquount Construction,
17 Yes
pejo en Operation,
Maintenance and
Abandonment.
28011020 Isualy
Project Life
erit grols uboo blow absqm levalv
its sd to elim niriw betspoles asoneblee
ad
slevesoof Yesposit art to waiv Project Life
and art monteslim 2.8 bns e noswiad betBool
niriti awoly bensaios vishaq dilw esauort S bas welv nego na
noltstadue
IV-43
3. Cultural Resources
Although there is potential for impacts to significant archaeological and historic resources,
unavoidable adverse impacts cannot be identified until the results of the intensive cultural
resources survey are assessed and consultation for eligibility and effect
between Western and the SHPO is completed. Western will confer with the SHPO to
determine procedures for mitigation of adverse impacts to significant cultural resources.
List of Preparers and Con
IV-44
Project Lis
and
Construction
Operation
Mainte
Abandonment,
Project Life
Project Life
V.
List of Preparers and Contributors

NALMOITASIOITRAS
NAME polstoels9
J. W. Bisterfeldt,
Western
M. G. Skougard,
Western
V. LIST OF PREPARERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
PREPARERS
#M
QUALIFICATIONS
tel
uity
B.S.- Electrical Engineering
Colorado State University
M.S. - Botany
MAM
PARTICIPATION
Engineering Details
0.7
ture
Contracting Officers
Technical Representative
M. J.Wieringa
Brigham Young University
B.S.- Forestry
Environmental Review
Western BusiV
Michigan State University
etoslidot
M.A. - Geography
Michigan State University
sillbliw
R. H. Jones,
Western
B.S.-Civil Engineering
9100M & zema
Construction Activities
South Dakota School of Mines
0082A & noeboo
yliaisolat
ygolood
0.49
NAME
eal bris
moncosolbo
Vioval sildus
R. C. Moore, Yeolose
Goodson & Assoc.
vpolonoels9
brs 98 brs!
T. Tetherow, Aqualy
Dames & Moore
asonuose IsohotelH
S. A. Bamberg,
Goodson & Assoc.
Vilbimeise
TugasЯ hotelrans
asomote hemA visi
primo CONTRIBUTORS
QUALIFICATIONS
B.S.-Geology
Colorado College
8.8
M.S.-Environmental Geology
Colorado State University
estedion B.S. - General Studies
University of Washington
M.L.A. - Landscape Architecture
University of Pennsylvania
B.A. - Biology
University of Tennessee
M.A. - Ecology
University of Colorado
Ph.D. - Biology
University of California
nsub..0
PARTICIPATION
Project Manager@
Project Coordinator
nambah...9
osa & nosboo
Vegetation
Floodplain/Wetlands
VOID G
A & noshool
max G
anaaA & noaboon
V-1
S-V
NAME
L.M. BithelloTTRAR
Goodson & Assoc.
T.D. Bracken
T. Dan Bracken, Inc.
CONTRIBUTORS (CONTINUED)
2 QUALIFICATIONS
B.A. - Geology
University of Pennsylvania
M.S.-Geochemistry
University of Colorado
B.S. - Physics
Dartmouth College
M.S. - Physics
Stanford University
M
PARTICIPATION
Minerals and Mining
Paleontology SMAL
Electrical Effects
inclaeW
Ph.D. - Physics
Stanford University
BannerWL M
M. Buchenau,
Dames & Moore
B.L.A. - Landscape Architecture
Colorado State University
Visual Resources
P. R. Davis,
Wildlife
Goodson & Assoc.
mereW
D. Duerr,
Dames & Moore
S. R. Elliott
Goodson & Assoc.
L. Fraser
Dames & Moore
P. D. Friedman
Goodson & Assoc.
abroile
D. Groy
stopsy
qbool
Goodson & Assoc.
D. G. Killam
Goodson & Assoc.
Ypolosp
B.S. - Biology
Michigan Tech University
M.S.-Wildlife Biology
Michigan Tech University
Ph.D.- Wildlife Ecology
University of Wyoming
B.A. - Urban Affairs
Connecticut College
B.S.-Geology
Colorado State University
Vileeving
B.L.A. - Landscape Architecture
Colorado State University
B.A. - Anthropology
University of California
M.A. - History
University of California
B.S.-Geology
Western State College
Coe College
Land Use
Socioeconomics
Public Involvement
Geology
Hydrology
Atmospheric Resources
Paleontology
Land Use and
Visual Resources
Historical Resources
predmes A 2
& nasbood
Seismicity
Prehistoric Resources
Native Amer Resources
V-2
NAME
CONTRIBUTORS (CONTINUED)
QUALIFICATIONS
PARTICIPATION
M. A. Martorano
Goodson & Assoc.
R. Palmer
Dames & Moore
M. Schaffer
Dames & Moore
J. Walsh
B.A. - Anthropology
Adams State College
M.S. - Anthropology
Colorado State University
B.L.A. - Landscape Architecture
Colorado State University
M.L.A. - Landscape Architecture
Harvard University
B.S. - Geography
Arizona State University
M.S. - Recreation (in progress)
Arizona State University
B.A. - Geology
Goodson & Assoc.
University of Colorado
M.S. - Geology
University of Colorado
Cultural Res Coordinator
Prehistoric Resources
Native Amer Resources
Land Use and
Visual Resources
Land Use
Soils
Agencies, Organizations, and Persons
Receiving the DEIS
V-3
D. Grey
Goodson & Assoc
Dodson & Asson
80002
A &ncebook
Prehistoria Rescates
Amar Res
8.V
VI.
Agencies, Organizations, and Persons
Receiving the DEIS

VI. AGENCIES, ORGANIZATIONS, AND PERSONS
Regiona
ncanbola bns Daniser po
RECEIVING A COPY OF THE
notasilidste istutiuol
DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT
Governor George ner Bismarck, Nor Dakota
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, Washington, D.C.emnonotonia
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.
Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C.
Dakota
eeneled to inemheged
2.U seeniou nolivia
Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, D.C.
Department of Education, Washington, D.C.
agio ymA.2.0
Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, D.C.
Department of Interior, Washington, D.C.
Bureau of Indian Affairs
pens to themneqe
pena lenobo
lamemnonins
Marth Dakots
set to ammaga
Bureau of Land Management
Bureau of Reclamation
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
U.S. Geological Survey
National Park Service
Counci
Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C.
galbo
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Washington, D.C.
Honorable Quentin Burdick, Bismarck, North Dakota
JetT
61812
meni ein
W bris ram 8.U
nos lenolgeR
3
Honorable Kent Conrad, Bismarck, North Dakota
Honorable Byron Dorgan, Bismarck, North Dakota
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, Western Division of Project Review, Golden,
Colorado.
Department of Agriculture
prinnel
en to nemnsqp0
North Coordinator, Forest Service, Bismarck, North Dakota
Forest Service, Dickinson and Watford City, North Dakota
State Conservationist, Soil Conservation Service, Bismarck, North Dakota
riholo
inimba noit
S-VI-1
State Soil Scientist, Soil Conservation Service, Bismarck, North Dakota
Soil Conservation Service, Dickinson and Watford City, North Dakota
Soil Conservation Service, Bismarck, North Dakota
Agricultural Stabilization & Conservation Service, Bismarck, Belfield, and Dickinson,
ORIVMB FARO
North Dakota
Department of Commerce
Director, Environmental Data Services, NOAA, Boulder, Colorado nuovo
Department of Defense
Long to
090
notenireaW hemmed
Division Engineer, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Omaha, Nebraska
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Bismarck, North Dakota ons
Department of Energy
feminage0
euch to themhsqa
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, San Francisco, California
Environmental Manager, Bonneville Power Administration, Portland, Oregonesa
Department of Health and Human Services
ist sont to usua
to use a
holterabe♬ to usnu8
Regional Director, U.S. Public Health Service, Denver, Colorado U
You
80 2.0
9 fenolich
Department of Interior
Area Director, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Billings, Montanaogen
Trust Services Officer, Bureau of Indian Affairs, Aberdeen, South Dakota
State Director, Bureau of Land Management, Billings, Montana
Bureau of Land Management, Dickinson, North Dakota
to themhsqs0
32U
20
Chief, Intermountain Field Operation Center, Bureau of Mines, Denver, Colorado
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bismarck, North Dakota
Regional Environmental Office, Department of the Interior, Denver, Colorado.oH
U.S.Geological Survey, Bismarck and Dickinson, North Dakota
Chief, Water Resources Division, Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado dono
National Park Service, Rocky Mountain Regional Office, Denver, Colorado
Superintendent, Theodore Roosevelt National Park, Medora, North Dakota
Regional Director, Bureau of Reclamation, Billings, Montana
nebi Bureau of Reclamation, Bismarck, North Dakota
hotelH
Field Representative, Missouri Basin Region, Denver, Colorado
Missouri Basin Planning Officer, Denver, Colorado
Department of Transportation
suflushpa to themheged
tootsienoo dho
Federal Highway Administration, Bismarck, North Dakota
Regional Director, Federal Aviation Administration, Aurora, Colorado
Local Coordinator, Federal Aviation Administration, Dickinson, North Dakota
VI-2
Environmental Protection Agency
Mnnud egalla aendlealm nu
Regional Administrator, Denver, Colorado
Director, North Dakota Office, Bismarck, North Dakota so prinnel vinuo
beM bris bloille B to set toysM
Governor George Sinner, Bismarck, North Dakota
brane esibute teolooloo3 1ot edulitan s
Director, North Dakota Aeronautics Commission, Bismarck, North Dakota
Attorney General, Bismarck, North Dakota
ela noitsioba aliblW stole rinov
Veloo@nodubeA lenoltel
Board of Vocational Education, Bismarck, North Dakota
Director, Economic Development Commission, Bismarck, North Dakota
Director, Energy Development Impact Office, Bismarck, North Dakota
Commissioner, Department of Agriculture, Bismarck, North Dakota
State Health Officer, State Health Department, Bismarck, North Dakota
Executive Director, Job Services of North Dakota, Bismarck, North Dakota
snsinoM
rosanie19 tesW
elsnaXoM
Commissioner, Game & Fish Department, Bismarck, North Dakota
Executive Secretary, Industrial Commission, Bismarck, North Dakota
ebcamst
Executive Director, Governer's Council on Human Resources, Bismarck, North Dakota
Highway Commissioner, North Dakota Highway Department, Bismarck, North Dakota
Superintendent, Historical Society, Bismarck, North Dakota
Executive Director, Indian Affairs Commission, Bismarck, North Dakota
Commissioner, Land Department, Bismarck, North Dakota
Director, Park and Recreation Department, Bismarck, North Dakota
Director, Office of Intergovernmental Assistance, Bismarck, North Dakota
Executive Secretary, Soil Conservation Committee, Bismarck, North Dakota
Secretary, Water Commission, Bismarck, North Dakota
State Geologist, North Dakota Geological Survey, Grand Forks, North Dakota
Commissioner, Department of Labor, Bismarck, North Dakota
North Dakota State Preservation Officer, Bismarck, North Dakota
App endices
VI-3
County Commissioners, Billings, Dunn, McKenzie, and Stark Counties thermoting
County Planning Boards, Billings, Dunn, McKenzie, and Stark Counties
Mayor, Cities of Belfield and Medora, North Dakota
Institute for Ecological Studies, Grand Forks, North Dakota
North Dakota Chapter, Sierra Club, Grand Forks, North Dakota
North Dakota Wildlife Federation, Bismarck, North Dakota
National Audubon Society, New York, New York
Basin Electric Power Cooperative, Bismarck, North Dakota
Montana-Dakota Utilities Co., Bismarck, North Dakota
West Plains Electric Cooperative, Dickinson, North Dakota
McKenzie Electric Cooperative, Watford City, North Dakota
Marion Hurinenko, Manning, North Dakota
James Odermann, Belfield, North Dakota
G
o
e vernottA
usbub lenotsoov to bisod
003 albenta
emcolave@ygiena pazbeni
nemhage penolsaimmod
lovemela manha da ema enolzaimmo
Ishiaubol viste svilupex3
notoenlo evituoex
olzalmio yewrip!H
inebreinhequa
olesiamco
netebe? evitused
100
sola toho brano yevue isolpole storio teigolos siste
stels Orthoinmal odsto nemhed enolasimmo
Departm
Fe
Local Coordin
hepen alat2 sioa tho
Dickinson, North Dakota
VI-4
Appendices

APPENDIX A
arti prite ALTERNATIVE CORRIDOR AND SUBSTATION SITE
COMPARISON
Jamong
bezah
This appendix presents a detailed discussion of the approach used to identify and
assess alternative locations for the Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV Transmission Line and the
be new Belfield Substation. This information is intended to supplement the general discussion
provided in Chapter II, Section H.
Siting and impact assessment for the Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV Transmission
br Line Project were accomplished through a rigorous and systematic multidisciplinary
to process involving six major stages or phases. These phases were:
030
Phase 1 - Determine the scope of the environmental studies and assessments to be
conducted for the project, including identifying an appropriate study area based on the
engineering requirements of the proposed project.
Phase 2 - Conduct resource sensitivity analyses to identify opportunities and
constraints to transmission line siting.
me
bris 3
Phase 3 - Select alternative corridors and substation sites for detailed study.
bris estbu Phase 4 - Assess the potential impact of constructing and operating the project at
beach alternative location, and methods of mitigating and reducing those impacts.
of
Phase 5 - Identify the "least impact" location and select a proposed or "preferred"
transmission route for the project.
route Isinan
yns to noll
Phase 6 - Prepare and review the EIS, and other required environmental reviews
and approvals. The issuance of this Draft EIS (DEIS) represents a major step in this final
phase. Steps remaining for Phase 6 include: 1) evaluation and preparation of responses to
comments received on this DEIS, 2) preparation and distribution of the FEIS (December,
261988), and 3) publication of a Record of Decision (January, 1989).
Each of the six major phases of the siting and assessment process has
incorporated significant public involvement and input. This input has included public
scoping and planning meetings, and numerous other meetings with Federal, State, and
local governmental agencies and individual landowners.
The remainder of this section describes the tasks undertaken and the methods
used for the siting and assessment of the Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV Transmission Line
Project, as well as the environmental reviews and approvals required for the project.
Reference should be made to Figure II-5 when reviewing this section.
alaylenA divilians
qsM vinuhogg
A-1
35
A. Phase 1 - Scoping
The final Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) Regulations for Implementing the
Procedural Provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), 40 CFR
Parts 1500-1508, require that Federal agencies undertake a public scoping process as early
as practicable in the planning process. The purpose of scoping is to allow prompt
identification of key public issues and concerns in order to ensure that they are addressed
adequately in the EIS.
Load flow and other studies conducted by area electrical utilities revealed the need
for the proposed project. Once the engineering requirements were established (e.g.,
terminal substation locations), an environmental study area was identified which would
permit determination of those locations that are least environmentally sensitive to the
transmission line. Following identification of a study area, and in response to NEPA and
CEQ regulations, Western conducted a series of public scoping meetings early in project
planning.
During the scoping meetings, landowners expressed concern for potential impacts
to farming operations, electromagnetic field effects, and how the project would benefit the
local area. Federal and State agencies were concerned about potential visual impacts,
effects on wildlife, especially threatened and endangered species, and soil erosion. There
was also significant interest in the purpose and need for the project.
Input from these meetings, as well as guidance provided by NEPA and CEQ and
other Federal and State legislation, served as the basis for preparing the work program for
the project. This work program described the scope of all environmental studies and
reviews to be undertaken, including major tasks, study methods, responsibilities, and
schedules, and provided guidelines for all subsequent environmental impact assessment
tasks. The program was reviewed and approved by the Department of Energy prior to
implementation of any environmental study programs.
1erto Sne
bhe 915091 & gas19
pdf alavoiggs bas
B. Phase 2 - Sensitivity Analysis
Phase 2 involved conducting resource sensitivity analyses to identify opportunities
and constraints to transmission line siting and included the following major tasks:
Task 2A - Refine Study Area
☐ Task 2B - Collect Data
oldug insollingle bedmogrooms
bne agrideem prinsi bns nicode
wbal bas agionepe stemmavopiof
pbortem.orTask 2C - Map and Describe Existing Environmental Conditions
entl
sjord
-
Task 2D - Develop Sensitivity Criteria
Task 2E-Conduct Sensitivity Analysis
Task 2F - Prepare Constraint/Opportunity Map
ol baru
shem ed
es Joajor
orla sonessin
A-2
1. Task 2A-Refine Study Area
ВЫМИОЯМИЗ ЙАМИН
The first task in the siting process was to refine the study area, such that it
contained all "reasonable" corridor and site location possibilities. Line interconnections
were required at the existing Charlie Creek Substation. The study area was defined as a
rectangle with a long north/south axis running from the Charlie Creek Substation to Belfield.
The area extends 6 miles to the west of this axis, to include routing opportunities to the west
of and along U.S. Highway 85, and 6 miles to the east of the axis. The study area
boundaries are from the NW corner of section 34, T.145N., R.99W., east to the NW corner of
section 34, T.145N., R.97W., south to the SW corner of section 22, T.139N., R.98W., and
west to the SW corner of section 22, T.139N., R.100W., as shown in Figure 11-7. The study
area boundaries defined at this stage differ slightly from those assumed for Phase 1. The
original boundary was extended to include approximately three sections in the northeast
corner of the study area, providing a more suitable exit out of the east bay of the Charlie
Creek Substation and reducing potential impacts to land use.
2. Task 2B - Collect Data
estia pohod
Environmental and planning data were identified and collected for the defined study
area. A majority of these data were gathered from secondary sources, including existing
maps, published and unpublished reports, and aerial photography. These sources were
supplemented with field studies as required. Much of this information was collected through
meetings with Federal, State, and local agencies.
3. Task 2C-Describe Existing Environmental Conditions
bob
The existing environmental conditions were determined and described in both
graphic and narrative form. The following information characterizing the natural, human,
and cultural environments was researched:
101
of ebem sow alaylens ollemalaya b
eir to fluse edT
Jass of tedi
Janefore buse
aevitsmelis
leop airit rellamopos
NATURAL ENVIRONMENT
bianco
Air Resources - Climate and air quality.
Holdw entimeteb
erii (diw, tolling,
Earth Resources - Geology, surface and groundwater hydrology, soils and
erosion potential, paleontological resources, mineral resources, and potential for
BAND ybule seismic activity.
90100891
bos
Biological Resources - Terrestrial vegetation, threatened and endangered
plant and wildlife species, and important wildlife habitats.
Floodplains and Wetlands - One-hundred-year floodplains, ephemeral,
intermittent, and perennial streams, stockponds, reservoirs, marshes, canals, and
lakes.
sojong beadgong aris
oo of breser
A-3
fee
HUMAN ENVIRONMENT
A Vture enite 2-AS Harr
Land Use - Land ownership/jurisdictions, existing and planned land uses,
agricultural uses, park, recreation and preservation areas, roads and highways, and
utilities.
Visual Resources - Physiographic provinces, scenic quality, distance
zones, visual sensitivity, and visual resource compatibility levels.
CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
stembe
Prehistoric - Known and suspected archaeological sites (e.g., cultural
material scatters, quarry/mine sites, earthworks, mounds, stone rings, rock
shelters, kill sites, and cairns).
Historic - Historic sites and trails.
BS desT S
et Native American - Religious and ritual sites, hunting and gathering sites,
trails, rock-art, and multiple resource areas.
Data maps were prepared for the entire study area at a scale of 1:24,000 displaying
the existing environment in spatial terms, accompanied by descriptive narratives. This
information provided the basis for the sensitivity analyses and subsequent selection of
alternative corridors and substation sites to follow.
4. Task 2D - Develop Sensitivity Criteria
The goal of this task was to identify the transmission corridor and substation site
alternatives most likely to be acceptable locations for the proposed project. In order to
accomplish this goal in a comprehensive manner, a systematic analysis was made to
determine which areas within the study area would be most and least sensitive to (or in
conflict with) the proposed project, for all considered resources. The result of this
"sensitivity analysis" was a ranking of the study area environment from most to least
sensitive. The most sensitive areas were the most constraining to the project, and the least
besensitive areas provided the greatest opportunity to find an acceptable project location.
70%
As a basis for the sensitivity analysis, sensitivity criteria specific to this study area
and this project area were developed. These criteria were:
beepe
Jensmerigs
bos alonso
Resource Value - A measure of rarity, high intrinsic worth, distinctiveness, or
diversity of an environmental resource within the area.
Protective Status - A measure of the formal concern expressed for a resource
either through legal protection or by designation of special status.
Present and Future Use - A measure of the level of conflict based on policies of
land management and/or land use.
Hazards - A measure of the degree to which a resource represents a significant
hazard to construction and/or operation of the proposed project.
A-4
5. Task 2E-Sensitivity Analysis
evitsmetts visnimileng
orte ans (aiinil bellso
The sensitivity criteria, which were developed in Task 2D, were applied to the
existing environmental conditions that were documented in Task 2C. In addition to the
criteria use in Task 2D, specific Transmission Facility Corridor and Route Criteria as cited in
the North Dakota Energy Conversion and Transmission Facility Siting Act, Chapter 69-06-
08, Section 69-06-08-02 (North Dakota Public Service Commission, 1985) were used to
establish levels of environmental sensitivity within the study area. The study area was
classified into exclusion and avoidance areas, which are defined as follows:
evitemet
poiars
0
Exclusion Areas - Areas with unique, highly valued, complex, or legally
protected resources; significant potential conflict with current or planned use;
and areas posing substantial hazards to construction and operation of the
facility. Examples: occupied residences, air strips and approach zones, and
National Register cultural resource sites.no
Avoidance Areas - Areas with important resources; resources assigned special
status; some conflict with current or planned use; and areas posing some
hazard to construction and operation of facility. Examples: wetlands,
cropland, and planned subdivisions.
bew
9.1) obris Avoidance areas were further subdivided into low, moderate, and high categories
depending upon the level of sensitivity determined for a given environment.
abna
This sensitivity analysis was completed those major environmental categories which
were determined to be potentially critical to the siting process: 1) land use and agriculture,
2) visual, 3) cultural, 4) vegetation, 5) wildlife, 6) soils, 7) geology, and 8) floodplains and
wetlands
emde
A
Results of the sensitivity analysis are summarized in Table II-8.
106. Task 2F - Prepare Constraint Map
Constraint maps for each resource were prepared as a set of overlays for use in
identifying routing opportunities. Existing linear corridors (e.g., transmission lines, roads,
pipelines) were included on the land use constraint map.
writ
C. Phase 3 - Alternative Corridor/Substation Site Selection
1.. Task 3A-Preliminary Alternatives
Opportunities for locating alternative transmission line corridors were first identified
using mapped and use constraints. Transparent maps showing the other resource
constraints were then overlaid on the preliminary corridors to identify necessary local
adjustments to avoid other sensitive areas. The corridor boundaries were established by
locating areas through which a hypothetical transmission line could be routed while
avoiding the most sensitive areas and/or best utilizing existing linear features. The
A-5
preliminary alternative corridors and reference-centerline routes (divided into segments
called links) are shown on Figure II-8.
To the largest extent possible, alternative corridors encompass areas of rangeland,
which the scoping process identified as the least sensitive areas in the study area, where the
line would not disturb farming practices. Where it was necessary to include cultivated land,
an attempt was made to provide opportunities to locate the right-of-way along section lines,
field/strip boundaries, or existing roads. A summary of corridor selection issues is provided
in Table II-4.
The Belfield Substation siting areas had to be located to provide a tap into
Western's existing Dawson County-Dickinson 230-kV transmission line. The four alternative
sites were chosen through consideration of their orientation with respect to approach
corridors as well as constraints occurring within the immediate area. The alternative
substation siting areas are shown on Figure II-9.
2. Task 3B - Final Alternatives
vintaged or busted
Prior to finalization, the preliminary alternative corridors and substation siting areas
were reviewed with agency personnel and individual landowners during the public planning
meetings. Landowners attending the workshops were concerned that Federal lands (i.e.,
Little Missouri National Grasslands) would be considered to be more sensitive than privately
owned lands. The agencies were concerned for the potential visual effects on Theodore
Roosevelt National Park (TRNP), U.S. Highway 85, and Interstate 94. One State agency
expressed the opinion that and alternative corridor should be considered adjacent to U.S.
Highway 85. The U.S. Forest Service advised Western that unless there were specific
environmental concerns, the Grasslands should be considered no more sensitive to
transmission line routing than similar private land.
Public input generated through these meetings resulted in the refinement of some
corridor boundaries, and adjustments to some portions of the reference centerlines. A
detailed analysis was made of potential visual effects on TRNP. A U.S. Highway 85 corridor
was not included owing to the level of development along the highway.
E. Phase 4 - Impact Assessment/Mitigation Planning
Phase 4 involved those tasks required to identify and assess the potential
environmental impacts and mitigation strategies for each alternative location as a basis for
identifying the locations having the least environmental impact. Phase 4 included the
following major tasks:
Task 4A-Define Reference Centerlines and Links
■Task 4B - Develop Project Description
Task 4C-Determine Generic Mitigation
Task 4D - Prepare Environmental Baseline
Accent T
baggam prisu
herto blows of athemeube
w riguori esens gritsool
posed project
3A-6
roldwyd en
privilinebi bay
to no
leidsT niber
Task 4E-Assess and Determine Initial Impacts
Task 4F - Assess and Determine Specific Mitigation
Task 4G - Re-assess and Determine Residual Impacts
Duration
1. Task 4A - Define Reference Centerlines and Links
ebegm
alagmi thepltingle
Jaubleer"
8
To assess impacts, reference centerlines were first divided in segments called links
such that impacts could be evaluated on a link by link basis. These links, which represent
the most basic corridor unit for purposes of assessment, were ultimately joined in different
combinations to form continuous routes.
2. Task 4B - Develop Project Description
In order to accurately assess the potential impacts associated with the proposed
project, a complete description was developed. This included project appearance and
details on construction, operation, and maintenance, including plans for ultimate
decommissioning and abandonment.
3. Task 4C-Determine Generic Mitigation
on may
The mitigation plan for the project includes both generic and selective mitigation.
Generic mitigation consists of those measures or techniques which Western has committed
to undertake on a "generic" or non-specific basis as part of the proposed project plan.
Selective mitigation consists of measures or techniques to which Western made
commitments on a case-by-case (or "selective") basis after impacts were identified and
assessed in Task 4F. Mitigation measures committed to by Western for the proposed
project are shown on Table II-5.
4. Task 4D - Prepare Environmental Baseline
The environmental baseline conditions, or pre-project environmental setting, for
each transmission corridor and substation siting alternative were determined in Task 4D.
This required refining the environmental data that were developed for the entire study area
in Task 2C, through additional study and field reviews, to be specific to the alternative
corridor and substation siting area locations. The required types of data refinement
included determining the number of residences within each corridor, identifying specific
planned land uses, identifying the number and types of known cultural resource sites, etc.
These data were prepared and described in chart, map, and narrative form for all links.
Environmental baseline maps are included in this document as Figures III-1, III-3, III-6, III-8
through III-10, and IV-2.
5. Task 4E-Assess and Determine Initial Impacts
The objective of the impact assessment/mitigation planning process was to
conduct a systematic interdisciplinary analysis to determine the potential environmental
A-7
impacts of project facilities in alternative locations, and to assess means by which
significant impacts could most effectively be mitigated. This process involved identifying
"residual" impacts, which were defined as impacts remaining after the application of
mitigation. Impact types and levels for each resource category are summarized in Table II-
8.
For the purposes of this project, environmental impact was defined as a
"modification in the status of the environment, as it presently exists or is anticipated to be
brought about by the proposed action." Impacts will result:
■If environmental change or stress occurs to biotic populations or natural
resources affecting their safety, health, abundance, productivity, or aesthetic or
cultural values.
If the change or stress affects the diversity and variety of individual choice, the
standard of living, or the extent of sharing of life's amenities.
If the change or stress affects the quality of renewable resources or the
recycling of depletable resources.
Environmental impacts can be beneficial or adverse as a direct or indirect result of
the action, and can be permanent, long-term, or short-term in longevity. Impacts can vary
in degree or magnitude from no change, or only slightly discernible change, to a total
change in the environmental condition or system. Duration of impacts has been defined for
the potential and residual impacts described in this chapter as follows:
Short-term impacts are those changes or stresses made to the environment
during construction, which would generally revert to preconstruction conditions
at, or within a few years of, the conclusion of the construction phase. Although
short in duration, these impacts are normally obvious and can be highly
disruptive in nature.
Long-term impacts are those changes or stresses made to the environment
during construction and operation that would substantially remain for the life of
the proposed project (minimum of 50 years) and beyond.
Types of impacts were first identified by considering what effects or changes the
proposed action (including design features, construction, maintenance activities, and
operation characteristics detailed in Task 4B) would have on the pre-project environment
associated with each alternative corridor and substation site. All potential impacts to the
environment along the reference centerlines were assessed and documented. In addition,
all "significant" impacts within the entire corridor widths were determined and documented.
An assessment identifying levels of impact (from high to low) along each alternative
was also conducted for each major resource category. Results of this assessment were
based on the application of an impact model constructed for each resource category
considering the same general criteria:
of asw
Resource Sensitivity - the probable response of a particular resource to
activities related to the project;
eviibido edT
beni sitomettyas foubrod
A-8
93
901ozen istutus bilibega s golevab of eldiaspo
to yeviue■ Resource Quality - the condition of the resource potentially affected by the
ed Wild project;
groups
Resource Quantity - the amount of the resource potentially affected; and
Duration of Impact - the period of time over which the resource would be
affected, measured as short-term or long-term.
Although the underlying conceptual criteria were the same for each model, the
criteria varied according to the characteristics of each resource category.
Application of the models to locations along each corridor resulted in a
determination of levels of impact associated with construction, operation, maintenance,
and/or abandonment of the proposed line, as defined below:
enew lobh
eviternatis
bemetena ert
High Impact - A high level of impact would potentially cause a significant or
substantial adverse change or stress to an environmental resource or
resources.
Moderate Impact - A moderate impact would potentially cause some adverse
change or stress (ranging between significant and insignificant) to an
environmental resource or resources.
Low Impact - A low impact potentially cause an insignificant or small adverse
change or stress to an environmental resource or resources.
No Identifiable Impact - No identifiable impact would be indicated where no
impact, or no measurable impact, would occur to the specific resource(s)
under investigation.
Initial (or unmitigated) impacts for each resource category were consequently
identified, assessed, and documented as to type, location, and level (by link) for the entire
corridor network. Impact types and levels for each resource category are shown on Table
11-4, with locations shown on Figures IV-1, IV-2 and IV-12 through IV-16.
Low Impera f
6. Task 4F-Assess and Determine Specific Mitigation
A mitigation assessment was subsequently conducted to determine requirements
for mitigation in specific areas. In cases where impacts were low, or where mitigation would
not be effective, mitigation was not recommended. Where mitigation was warranted and
would be effective, mitigation recommendations were made by the resource specialists
using a pre-selected list of measures deemed both effective and practical.
those
Based upon the application of the mitigation recommendations, impacts were re-
assessed. The preliminary residual impacts remaining after application of recommended
mitigation indicated the effectiveness of a particular mitigation measure. Where applicable,
the cost of each recommended mitigation measure was also considered and commitments
to apply mitigation in specific geographic locations on a case-by-case or selective basis
were made. Specific mitigation measures committed to for the project are shown on Table
11-5.
A-9
The lack of specific data made it impossible to develop a specific cultural resource
mitigation plan. Specific data will be available following a review of the intensive survey of
the proposed transmission line right-of-way. A cultural resources mitigation plan will be
developed in consultation with the North Dakota SHPO.
7. Task 4G - Re-assess and Determine Residual Impacts O to nolising
Once commitments to selectively applied mitigation measures were identified,
impacts were re-assessed and final residual impacts were determined. Final impact maps
graphically displaying the location and impact level associated with each major resource
category were prepared.
Potential air resource and socioeconomic impacts were not mapped due to their
regional rather than site-specific nature. No paleontological resources were mapped due to
their correlation with mapped lithologies. Since potential impacts to Native American
resources were not identified for any alternative corridor or substation site, an impact map
for this resource category was not prepared. Residual impacts, or those impacts remaining
after committed mitigation, then became the basis on which the alternative corridors were
evaluated and compared.
A
E. Phase 5 - Preferred Route/Substation Site Selection
Phase 5 involved those tasks required to evaluate and compare alternative
corridors and the substation site, identify the "least impact" route, and select the "preferred
route" for the project. This phase included the following major tasks:
vinstpeanos
Task 5A - Combine Links to Form Comparative Routing Options
slins at Task 5B - Describe Impacts by Route
eldat no row
(batepilimnu 10)
bria
286 ballitnisbl
Task 5C - Compare Routes Within Each Resource
Task 5D - Compare Routes Across Resources
Task 5E-Identify Environmentally Preferred Route/Site
Task 5F - Select Agency-Preferred Route/Site
activities and
gobingitian Fronment
Task 5G - Refine Agency-Preferred Route Centerline Location
mpitepifier sot
Redion
adeblow
bame
high
and a grizu
1. Task 5A-Combine Links Into Routes
The process of comparing alternative routes initially involved combining links into a
set of 28 reference centerlines (Table 11-6) which comprised all of the reasonable routes
which could be used for construction of the line from the existing Charlie Creek Substation
to each of the four Belfield Substation siting areas. The reference centerlines were used as
a basis for evaluating impacts along a 165-foot wide right-of-way within the designated
corridors.
A-10
to aprible Impacts were assessed for each link and aggregated along the alternative routes.
In order to reduce the complexity of the comparison process and avoid having to compare
each of the 28 routes to one another, the routes were first grouped by substation siting area
endpoints (four groups). Comparisons were then made within each of the four resulting
groups.
w tosqmi
E4-1
2. Task 5B-Describe Impacts by Route
As a basis for comparing routes, analyses of overall and significant unavoidable
adverse impacts on each resource category were conducted.
a. Overall Impacts. Consideration for overall impacts associated with the use of a
particular route is based upon the premise that the preferred location should minimize
overall impact to the environment. In order to summarize impact data into a more readily
comparable form for decision-making, the specific residual impacts for each alternative
route were quantified by percent of low, moderate, and high residual impact along the
length of the route. The overall route was then qualitatively described as follows:
Voute
elsubivib
belb
High Impact (H) - characterized by high impacts.
to aleed srit no
no 290
silqmocos
erti betaulave Jall meet
ni mwoda High-to-Moderate Impact (H-M) - characterized by high impacts that range
pekne toward moderate values.
bas
Moderate-to-High Impact (M-H) - characterized by moderate impacts that
noqu beesd range toward high values.) eldr
Moderate Impact (M) - characterized by moderate impacts.
noitesimigo van
Istremno s Moderate-to-Low Impact (M-L) - characterized by moderate impacts that range
Boudest sub toward low values.
Inechesion to Low-to-Moderate Impact (L-M) - characterized by low impacts that range
enimmelsb of toward moderate.
abam rioir Low Impact (L) - characterized by low impacts.
Juods ber
auenseno
ybute erit■ No Identifiable Impact (N) - no occurrence of significant resource.
srit of
ods
provides b. Significant Unavoidable Adverse Impacts - The environmentally preferred route
should also minimize significant unavoidable adverse impacts. By definition, the impacts
remaining after the application of mitigation (residual impacts) are adverse and unavoidable.
Although the proposed project would create numerous impacts, decision-making was
focused on those that were "significant."
3. Task 5C - Compare Routes Within Each Resource project
atuon bone
erti pohe A multiobjective decision-making process was utilized in order to satisfy,
simultaneously and objectively, the competing environmental considerations inherent in the
study area in ranking alternative routes and selecting the environmentally preferred route.
Each resource investigation team first completed rankings within resource categories or
SA-11
disciplines. These rankings were then used as a basis for "interdisciplinary" rankings of
routes within each group.
Once data on overall impacts and significant unavoidable adverse impacts were
developed, all routes within each group were compared and a route preference ranking
from least-to-most potential impact was established for each resource category within each
group. For example:
Preference 1 - Lowest potential impact route for that resource
Preference 2 - Next-to-lowest potential impact route for that resource
Preference 3-Third-from-lowest potential impact route for that resource.
4. Task 5D-Compare Routes Across Resources
Comparison and preference ranking of routes for the overall environment was
accomplished through an interdisciplinary process involving key individuals from the
resource teams responsible for establishing the individual resource preferences. This study
team first evaluated the relative importance of all considered resources on the basis of
impact and potential mitigation for each resource, and resource sensitivity, as shown in
Table 11-4. The study team then summarized the cumulative environmental consequences
for each route by considering overall impact, significant unavoidable adverse impact, and
preference ranking by resource category. In several instances, routes or specific links
within routes that were obviously not suitable (or considerably less suitable) based upon
this cumulative assessment were identified and eliminated from further consideration.
Routing preferences were determined through an interdisciplinary optimization
process designed to identify the route or routes which minimized overall environmental
impacts and significant unavoidable adverse impacts and maximized individual resource
category routing preferences. If there was obvious agreement, or preference, for a route,
the route was assigned a rank by concensus of the study team. If there was disagreement
about ranking, the study team first examined the overall impacts of the routes to determine
whether the difference in levels of impact to specific resources associated with preference
ranking was marginal or important, with decisions made to optimize routings which made
for the greatest environmental savings. If a consensus could still not be reached about
ranking certain routes after examining overall impacts for specific resources, then the study
team examined the differences among significant unavoidable adverse impacts to the
various resources in terms of preestablished priorities.
pealingla asiminim cals bluoria
ove Any routes which could not be clearly ranked above or below other routes after this
process assumed the same preference ranking.
Quoritta
insollingla new fari esoril no beaboot
5. Task 5E - Identify Environmentally Preferred Route
The environmentally preferred route, which represented the least impact to the
overall environment between Charlie Creek and Belfield, was identified by comparing the
preferred routes within each group using the process described in Task 5C.
riw apnbing betalgmoo tall meet nollsglizevni so
doaB
A-12
(2
The locations for the final set of four alternatives are shown on Figure 11-9. A
quantitative comparison of these alternatives is shown in Table II-8.
hown in Table
6. Task 5F - Select Agency-Preferred Route o sueel bas ensqe
Although route E4-1 was determined to be the environmentally preferred route, it
was recognized that routes E4-1 and W1-1 were very similar in overall ranking.
Consequently, it was considered important to evaluate other factors such as miles of
transmission line construction, available access, potential construction problems, and
project costs before selecting the agency-preferred route.
It was determined that Route W1-1 provided somewhat better access and fewer
engineering/construction constraints. In addition, the shorter length of Route W1-1 (almost
4 fewer miles) represented a potential savings of around 10% (up to one million dollars) in
line construction costs over Route E4-1. For these reasons, Route W1-1 was selected as
the agency-preferred route.
uten been toejong to
7. Task 5G - Refine Agency-Preferred Route
bas luterans of
Refinements to the reference centerline location of the agency-preferred route were
made following the third set of public meetings at which the environmentally preferred and
agency-preferred routes were presented. Three sources provided the inputs for these
refinements:
betsgang
betshener
Athem Roh
nolasim
Comments received from affected landowners who requested slight changes in
the preferred route to avoid or reduce impacts to their property or agricultural
practices.
A preliminary centerline survey/engineering review of the agency-preferred
route, resulting in alignment changes to avoid steep terrain, provide better road
and river crossings, and generally reduce construction problems.
3M erit yd benluper seori sebiss&
nl notto Implementation of recommended environmental mitigation measures such as
moving the route further from residences, steep slopes/erodible soils, and
foreground views.
HIDA
Refinements to the agency-preferred route are provided on Figure II-9. Table II-8
provides a quantitative assessment of the refined agency-preferred route.
Pro
F. Phase 6 - EIS Preparation and Project Approvals
lo brood
nolelos
Phase 6 involves those tasks required to prepare, review, and finalize the EIS,
conduct other environmental reviews, and secure project approval. This final phase
includes the following major tasks:
The
Story, Educ
Serie
Task 6A - Prepare DEIS
Task 6B-Issue DEIS for Public Review/Comment
A-13
Task 6C - Prepare and Issue Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS)
Task 6D - Other Environmental Reviews/Approvals
Task 6E - Prepare and Issue Record of Decision
1. Task 6A-Prepare DEIS
puortA
BBW
baxin
The DEIS incorporates the results of all studies and assessments conducted for the
project. In addition to presenting the purpose and need for the project, the DEIS describes
and compares the proposed project with other alternatives, and discusses the potential
impact the project will have on the environment and the measures that will be taken to
protect the environment and reduce or mitigate those impacts.
WW
2. Task 6B - Issue DEIS for Public Review/Comment
engen (salim newal A
enil
In order to ensure full and factual disclosure of project need, nature, requirements,
and environmental effects, and to facilitate broad-based public input to the project decision
process, this DEIS is being provided for public review and comment. To additionally
facilitate public input, hearings on the DEIS are also scheduled.
3. Task 6C-Prepare and Issue FEIS
Subsequent to closure of the 45-day comment period, the FEIS will be prepared
and submitted. The FEIS will respond to all substantive comments and questions generated
by the public hearings and review of the DEIS.
4. Task 6D - Other Environmental Reviews and Approvals
Besides those required by the NEPA, the Charlie Creek-Belfield 345-kV transmission
line project will require other environmental reviews and approvals prior to construction. In
particular, compliance with Federally mandated legislation will include that required for
endangered species (Endangered Species Act of 1973), floodplains (Executive Order
11988), wetlands (Executive Order 11990), and cultural resources (National Historic
Preservation Act, Executive Order 11594, and the American Indian Religious Freedom Act).
nsup s bivorg
5. Task 6F - Prepare and Issue Record of Decision
160019 80-8 as 9 3
At least one month after issuance of the FEIS, Western will issue the Record of
Decision for the project. The Record of Decision will articulate the decision made as to the
disposition of the project, including any conditions or special requirements associated with
approval.
100
ring the
Vidu9 hot 30 steel-88 Nest
A-14
palwon
APPENDIX Benign be habepu
REFERENCES, BIBLIOGRAPHY, AND PERSONAL
COMMUNICATIONS
no englt
US Bureau of
gement, Cult
espbha
YA. REFERENCES
Ahlbom, A., et al., "Biological Effects of Power Fields," New York State Power Lines Project
lau Scientific Advisory Panel Final Report, July 1, 1987.
Algers, B., I. Ekesbo and K. Hennichs, The Effects of Ultra High-Voltage Transmission Lines
on the Fertility of Dairy Cows, A Preliminary Study, Report No. 5, Swedish
idea
University of Agricultural Sciences, Dept. of Animal Hygiene with Farrier's School,
Skara, 1981.
010
American Institute of Biological Sciences (AIBS), Biological and Human Health Effects of
Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Report of the Committee on
Hilmar Biological Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields,
Graves, H. B., Chairman, American Institute of Biological Sciences, Arlington, VA.,
1985.
Amstutz, H. E. and D. B. Miller, A Study of Farm Animals Near 765-kV Transmission Lines,
Bovine Practitioner, No. 15, pp. 51-62, November, 1980.
Anna, L,O., Ground-Water Data for Billings, Golden Valley, and Slope Counties, North
Dakota, North Dakota State Water Commission County Ground-water Studies No.
29 and North Dakota Geological Survey Bulletin 76, Part III, 1981.
Isolpol
Athern, Robert G., Forts of the Upper Missouri, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln,
Nebraska, 1967.
Banet, A.C., Jr., Coal Geology and Resource Calculations of the South Belfield Area, Billings
Hoyer and Stark Counties, North Dakota, Open-file Report 80-870, USGS, 1980.
Beckes, M.R. and J.D. Keyser, The Prehistory of the Custer National Forest: An Overview,
USDA Forest Service, Billings, Montana, 1983.
Bilbo, Bill C., The Effects of Electrical Transmission Lines and Towers on Agriculture,
Propietary report to Southern California Edison, Resource International, Fresno,
California, 1979.
Blair, W., Measuring the Visibility of High Voltage Facilities in the Pacific Northwest,
Bonneville Power Administration, Portland, Oregon, 1976.
Bluemle, John P., The Face of North Dakota: The Geologic Story, Educational Series 11,
North Dakota Geological Survey, 1977.
Jenning
1000
ares lov zolengamotoelecia
B-1
Bourgsdorf, V., Cited in Male and Norris, 1981, "How the Advancement of Knowledge has
Modified the Technical Feasibility Forecasts," CIGRE, Round Table on UHV
Transmission Feasibility, Subject 2, 1980.
MOQ
Bridges, J. E., "Environmental Considerations Concerning the Biological Effects of Power
Frequency (50 or 60 Hz) Electric Fields." IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus
and Systems, PAS-97: 19-32, 1978.
Carpenter, D. O., Letter to concerned persons, State of New York, Department of Health,
Office of Public Health, Albany, NY, Undated.
Carver, Robert F. and William G. Hamlin, North Dakota Agricultural Statistics, issued in
cooperation with North Dakota State University, USDA, and National Agricultural
Statistics Service, 1987.
Dabkowski, J. and A. Taflove, "Mitigation of Buried Pipeline Voltages Due to 60 Hz AC
Inductive Coupling: Part II - Pipeline Grounding Methods," IEEE Transactions on
Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-98, 1814-1823, 1979.
Devoto, Bernard, The Journals of Lewis and Clark, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston,
Massachusetts, 1953.
Dorn, R.D., Flora of the Black Hills, 377 pp.
2821
Elek, G. R. and B. E. Rokas, "A Case of Inductive Coordination", IEEE Transactions on
Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-96, 834-840, 1977.
Fenneman, N.M., Physiology of the Western United States, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.,
New York and London, 1931.
Florida Electric and Magnetic Fields Science Advisory Commission (FEMFSAC), Biological
Effects of 60-Hz Power Transmission Lines, Report submitted to the Department of
Environmental Regulation, Tallahassee, Florida, 1985.
Forest Service, National Forest Landscape Management, Vol. 2, USDA, 1974.
Frison, George C., Prehistoric Hunters of the High Plains, Academic Press, New York, New
York, 1978.
Fulton, J. P., et al., "Electrical Wiring Configuration and Childhood Leukemia in Rhode
Island," American Journal of Epidemiology, Vol. 111:292-296, 1980.
er 8.odia
Gauger, J., "Household Appliance Magnetic Field Survey," IEEE Transaction on Power
Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-104, 2436-2445, 1985.
Greenberg, B. and V. P. Biondokas, The Effects of High-voltage Transmission Lines on
Honeybees, EPRI Report EA-1809, Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, CA.,
1980.
pimeule
rinol
Greenberg, B., V. P. Bindokas and J. R. Gauger, "Biological Effects of a 765 Kilovolt
Transmission Line Exposures and Thresholds in Honeybee Colonies,
Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 2:315-328, 1981.
B-2
Greenberg, B., V. Bindokas and J. R. Gauger, Honeybees and EHV Transmission Lines:X
Mechanisms and Biological Effects, Paper presented at the 1984 DOE/EPRI/NYS
Contractors' Review of Biological Effects from Electric and Magnetic Fields
to wolf Associated With High Voltage Transmission Lines, St. Louis, MO., 1984.
поган
Gregg, Michael L. (ed.), An Overview of the Prehistory of Western and Central North Dakota,
U.S. Bureau of Land Management, Cultural Resources Series No. 1, Montana State
ohio Office, Billings, Montana, 1985.
tni yburea
Gustafson, R. J. and V. D. Albertson, "Neutral-to-Earth Voltage and Ground Current Effects
in Livestock Facilities, IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems, PAS-
Miss 101(7):2090-2095, 1982.
hogeR RO
16
ImbA how
no8
Harmon, David, At the Open Margin, NPSS Administration of Theodore Roosevelt National
Park, National Park Service, 1986.
Ispigolola bns
M.L
Hennichs, K., Cows Exposed to 400-kV Lines, Inventory and Fertility Study, Report No. 7,
Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Dept. of Animal Hygiene with Farrier's
School, Skara, 1982.
BABA
ble
Hillman, C.N. and W.W. Jackson, The Sharp-tailed Grouse in South Dakota, Technical
Bulletin No. 3, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, 62 pp., 1973.
Hirsch, K.J., Habitat Type Classification of Grasslands and Shrublands of Southwestern M
yellev nuo North Dakota, Ph.D. Thesis, North Dakota State University, Fargo, North Dakota,
9 1985.
Hodges, T. K. and C. A. Mitchell, "Growth and Yield of Field Crops in the Proximity of an
Nor
Ultra-High Voltage Electric Test Line", American Electric Power System, North
nolto Liberty, Indiana, 38 pp, 1979.
chibal
ods!
Hodges, T. K. and C. A. Mitchell, Influence of High Intensity Electric Fields on Yield of Sweet
Corn and Dent Corn - 1982, A Report for the American Electric Power Service
933 Corporation, North Liberty, Indiana, 1984.
mets
Hoover, R.L., C.E. Till and S. Ogilvie, The Antelope of Colorado, Technical Bulletin No. 4.
etry Colorado Department of Game and Fish. Denver. 110 pp, 1959.
yd ba
IEEE, Working Group, "Electromagnetic Effects of Overhead Transmission Lines: Practical
Problems, Safeguards, and Methods of Calculations", IEEE Transactions on Power
Apparatus Systems, Vol. PAS-93, 892-904, 1974.
Jaffa, K. C., and J. B. Stewart, Magnetic Field Induction From Overhead Transmission and
bost
bool Distribution Power Lines on Buried Irrigation Pipelines, IEEE Transaction on Power
B012 Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-100, 990-1000, 1981.
Jaffa, K. C., Magnetic Field Induction From Overhead Transmission and Distribution Power
Lines on Parallel Fences. IEEE Transaction on Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol.
Aielona PAS-100, 1624-1636, 1981.
obsc
Jennings, J., Prehistory of North America, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1968.
B-3
Kaune, W. T., et al.,"Residential Magnetic and Electric Fields", Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 8:
315-335, 1987.
Keesey, J.C. and F.S. Letcher, "Minimum Thresholds for Physiological Responses to Flow of
Alternating Electric Current Through the Human Body at Power Transmission
Mode Frequencies", Project MR005.08-0030B, Report No. 1, Naval Medical Research
Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, September 3, 1969.
Knickerbocker, G. G., "Study in the USSR of Medical Effects of Electric Fields on Electric
Power Systems," IEEE Special Publication No. 10, 1975.
Lee, J. M., et al. Electrical and Biological Effects of Transmission Lines: A Review,
Bonneville Power Administration, U. S. Department of Energy, Portland, OR, Report
DOE/BP-524, 1985.
Lee, J.M., et al., "Electrical and Biological Effects of Transmission Lines: A Review",
Bonneville Power Administration, USDOE, Portland, Oregon, 1986.
Mahmond, A. A. and D. R. Zimmerman, Reproductive Performance of Pigs Exposed to High
Voltage Electric Field: Second Generation. ASAE Paper No. 84-3034, Presented at
1984 Summer Meeting of American Society of Agricultural Engineers, Knoxville, TN,
June 24-27, 1984.
Mahmond, A. A., D. R. Zimmerman and C. D. Cowan, A Study of Swine Performance and
Farm Machinery Safety Under 345-kV Lines. Paper Presented to the Missouri Valley
Electric Association, 53rd Annual Engineering Conference, Kansas City, MO, April,
1982.
Male, J. C. and W. T. Norris, "Are the Electric Fields Near Power-Transmission Plants
Harmful to Health?: A Brief Review of Present Knowledge and Proposed Action."
Laboratory Note No. RD/L/N/2/80, Central Electricity Research Laboratories,
Save Leatherhead, England, 1981.
McKee, G. W., et al., Effects of 60 Hz High Intensity Electric Fields on Living Plants, IEEE
Transaction Power Apparatus System, 97:1177-1181, 1978.
McKee, G. W. (Principal Investigator), Effects of 60-Hz Electric Fields on Living Plants
Exposed for Extended Periods, EA-4159 Research Project 1064, Prepared by
Westinghouse Electric Corporation and the Pennsylvania State University for!
Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California, 1985.
Mehn, W. H., "The Human Considerations in Bioeffects of Electric Fields," In: Biological
Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, R. D. Phillips, et al.,
eds., Proceedings of the 18th Annual Hanford Life Sciences Symposium, Richland,
WA, October 16-18, 1978, DOE Symposium Series 50, Report No. CONF-781016,
U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., pp. 21-37, 1979.
Metcalf, Michael D. and Kurt Schweigert, Cultural Resources Investigations on the North
Dakota Segment of the Exxon Company, USA Bairoil-Dakota CO2 Pipeline Project,
Western North Dakota, Metcalf Archaeological Consultants, Inc., Eagle, Colorado,
19 1986.
agninnel
B-4
Michaelson, S. M., "Human Responses to Power Frequency Exposures."In: Biological
Ber Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, R. D. Phillips et al.,
eds, Proceedings of the 18th Annual Hanford Life Sciences Symposium, Richland,
Washington, October 16-18, 1978, DOE Symposium Series 50, Report No. CONF-
781016, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., pp. 1-20, 1979.
Tatlove,
Milham, S., "Mortality From Leukemia in Workers Exposed to Electrical and Magnetic
mulzoo Fields," (Letter to the editor), New England Journal of Medicine 307(4):249, 1982.
Misssouri Basin System Group, 1986 Facility Study, 1986.
Missouri Basin System Group, 1990 Horizon Study, 198?.
ebig to welve ceble
Mohan, N., F. Mahjouri and J. R. Gemayel, "Electrical Induction on Fences Due to Faults on
pipe Adjacent HVDC Transmission Lines." IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and
ritis Systems, PAS-101: 2851-59, 1982.
Moore, R.E., Landscape Architect, Visual Analysis Report, Government Creek Planning
oltenpam Area, Medora Ranger District, Custer National Park, 1984.
O stive?
Mueggler, W.F. and W.L. Stewart, "Grassland and Shrubland Habitat Types of Western
Montana," USDA Forest Service General Technical Report, No. 23, 1980.
welve R 80
National Park Service, Custer National Forest Management Plan, USDA, 1986.
Nordstrom, S., E. Birke and L. Gustavsson, Reproductive Hazards Among Workers at High
Voltage, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 4: 91-101, 1983.
North Dakota Crop & Livestock Reporting Service, Summary of North Dakota's Rank in
Agriculture, August 1987.
Olsen, R. G. and K. C. Jaffa, Electromagnetic Coupling From Power Lines and Magnetic
Field Safety Analysis, IEEE Power Engineering Society Paper No. 84 WM 189-7,
Presented at 1984 PES Winter Meeting, 1984.
Ontario Ministry of Health, Health Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic
Fields: A Review of Clinical and Epidemiological Studies, Disease Control and
ebb Epidemiology Service, Public Health Branch, Ontario Ministry of Health, July 30,
1987.
Provo, Daniel J., "Fort Esperance in 1743-1795: "A North West Company Provisioning
Post", Reprints in Archaeology, Vol. 28, J&L Reprint Company, Lincoln, Nebraska,
1984.
Robinson, Elwyn, History of North Dakota, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, Nebraska,
1966.
Rogers, L. E., et al., Environmental studies of a 1100-kV Prototype Transmission Line,
anneyer Prepared for Bonneville Power Administration, U.S. Department of Energy,
Exer gq 18 primoy
Portland, OR., 1982.
Weigand, J.P
Fish and Game,
Montana, 1975, p. 170.
B-5
Rommereim, O. N., R. L. Buschbon, L. E. Anderson and M. R. Sikov, Reproduction and
Development Study in Rats Chronically Exposed at Multiple Fields Strengths to 60-
Hz Electric Fields, Abstract presented at the U.S. Department of Energy
Electric/Power Research Institute Contractors Review, Kansas City, MO,
November, 1987.
Savin B. M, et al., "Methods for Studying and Criteria for Evaluating the Biological Effects of
Electric Fields of Industrial Frequency, "Paper for the American-Soviet Symposium
on Super High Voltage and Supply Lines, Tashkent, USSR, 1978.
nien
Savitz, D. A. and E. E. Calle, "Leukemia and Occupational Exposure to Electromagnetic
Fields: Review of Epidemiologic Surveys", Journal of Occupational Medicine, Vol.
29, 47-51, 1987.
RL be huo
M stop
Savitz, D. A., Case-Control Study of Childhood Cancer and Residential Exposure to Electric
and Magnetic Fields, Final Report to the New York State Department of Health
Power Lines Project, 1987a.
Savitz, D. A., Final Results of Case-Control Study of Childhood Cancer and Electromagnetic
Field Exposure, Abstract and presentation to the DOE/EPRI Contractors Review,
Kansas City, MO, November, 1987, 1987b.
Savitz, D. A., Memorandum to Persons Concerned About Reports of Electromagnetic Fields
and Childhood Cancer, Attachment to Addendum to New England/Hydro-Quebec
+450 kV Transmission Line Interconnection -- Phase II Final Environment Impact
Statement, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., DOE/DOE/EIS-0129F,
October, 1987, 1987c.
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of McKenzie County, North Dakota, USDA,
1942.
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of Billings County, North Dakota, USDA, 1944.
visted bler
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of Stark County, North Dakota, USDA, 1968.
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of Dunn County, North Dakota, USDA, 1982.
Soil Conservation Service, Range Sites, Missouri Slope Vegetative Zone, Technical Guide
Notice ND-51, USDA, 1985.
Stevens, R. G., Epidemiological Studies of Cancer and Residential Exposure to ovo19
Electromagnetic Fields, Final Report, Power Lines Project 21082-18, Albany, NY:
Health Research, Inc., 1986.
Richland
Stewart, R.E. and H.A. Kantrud, "Classification of Natural Ponds and Lakes in the Glaciated
Pairie Region," Resource Publication No. 92, USFWS, 1971.
Sundstom, C., W.G. Hepworth, and K.S. Diem, Abundance, Distribution, and Food Habits of
the Pronghorn, Bulletin No. 12, Wyoming Game and Fish Commission, Cheyenne,
Wyoming, 61 pp, 1973.
B-6
elliblW.ensinoM let
Taflove, A. and J. Dabkowski, Prediction Method for Buried Pipeline Voltages Due to 60 Hz
Inductive Coupling: Part I - Analysis, IEEE Transaction on Power Apparatus and
Systems, Vol. PAS-98, 780-787, 1979.
Taflove, A., and M. Genge and J. Dabkowski, Mitigation of Buried Pipeline Voltages Due to
60 Hz AC Inductive Coupling: Part I -- Design of Joint Rights-Of-Way, IEEE
Transaction on Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-98, 1806-1813, 1979.
TDHS Report, Contractors' Review: 1987 Meeting Covers EMF Issues with International
Cast of Presenters, Transmission/Distribution Health & Safety Report, Minneapolis,
MN., November/December, 1987.
emierthe
betale R ended
Tenforde, T. S., Interaction of ELF Magnetic Fields with Living Matter, In C. Polk and E.
Postow, ed., CRC Handbook of Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields, CRC
Volto Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL., 1986.
380
Ting, F.T.C., Depositional Environments of the Lignite-bearing Strata in Western North
BEMES Dakota, Miscellaneous Series No. 50, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1972.
Tomenius, L., L. Hellstrom, and B. Enander, Electrical Constructions and 50 Hz Magnetic
Field at the Dwellings of Tumor Cases (0-18 years of age) in the County of
Stockholm, Presented at the Inst. Symp. Occup. Health Saf. Min. Tunnelling,
Prague, June 21 to 25, 1982.
Tomenius, L., 50-Hz Electromagnetic Environment and the Incidence of Childhood Tumors
phens in Stockholm County, Bioelectromagnetics. Vol. 7, 191-208, 1986.
Tucker, R. D. and O. H. Schmitt, Tests for Human Perception of 60-Hz Moderate Strength
Magnetic Fields, IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering BME-25(6):509-518,
FLEDYR 1978..
U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, Wetland Plant List - Noth Dakota, 1986.
a boo
U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Seismic Hazard Ealuation of Dickinson Dam and Reservoir,
Dickinson Unit-Heart Division, Pick-Sloan Missouri Basin Program, North Dakota,
riw polipio Seismotectonic Section, Division of Geology, Engineering, and Research Center,
1980.
ever olo
U.S. Census Bureau, Census Data 1982, June 1985.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the
United States, USDI, Washington, D.C., 1979.
Cultur
Wachtel, H., F. Barnes and D. Savitz, Two Alternative Interpretations of the Denver-Boulder
ELRF Epidemiology Study, Abstract presented at the Bioelectromatics Society
Meeting, Portland, OR, June 21-25, 1987.
Wallenstein, G., Effect of High-Voltage Transmission Lines on Honeybee Colonies,
Zeitschrift fur Angewondte Entomologie 74:86-94, 1973.
Weigand, J.P. and R.G. Janson, Montana's Ring-necked Pheasant, Montana Department of
Fish and Game, Helena, Montana, 1976, p. 178.
85
B-7
19
Weigand, J.P., Ecology of the Hungarian Partridge in Northcentral Montana, Wildlife
Monograph No. 74, 1980, pp. 106.
Wertheimer, N. and E. Leeper, Electrical Wiring Configurations and Childhood Cancer,
American Journal of Epidemiology, 109:273-284, 1979.
Wertheimer, N. and E. Leeper, Re: "Electrical Wiring Configurations and Childhood
Leukemia in Rhode Island," American Journal of Epidemiology, 111, 461, 1980.
Wertheimer, N. and E. Leeper, Adult Cancer Related to Electrical Wires Near the Home,T
International Journal of Epidemiology, Vol. 11, 345-355, 1982.
Wertheimer, N., J. P. Fulton and E. Leeper, 60-Hz Electromagnetic-Field Exposure Related
to Fetal Development, Proceedings of the Twenty Third Hanford Life Sciences
Symposium: Interactions of Biological Systems with Static and ELF Electric and
Magnetic Fields, October 2-4, 1984, Richland, WA., Pacific Northwest Laboratory,
Richland, WA., CONF-841041/UC-97a, 1987.
Western and Charlie Creek-Belfield/Dickinson Utility Cooperative, Western North Dakota
Transmission Line Study, 1985.
Western, Basin Electric Power Cooperative, and Montana-Dakota Utility Cooperative,
Western North Dakota Transmission Study, 1985.
Western Energy Supply and Transmission (WEST) Associates, A Critical Review of the
Scientific Literature on Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields: Assessment of
Possible Effects on Human Health and Recommendations for Research, Energy
Task Force Project ET-84-11, Project Manager: Southern California Edison,
Rosemead, CA., 1986.
WHO (World Health Organization), Environmental Health Criteria for Low Frequency (ELF)
Fields, Environmental Health Criteria 35, Geneva, Switzerland, 1984.
Willey, Gordon, An Introduction to American Archaeology, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey, 1966.
Williams, J. H. and E. J. Beiler, An Investigation of Dairy Farm Operations in Association with
765-kV Transmission in Ohio, Ohio Power Siting Commission and Cleveland
Electric Illuminating Company, Cleveland, Ohio, 1979.
sus aune0 2.U
sthof grillesM
Wyoming
to themhsqed and boxen-one'ensinoм noanal... brs 9.0.bnegleW
bns ra
8.q over ensinoMenela ems
B-8
58
wall hot well ezen olmsbs3A B. BIBLIOGRAPHY
Earth Resources
ster phot
Land Use, Agricultural, Visual, and Socioeconomic Resources
Bilbo, Bill C., The Effects of Electrical Transmission Lines and Towers on Agriculture,
Propietary report to Southern Californ+ia Edison, Resource International, Fresno,
California, 1979.
Blair, W., Measuring the Visibility of High Voltage Facilities in the Pacific Northwest,
Bonneville Power Administration, Portland, Oregon, 1976.
Carver, Robert F. and William G. Hamlin, North Dakota Agricultural Statistics, issued in
cooperation with North Dakota State University, USDA, and National Agricultural
Statistics Service, 1987.
ЛОЙ
Fenneman, N.M., Physiology of the Western United States, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc.,
New York and London, 1931.
ob
Forest Service, National Forest Landscape Management, Vol. 2, USDA, 1974.
Harmon, David, At the Open Margin, NPSS Administration of Theodore Roosevelt National
Park, National Park Service, 1986
Moore, R.E., Landscape Architect, Visual Analysis Report, Government Creek Planning
Area, Medora Ranger District, Custer National Park, 1984..
National Park Service, Custer National Forest Management Plan, USDA, 1986.
weeR
Dakota
North Dakota Crop & Livestock Reporting Service, Summary of North Dakota's Rank in
asida Agriculture, August 1987.
North Dakota Department of Human Services, County Populations in North Dakota, April
ocal 1987.
hoqa
North Dakota Economic Development Commission, North Dakota Growth Indicators, April
1987.
U.S. Census Bureau, Census Data 1982, June 1985.
of
no? yelliw
Cultural Resources
uctore
North Dakots
Athern, Robert G., Forts of the Upper Missouri, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln,
Nebraska, 1967.
Hickey
Beckes, M.R. and J.D. Keyser, The Prehistory of the Custer National Forest: An Overview,
USDA Forest Service, Billings, Montana, 1983.
Devoto, Bernard, The Journals of Lewis and Clark, Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston,
Massachusetts, 1953.
01-8 B-9
Frison, George C., Prehistoric Hunters of the High Plains, Academic Press, New York, New
York, 1978.
Gregg, Michael L. (ed.), An Overview of the Prehistory of Western and Central North Dakota,
U.S. Bureau of Land Management, Cultural Resources Series No. 1, Montana State
Office, Billings, Montana, 1985.
Jennings, J., Prehistory of North America, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1968.
Lau, S., An Introduction to the Archaeology of the Little Missouri River Badlands, Western
North Dakota, Archaeological Services, Laramie, Wyoming, 1981.
Loendorf, L.L., An Evaluation of 110 Archaeological and Historical Sites in the Little Missouri
Moto Grasslands of North Dakota, Ms. on file, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks,
1138
North Dakota, 1978.
Metcalf, Michael D. and Kurt Schweigert, Cultural Resources Investigations on the North
Dakota Segment of the Exxon Company, USA Bairoil-Dakota CO, Pipeline Project,
Western North Dakota, Metcalf Archaeological Consultants, Inc., Eagle, Colorado,
1986.
Mulloy, W.T., "A Preliminary Historical Outline for the Northwestern Plains," University of
Wyoming Publications in Science, 22(1), 1958.
Provo, Daniel J., "Fort Esperance in 1743-1795: A North West Company Provisioning Post,"
Reprints in Archaeology, Vol. 28, J&L Reprint Company, Lincoln, Nebraska, 1984.
Reeves, B.K.O., "The Concept of the Altithermal Cultural Hiatus in Northern Plains
Prehistory," American Anthropologist, 75(5):1221-1253, 1973.
Robinson, Elwyn, History of North Dakota, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, Nebraska,
1966.
Simon, A. and J.Borchert, Final Report of Archaeological Investigations on Anderson Divide,
Billings County, North Dakota, UNDAR - West, Report of file Medora Ranger District,
Dickinson, North Dakota, 1982.
Willey, Gordon, An Introduction to American Archaeology, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs,
New Jersey, 1966.
2001 enut
Air Resources
esquoter Jauno
Christianson, Gene A. and Robert M. Wentz, North Dakota Air Quality Monitoring Data
Summary for 1985, pp. 159, 1986.
2017 loncited to it to votelden er weave OL bas R.Mados
881.nanoMegilli,solve? Jes103 A020
noto@ynsmodi notriquo and) bus ale to ziemuol, ed.bramed ofoved
seer effeaurioseaM
B-10
*******w
maleeW nobismo via suonot ensocele erit to aneminovna tenoites
Earth Resources
61, USDA, 1989
Kotwa
doc
Anna, L.O., Ground-Water Data for Billings, Golden Valley, and Slope Counties, North
Dakota, North Dakota State Water Commission County Ground-water Studies No.
29 and North Dakota Geological Survey Bulletin 76, Part II, 1980.
Ground-Water Data for Billings, Golden Valley, and Slope Counties, North Dakota,
North Dakota State Water Commission County Ground-water Studies No. 29 and
North Dakota Geological Survey Bulletin 76, Part III, 1981
973
Banet, A.C., Jr., Coal Geology and Resource Calculations of the South Belfield Area, Billings
and Stark Counties, North Dakota, Open-file Report 80-870, USGS, 1980.
Benson, W.E., Golden Valley Formation of North Dakota, Geological Society of America
Bulletin, Vol. 58, 1949.
Bergstrom, John R., The General Geology of Uranium in Southwestern North Dakota,
Report of Investigations No. 23, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1956.STOM
Bluemle, John P., Guide to the Geology of Southwestern North Dakota, Educational Series
No. 9, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1975.
Bluemle, John P., The Face of North Dakota: The Geologic Story, Educational Series 11,
North Dakota Geological Survey, 1977.
Caldwell, J.W., Surface Structure of Western Stark County and Adjacent Areas of North
Dakota, Report of Investigation 14, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1954.
tholi
Carlson, Clarence G., Geology of Billings, Golden Valley, and Slope Counties, North Dakota,
North Dakota Geological Survey, Grand Forks, North Dakota, 1983.
and S.B. Anderson, "Sedimentary and Tectonic History of North Dakota Part of
Williston Basin", American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, Vol. 49;
reprint of North Dakota Geological Survey Misc. Series 28, 1965.
Clayton, L., et al., Stratigraphy, Origin, and Climatic Implications of Late Quaternary Upland
Silt in North Dakota, Misc. Series 54, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1976.
heine, The Slope (Paleocene) and Bullion Creek (Paleocene) Formations of North Dakota,
Report of Investigation 59, North Dakota Geologcal Survey, 1977.
Hanson, Bernold M., Surface Structure and Geology of the Elkhorn Ranch Area, Billings and
Golden Valley Counties, North Dakota, Report of Investigation No. 18, North Dakota
Geological Survey, 1955.
Aer Adeu amods
Hickey, Leo,J., "Stratigraphic Summary of the Golden Valley Formation (Paleocene-Eocene)
Be of Western North Dakota", Depositional Environments of the Lignite-bearing Strata
in Western North Dakota, Misc. Series 50, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1972
Stratigraphy and Paleobotany of the Golden Valley Formation (Early Tertiary) of
Western North Dakota, Memoir No. 150, Geological Society of America, 183 pp.,
1977.
S1-8
B-11
Jacob, A.F., Depositional Environments of the Paleocene Tonque River Formation, Western
North Dakota, Vol. 57, American Association of Petroleum Geologists, 1973.
Criteria for Differentiating the Tonque River and the Sentinel Butte Formations
(Paleocene), North Dakota, Report of Investigation 53, North Dakota Geological
Survey, 1975.
obre es
Geology of the Upper Part of the Fort Union Group (Paleocene), Williston Basin, With
Reference to Uranium, Report of Investigation No. 58, North Dakota Geological
Survey, 1976.
Kuehn, D.D., "Quaternary Erosion and the Availability of Lithic Resources Within the
Badlands of North Dakota", Journal of the North Dakota Archaeological
Association, 1:43-54, 1982a.
Meldahl, Elmer G., The Geology of the Grassy Butte Area, McKenzie County, North Dakota,
Report of Investigation No. 26, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1956.
Moran, S.R., et al., "Quaternary Stratigraphy and History of North Dakota, Southern gig
Manitoba, and Northeastern Minnesota", Quaternary Stratigraphy of North America,
edited by W.C. Mahaney, pp. 133-158, 1976.
Rehbein, Edward A., Preliminary Report on Stratigraphy and Depositional Environments of
the Lignites in the Fort Union Formation, West-Central North Dakota, Open-File
Report 77-69, USGS, 1977.
Robinson, E.B., History of North Dakota, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1966.
Royse, C.F., Jr, Tonque River-Sentinel Butte Contact, Report of Investigation No. 45, North
Dakota Geological Survey, 1967.
Ting, F.T.C., Depositional Environments of the Lignite-bearing Strata in Western North
Dakota, Miscellaneous Series No. 50, North Dakota Geological Survey, 1972.
U.S. Bureau of Land Management, North Dakota Draft Resource Management Plan and
Environmental Impact Statement, 1986.
U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Seismic Hazard Ealuation of Dickinson Dam and Reservoir,
Dickinson Unit-Heart Division, Pick-Sloan Missouri Basin Program, North Dakota,
Seismotectonic Section, Division of Geology, Engineering, and Research Center,
ee noispita hoqef
1980.
Speles Do
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of McKenzie County, North Dakota, USDA,
1942. Mol
vellev nebijpa
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of Billings County, North Dakota, USDA, 1944.
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of Stark County, North Dakota, USDA, 1968.
mek
Soil Conservation Service, General Soil Map of Dunn County, North Dakota, USDA, 1982.
2112
qq CB sohamA to vtalo? Isolpolos0021.04 omaloxo rino metas
Ser
B-12
Soil Conservation Service, Range Sites, Missouri Slope Vegetative Zone, Technical Guide
Toejor Notice ND-51, USDA, 1985.
Biological Resources
modina
168
FRIANYS
Dorn, R.D., Flora of the Black Hills, 377 pp.
Hillman, C.N. and W.W. Jackson, The Sharp-tailed Grouse in South Dakota, Technical
Bulletin No. 3, South Dakota Department of Game, Fish and Parks, 62 pp., 1973.
Hirsch, K.J., Habitat Type Classification of Grasslands and Shrublands of Southwestern
North Dakota, Ph.D. Thesis, North Dakota State University, Fargo, North Dakota,
1985.
Hoover, R.L., C.E. Till, and S. Ogilvie, The Antelope of Colorado, Technical Bulletin No. 4.
Colorado Department of Game and Fish. Denver. 110 pp, 1959.
Mueggler, W.F. and W.L. Stewart, Grassland and Shrubland Habitat Types of Western
Montana, USDA Forest Service General Technical Report No. 23, 1980.
boM
Hoover, R.L., C.E. Till, and S. Ogilvie, The Antelope of Colorado, Technical Bulletin No. 4.
Colorado Department of Game and Fish. Denver. 110 pp, 1959.
Stewart, R.E. and H.A. Kantrud, Classification of Natural Ponds and Lakes in the Glaciated
Pairie Region, Resource Publication No. 92, USFWS, 1971.
Sundstom, C., W.G. Hepworth, and K.S. Diem, Abundance, Distribution, and Food Habits of
the Pronghorn, Bulletin No. 12, Wyoming Game and Fish Commission, Cheyenne,
Wyoming, 61 pp, 1973.
U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, Wetland Plant List - Noth Dakota, 1986.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the
United States, USDI, Washington, D.C., 1979.
Soil Conservation Service, Range Sites, Missouri Slope Vegetative Zone, Technical Guide
Notice ND-51, USDA, 1985.
Weigand, J.P. and R.G. Janson, Montana's Ring-necked Pheasant, Montana Department of
Fish and Game, Helena, Montana, 1976, 178 pp.
Weigand, J.P., Ecology of the Hungarian Partridge in Northcentral Montana, Wildlife
Monographs No. 71, 106 pp, 1980.
AO A
DOE/BP
prednesd
verrott
Report
B-13
Electrical Effects
Ahlbom, A., et al., "Biological Effects of Power Fields," New York State Power Lines Project
Scientific Advisory Panel Final Report, July 1, 1987.
Algers, B., I. Ekesbo and K. Hennichs, The Effects of Ultra High-Voltage Transmission Lines
on the Fertility of Dairy Cows, A Preliminary Study, Report No. 5, Swedish
University of Agricultural Sciences, Dept. of Animal Hygiene with Farrier's School,
Skara, 1981.
WW brs. W.O
American Institute of Biological Sciences (AIBS), Biological and Human Health Effects of
Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Report of the Committee on
Biological Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields,bantH
Graves, H. B., Chairman, American Institute of Biological Sciences, Arlington, VA.,
1985.
Amstutz, H. E. and D. B. Miller, A Study of Farm Animals Near 765-kV Transmission Lines,
Bovine Practitioner, No. 15, pp. 51-62, November, 1980.
Bourgsdorf, V., Cited in Male and Norris, 1981, "How the Advancement of Knowledge has
Modified the Technical Feasibility Forecasts," CIGRE, Round Table on UHV
Transmission Feasibility, Subject 2, 1980.
Bridges, J. E., "Environmental Considerations Concerning the Biological Effects of Power
Frequency (50 or 60 Hz) Electric Fields." IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus
bater
and Systems, PAS-97: 19-32, 1978.
Carpenter, D. O., Letter to concerned persons, State of New York, Department of Health,
Office of Public Health, Albany, NY, Undated.
stoй nitetua mod
Dabkowski, J. and A. Taflove, "Mitigation of Buried Pipeline Voltages Due to 60 Hz AC
Inductive Coupling: Part II - Pipeline Grounding Methods," IEEE Transactions on
Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-98, 1814-1823, 1979.
Elek, G. R. and B. E. Rokas, "A Case of Inductive Coordination", IEEE Transactions on
Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-96, 834-840, 1977.
Florida Electric and Magnetic Fields Science Advisory Commission (FEMFSAC), Biological
Effects of 60-Hz Power Transmission Lines, Report submitted to the Department of
Environmental Regulation, Tallahassee, Florida, 1985.
Fulton, J. P., et al., "Electrical Wiring Configuration and Childhood Leukemia in Rhode
Island," American Journal of Epidemiology, Vol. 111:292-296, 1980.
bospieW
Gauger, J., "Household Appliance Magnetic Field Survey," IEEE Transaction on Power
Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-104, 2436-2445, 1985.
Greenberg, B. and V. P. Biondokas, The Effects of High-voltage Transmission Lines on
Honeybees, EPRI Report EA-1809, Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, CA.,
1980.
B-14
roiH of beco
18
Greenberg, B., V. P. Bindokas and J. R. Gauger, "Biological Effects of a 765 Kilovolt
Transmission Line Exposures and Thresholds in Honeybee Colonies,
Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 2:315-328, 1981.
M
Greenberg, B., V. Bindokas and J. R. Gauger, Honeybees and EHV Transmission Lines:
Mechanisms and Biological Effects, Paper presented at the 1984 DOE/EPRI/NYS
IhgA OM
Contractors' Review of Biological Effects from Electric and Magnetic Fields
Associated With High Voltage Transmission Lines, St. Louis, MO., 1984.
Gustafson, R. J. and V. D. Albertson, "Neutral-to-Earth Voltage and Ground Current Effects
in Livestock Facilities, IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems, PAS-
101(7):2090-2095, 1982.
Hennichs, K., Cows Exposed to 400-kV Lines, Inventory and Fertility Study, Report No. 7,
Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Dept. of Animal Hygiene with Farrier's
School, Skara, 1982.
Hodges, T. K. and C. A. Mitchell, "Growth and Yield of Field Crops in the Proximity of an
Ultra-High Voltage Electric Test Line", American Electric Power System, North
Liberty, Indiana, 38 pp, 1979.
Hodges, T. K. and C. A. Mitchell, Influence of High Intensity Electric Fields on Yield of Sweet
Corn and Dent Corn - 1982, A Report for the American Electric Power Service
Corporation, North Liberty, Indiana, 1984.
IEEE, Working Group, "Electromagnetic Effects of Overhead Transmission Lines: Practical
Problems, Safeguards, and Methods of Calculations", IEEE Transactions on Power
Apparatus Systems, Vol. PAS-93, 892-904, 1974.
Jaffa, K. C., and J. B. Stewart, Magnetic Field Induction From Overhead Transmission and
Distribution Power Lines on Buried Irrigation Pipelines, IEEE Transaction on Power
Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-100, 990-1000, 1981.
Jaffa, K. C., Magnetic Field Induction From Overhead Transmission and Distribution Power
Lines on Parallel Fences. IEEE Transaction on Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol.
PAS-100, 1624-1636, 1981.
no Kaune, W. T., et al.,"Residential Magnetic and Electric Fields", Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 8:
beaute 315-335, 1987.
Keesey, J.C. and F.S. Letcher, "Minimum Thresholds for Physiological Responses to Flow of
HpH Alternating Electric Current Through the Human Body at Power Transmission
Frequencies", Project MR005.08-0030B, Report No. 1, Naval Medical Research
Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, September 3, 1969.
Knickerbocker, G. G., "Study in the USSR of Medical Effects of Electric Fields on Electric
Power Systems," IEEE Special Publication No. 10, 1975.
Lee, J. M., et al., Electrical and Biological Effects of Transmission Lines: A Review,
Bonneville Power Administration, U. S. Department of Energy, Portland, OR, Report
DOE/BP-524, 1985.
-
B-15
Mahmond, A. A. and D. R. Zimmerman, Reproductive Performance of Pigs Exposed to High
Voltage Electric Field: Second Generation. ASAE Paper No. 84-3034, Presented at
1984 Summer Meeting of American Society of Agricultural Engineers, Knoxville, TN,
June 24-27, 1984.
Mahmond, A. A., D. R. Zimmerman and C. D. Cowan, A Study of Swine Performance and
Farm Machinery Safety Under 345-kV Lines. Paper Presented to the Missouri Valley
Electric Association, 53rd Annual Engineering Conference, Kansas City, MO, April,
1982.
Male, J. C. and W. T. Norris, "Are the Electric Fields Near Power-Transmission Plants
Harmful to Health?: A Brief Review of Present Knowledge and Proposed Action."
Laboratory Note No. RD/L/N/2/80, Central Electricity Research Laboratories,
Leatherhead, England, 1981.
McKee, G. W., et al., Effects of 60 Hz High Intensity Electric Fields on Living Plants, IEEE
Transaction Power Apparatus System, 97:1177-1181, 1978.
McKee, G. W. (Principal Investigator), Effects of 60-Hz Electric Fields on Living Plants
alto Exposed for Extended Periods, EA-4159 Research Project 1064, Prepared by
Westinghouse Electric Corporation and the Pennsylvania State University for
Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California, 1985.
Mehn, W. H., "The Human Considerations in Bioeffects of Electric Fields," In: Biological
Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, R. D. Phillips, et al.,
eds., Proceedings of the 18th Annual Hanford Life Sciences Symposium, Richland,
WA, October 16-18, 1978, DOE Symposium Series 50, Report No. CONF-781016,
U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., pp. 21-37, 1979.
Michaelson, S. M., "Human Responses to Power Frequency Exposures."In: Biological
Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, R. D. Phillips et al.,
eds, Proceedings of the 18th Annual Hanford Life Sciences Symposium, Richland,
Washington, October 16-18, 1978, DOE Symposium Series 50, Report No. CONF-
781016, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., pp. 1-20, 1979.
Milham, S., "Mortality From Leukemia in Workers Exposed to Electrical and Magnetic
Fields," (Letter to the editor), New England Journal of Medicine 307(4):249, 1982.
Mohan, N., F. Mahjouri and J. R. Gemayel, "Electrical Induction on Fences Due to Faults on
Adjacent HVDC Transmission Lines." IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus and
Systems, PAS-101: 2851-59, 1982.
Nordstrom, S., E. Birke and L. Gustavsson, Reproductive Hazards Among Workers at High
Voltage, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 4: 91-101, .1983.
Olsen, R. G. and K. C. Jaffa, Electromagnetic Coupling From Power Lines and Magnetic
Field Safety Analysis, IEEE Power Engineering Society Paper No. 84 WM 189-7,
Presented at 1984 PES Winter Meeting, 1984.
hoge8 80 bration you to inamaliged
Pak
as Isohibellis M902
MairimbA new allivenno
3808-98300
B-16
3 bris lo
Ontario Ministry of Health, Health Effects of Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic
Fields: A Review of Clinical and Epidemiological Studies, Disease Control and
Epidemiology Service, Public Health Branch, Ontario Ministry of Health, July 30,
pitenget 1987.
Rogers, L. E., et al., Environmental studies of a 1100-kV Prototype Transmission Line,
Weste Prepared for Bonneville Power Administration, U.S. Department of Energy,
Portland, OR., 1982.
Rommereim, O. N., R. L. Buschbon, L. E. Anderson and M. R. Sikov, Reproduction and
Development Study in Rats Chronically Exposed at Multiple Fields Strengths to 60-
Hz Electric Fields, Abstract presented at the U.S. Department of Energy
Electric/Power Research Institute Contractors Review, Kansas City, MO,
November, 1987.
818-908:(a)
Hilw
Savin B. M, et al., "Methods for Studying and Criteria for Evaluating the Biological Effects of
Electric Fields of Industrial Frequency, "Paper for the American-Soviet Symposium
on Super High Voltage and Supply Lines, Tashkent, USSR, 1978.
Savitz, D. A. and E. E. Calle, "Leukemia and Occupational Exposure to Electromagnetic
Fields: Review of Epidemiologic Surveys", Journal of Occupational Medicine, Vol.
29, 47-51, 1987.
Savitz, D. A., Case-Control Study of Childhood Cancer and Residential Exposure to Electric
and Magnetic Fields, Final Report to the New York State Department of Health
Power Lines Project, 1987a.
Savitz, D. A., Final Results of Case-Control Study of Childhood Cancer and Electromagnetic
Field Exposure, Abstract and presentation to the DOE/EPRI Contractors Review,
emoh
Kansas City, MO, November, 1987, 1987b.
Savitz, D. A., Memorandum to Persons Concerned About Reports of Electromagnetic Fields
and Childhood Cancer, Attachment to Addendum to New England/Hydro-Quebec
bra +450 kV Transmission Line Interconnection -- Phase II Final Environment Impact
Mood Statement, U.S. Department of Energy, Washington, D.C., DOE/DOE/EIS-0129F,
October, 1987, 1987c.
Stevens, R. G., Epidemiological Studies of Cancer and Residential Exposure to
Electromagnetic Fields, Final Report, Power Lines Project 21082-18, Albany, NY:
Health Research, Inc., 1986.
Taflove, A. and J. Dabkowski, Prediction Method for Buried Pipeline Voltages Due to 60 Hz
Inductive Coupling: Part I - Analysis, IEEE Transaction on Power Apparatus and
Systems, Vol. PAS-98, 780-787, 1979.
Taflove, A., and M. Genge and J. Dabkowski, Mitigation of Buried Pipeline Voltages Due to
60 Hz AC Inductive Coupling: Part I -- Design of Joint Rights-Of-Way, IEEE
Transaction on Power Apparatus and Systems, Vol. PAS-98, 1806-1813, 1979.
TDHS Report, Contractors' Review: 1987 Meeting Covers EMF Issues with International
Cast of Presenters, Transmission/Distribution Health & Safety Report, Minneapolis,
MN., November/December, 1987.
B-17
Tenforde, T. S., Interaction of ELF Magnetic Fields with Living Matter, In C. Polk and E.
Postow, ed., CRC Handbook of Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Fields, CRC
08 viu Press, Inc., Boca Raton, FL., 1986.
ypotolmsbiq
Tomenius, L., L. Hellstrom, and B. Enander, Electrical Constructions and 50 Hz Magnetic
Field at the Dwellings of Tumor Cases (0-18 years of age) in the County of
Stockholm, Presented at the Inst. Symp. Occup. Health Saf. Min. Tunnelling,
Prague, June 21 to 25, 1982.
Tomenius, L., 50-Hz Electromagnetic Environment and the Incidence of Childhood Tumors
in Stockholm County, Bioelectromagnetics. Vol. 7, 191-208, 1986.
Tucker, R. D. and O. H. Schmitt, Tests for Human Perception of 60-Hz Moderate Strength
Magnetic Fields, IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering BME-25(6):509-518,
1978.
Wachtel, H., F. Barnes and D. Savitz, Two Alternative Interpretations of the Denver-Boulder
ELRF Epidemiology Study, Abstract presented at the Bioelectromatics Society
Meeting, Portland, OR, June 21-25, 1987.
Wallenstein, G., Effect of High-Voltage Transmission Lines on Honeybee Colonies,
Zeitschrift fur Angewondte Entomologie 74:86-94, 1973.
Wertheimer, N. and E. Leeper, Electrical Wiring Configurations and Childhood Cancer,
Miss American Journal of Epidemiology, 109:273-284, 1979.
Wertheimer, N. and E. Leeper, Re: "Electrical Wiring Configurations and Childhood
Leukemia in Rhode Island," American Journal of Epidemiology, 111, 461, 1980.
Wertheimer, N. and E. Leeper, Adult Cancer Related to Electrical Wires Near the Home,
International Journal of Epidemiology, Vol. 11, 345-355, 1982.
Wertheimer, N., J. P. Fulton and E. Leeper, 60-Hz Electromagnetic-Field Exposure Related
to Fetal Development, Proceedings of the Twenty Third Hanford Life Sciences
Symposium: Interactions of Biological Systems with Static and ELF Electric and
Magnetic Fields, October 2-4, 1984, Richland, WA., Pacific Northwest Laboratory,
Richland, WA., CONF-841041/UC-97a, 1987.
Western Energy Supply and Transmission (WEST) Associates, A Critical Review of the en
Scientific Literature on Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields: Assessment of
Possible Effects on Human Health and Recommendations for Research, Energy
Task Force Project ET-84-11, Project Manager: Southern California Edison,
Rosemead, CA., 1986.
WHO (World Health Organization), Environmental Health Criteria for Low Frequency (ELF)
Fields, Environmental Health Criteria 35, Geneva, Switzerland, 1984.
Williams, J. H. and E. J. Beiler, An Investigation of Dairy Farm Operations in Association with
765-kV Transmission in Ohio, Ohio Power Siting Commission and Cleveland
Electric Illuminating Company, Cleveland, Ohio, 1979.
land
silogeenniM hoq
100 00Я BHOT
2919 to 180
drevoMMM
B-18
Other
MOTADIUMMO JAMOZRE
APPENDIX C
Misssouri Basin System Group, 1986 Facility Study, 1981.
Missouri Basin System Group, 1990 Horizon Study, 1982.
Western and Charlie Creek-Belfield/Dickinson Utility Cooperative, Western North Dakota
Transmission Line Study, 1985.
Western, Basin Electric Power Cooperative, and Montana-Dakota Utility Cooperative,
Western North Dakota Transmission Study, 1985.
3 as a no por paths stole th
the Motomel8mnsqedeR & Thistl
Teet 8 hoA attel yovaus lacigolossos
an
Hafi brs ems sole that
M bas einnotabla
nhsqed riaf
dox
Atemaal (insome closed ho
Alternative (route)
plotemala Inamhaged ria bna é
An
seer aedmene atole holt noensila
Teer & admed stoked
3821 Shat isnota
8er a admo
Gbg basmell some elth
09-8
B-19
C. LIST OF PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS
Best Western Inn, Belfield, North Dakota, December 7, 1987.
Bauer, Robert, District Conservationist, Soil Conservationist, Dickinson, North Dakota, 1987.
Davis, Dan, Forest Service, Dickinson, North Dakota, 1987.
Drake, Kelly, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Denver, Colorado, 1987.
Gerbig, Brian, Range Conservationist, Soil Conservation Service, Dickinson, North Dakota,
1987.
Handley, Brent, U.S. Forest Service, Dickinson, North Dakota, letter, 1987.
Heidel, Bonnie and Mike McKenna, North Dakota Heritage Program, North Dakota Game &
Fish Department, Bismarck, North Dakota, 1987.
Henegar, D., Commissioner, North Dakota Game & Fish Department, Bismarck, North
Dakota, letter, 1987.
Hoganson, J.W. Paleontologist. North Dakota Geological Survey, letter, April 6, 1987.
Kobridger, J., Upland Game Management Supervisor, North Dakota Game and Fish
Department, Dickinson, February 20, 1987
Kobridger, J., Upland Game Management Supervisor, North Dakota Game and Fish
Department, November 27, 1987.
Kreil, R., Nongame Biologist, North Dakota Game and Fish Department, Bismarck,
November 10, 1987
Lennick Property Management, Inc., Dickenson, North Dakota. December 8, 1987.
North Dakota Secretary of State, Bismarck, North Dakota, December 8, 1987.
Powell, R., Chief Park Ranger, Theodore Roosevelt National Park, 1987.
Stark County Chamber of Commerce, Dickinson, North Dakota, December 6, 1987.
Western Area Power Administration, December 6, 1987.
Zschomler, M.S., Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Bismarck, North Dakota,
April 9, 1987.
B-20
Operations in Association with
ng Commissio
et-8
10 gidanshow nemuri
Chamed@neelife mod vi
APPENDIX C
GLOSSARY, ABBREVIATIONS, AND ACRONYMS
alinatoq bris 2901uosen paitabxe to
of sorsrio to 10s beeoqong's most men
se erit yd bevisneg
nested priv! eqppabral leuely
Access (road)
Aerial (applications)
erit
nevip
vip savo veus is bec
Aerie
Alignment
Alluviumontes yd beau nabol
agerheq to alaubivioni
sens halucinaqis ni
olezim
Alternative (action)
neo to:
GLOSSARY
Road used for passage to and along transmission
line for purposes of construction and
maintenance.
Agricultural chemicals spread by aircraft.
A raptor nest or nesting site.
The specific, surveyed route of a transmission line.
A general term for all detrital deposits resulting
from the operations of modern rivers, including the
sediments laid down in river beds, floodplains,
and fans at the foot of mountain slopes, and
estuaries.
An option for meeting the stated need.
An optional path or direction for a transmission
Alternative (route)
ent to stevnes of line.
Characteristic of the atmosphere.
stage
Ambient beoubong ang obtolash
ya benime vinsming noltrudmoo
Annual (ecology)
hobinco band rose rilliw
Anticlinediol neitsbol benetang
Aquifer
vhsauching onstan
meneo to eelmee
Archaeologyosigaans visiemes
bryos sones, blad
benose
Archival
Areal
A plant that completes its development in one
year, or one season, and then dies.
A fold, in rock, that is convex upward.
enthammed
A stratum of permeable rock, sand, etc. which
contains and is capable of producing water, as in
a well.
The science that investigates the history of
peoples by studying material remains.
Pertaining to or contained in documents or
records.
A particular extent of space or surface serving a
special function.
C-1
Artifact
Assessment (environment)
Aural
Background (visual)
Base Load
Any object showing human workmanship or
modification, especially from a historic or
OMA prehistoric period.
anoo to asaog
BAYRA22030
An evaluation of existing resources and potential
impacts to them from a proposed act or change to
the environment.
Pertaining to or perceived by the ear.
That portion of the visual landscape lying between
the middleground limits to infinity. Color and 660A
texture are subdued in these areas; primarily
concerned with the two-dimensional shape of
fevils yo baange stealmer landforms against the sky.
(anollsoliqgs) Ishak
The minimum load of a utility over a given period
of time.
Biotic
Pertaining to life.
Bisma
Campsite
Capacity
Capability
Carbon monoxide
Centerline
A small habitation location used by a single muvulla
individual, several individuals, or perhaps a single
family for brief stays in a particular area.
The maximum load that can be generated or
transmitted by generating or transmission facilities
for a given period of time without exceeding emeri
approved limits of temperature or stress.
The ability to generate or transmit power.
omte ert to pileA colorless, odorless, toxic gas produced by idma
gmark Cincomplete fuel combustion, primarily emitted by
olevabati astelmo 1 motor vehicles.
aldeges
Ceremonial site
sunnA
A line identified within each broad corridor
representing the preferred location for the enlloinA
transmission line.
eupA
An area used specifically for activities of a religious
or ceremonial nature, particularly by Native
Americans. Examples of ceremonial sites are
cremation and cemetery areas, places where SAA
olen priybure initiations were held, dance grounds, and sacred
no sinamubobni bertindo 10 of p
mountains.
isvirionA
s privica sochus no sosge to inato aliaq A
notional labbe08
C-2
amainagio nested agirianoitelen erit to youts arT
Characteristic landscape
nt of
novne lepiThe established landscape within an area being
viewed, which does not necessarily imply a
landscape of natural character. It could refer to a
farming community, an urban landscape, a
primarily natural environment, or other landscape
that has an identifiable character.
olge
thenolsoftbela na bruns in
artw ninti nolger to soaga & of or
sbsy dither assabet tas ta vohtools
nottheon nolah
Circuit
Committed mitigation
a fuoriquor
Community (biological)
not st
bne po
Conductor
Contrast
ebnu
wievo ns inessig bluc
A completely closed conducting path over which
electric current may flow.
Obligatory measure that would diminish the
severity of an impact.
longe beregn
A group of one or more populations of organisms
that form a distinct ecological unit. Such a unit
may be defined in terms of plants, animals, or
both.
nam of lah prA material, usually in the form of a wire or cable,
suitable for carrying an electric current.
pottanigho nirvy mont grigo
Contrast rating
Corona
Corridor
enciibnico gnion
gribnu
nego na vlibom
The effect of a striking difference in the form, line,
color, or texture of an area being viewed.
A method of determining the extent of visual
osmu brs in impact for an existing or proposed activity that will
modify any landscape feature (land and water
form, vegetation and structures).
alb bns yoneupert er to ybute
ni notionao solgaloleyniq
tril tart enotostart to be
hobudhalb bne yon
blo
The discharge of energy from an energized
transmission line that occurs when the voltage
gradient exceeds the breakdown strength of air.
dormiligationypololmables of prin A continuous trace of land of defined width
through which a utility route passes.
los ydsnan
baneadof al
thes enti
be Criteria
Cultural resources
gelogonriths ieloce basinute to
Culture noliqish bed-ja eri
sno bad nolistenatal bras asylans
Standards of evaluation.
Any site or artifact associated with human
activities.
An integrated system of learned behavior patterns
characteristic of the members of a human society
and not the result of biological inheritance.
Demographic esboirosigonite to elas Of, or relating to, the statistical study of human
olose to nolah
bohe
besloot to ast
Distance zone
populations with reference to size, density,
distribution, and vital statistics.
The area that can be seen as foreground-
middleground, background, or seldom seen.
C-3
Ecology
Electromagnetic field
Electrostatic field
Emergent (vegetation)
Endangered species
Endogenous
Environment
qua
Sipolade tonnels
saint to amet nibantus
The study of the relationships between organisms
and their total environment.
A space or region within which magnetic forces
are present around an electrical current.
Pertaining to a space or region within which
atmospheric electricity at rest interferes with radar,
radio, or television reception.
Aquatic plants which project above the surface of
the water.
Any species in danger of extinction throughout all
or a significant portion of its range. This definition
excludes species of insects that the Secretary of
Interior determines to be pests and whose
protection under the Endangered Species Act of
1973 would present an overwhelming and
stenot ar visu te overriding risk to man.
barogongo gribeixe
bret exfest
Epidemiology
Epidemiologic
Erosion
Ethnography
escot viens to eg
atupoo far sill nola
obilsand ont abess
Holoubno
Developing from within; originating internally in an
organism.
The surrounding conditions, influences or forces
that affect or modify an organism or an ecological
community and ultimately determine its form and
survival.
The study of the frequency and distribution of a
disease, or a physiological condition in human
populations and of the factors that influence the
frequency and distribution.
Pertaining to epidemiology.
The group of natural processes whereby soil or
rock material is loosened or dissolved and moved
from one location on the earth's surface to
another.
That aspect of cultural and social anthropology
real to metaye betere devoted to the first-hand description of particular
mem on to ofthe cultures.
paklo fuest sit fon
sonal
Ethnology
leolienste ori of
sected
Theoretical analysis and interpretation based on a
synthesis of ethnographic data. impomed
Epoch
A formal division of geologic time corresponding
to a series of rock and a subdivision of a period.
enos constela
-buergenot es nege ed nes tert som erf
nose mobles no,briuongload, britsongelubim
C-4
8-0
yd be
Fault
blo
moob emit to bohoqerit of
rivol vilsollidegs bas
Datasol is anismet lah
nepobyt to pnilaiando ebnuogmos
elen of beau vinommoo yo
Fiscal
Floodplain
W
art of sethle
ne erit to suiste er n
hotos braogoig er yd
Foreground
edit of tratalest
bas pritelbel hot be
A fracture or fracture zone in the earth's surface
layers along which there has been displacement of
the sides relative to one another parallel to the
fracture.
Financial affairs pertaining to the public treasury or
public revenues.
That portion of a river valley, adjacent to the river
channel, which is built of sediments and is subject
to inundation by flood water during a storm event
with a 1 percent chance of occurrence (100-year
flood).
The limit of an area viewed in which details are
perceived and obvious. Textural and other visual
piles install it sloped to qualities of vegetation are often perceivable within
this zone, 0-1/2 mile.
themnoniv
Formation
asonelbe laolgok
foz of beldmszas
sajoz
to eredmem et les
einl aroupen ritiw noiluk
yrs of exriplani abivong var angio
nicio ver goldbab bemeldono
Fossil
enoilulbe
10 notalegav mobelow to bed)
to be
Linky/Remenep vivia inamspanem
usood bales to to bete
el lw ynomerielb
Gauss
10
nivom
Generic mitigation
Geology
Guy
pribbe to easpo
lubelom s
belle Tobes esinute ort
161 minagio privil
abelle toybos zolbute or of
amuinsgio privil to vood sitt
vem yahartius now nirth violine!
Habitat
beelow
holileog haveado lo
A unit of rock defined for distinctive lithological
characteristics, which is used as a basic map unit.
May be combined into a Group, or subdivided into
a Member.
The remains or traces of animals or plants that
have been preserved by natural causes in the
earth's crust, exclusive of organisms which have
been buried since the beginning of historic time.
The unit of magnetic induction or magnetic flux
density in the electromagnetic system of
measurement.
Mitigation measures or techniques to which the
agency has made commitment on a non-specific
basis.
The science that relates to the earth, the rocks of
which it is composed, and the changes that the
earth has undergone or is undergoing.
A wire or cable used to balance the horizontal
forces on a pole or tower.
A specific set of physical conditions that surround
a single species, a group of species, or a large
community. In wildlife management, the major
components of habitat are considered to be food,
water, cover, and living space.
C-5
Historic
edi nienot Owen
Hydrocarbons
Hydrology
Impact
Insulator
Pertaining to the period of time documented by
written record, and specifically for this study, any
21 and of avis event or material remains at least 50 years old.
stellateb rtoir bawaly s015
Interdisciplinary team
ses been el rioitw
pay boblübdos quosos can bealde
asiq o alemirs to essant to
en tenuten yd bevise
Intrusion
lonization
In vitro (Latin)
pro to eveu
princiged arit scr
odengiam to 10
ost to seruesom no
besoqmon
anopietnu 28
In vivo (Latin)
d of beau eldso
Jurisdictions
Key Observation Point
Any one of the compounds consisting of hydrogen
and carbon only; commonly used to refer to oil
and natural gas.
The science that relates to the water of the earth.
A modification in the status of the environment
brought about by the proposed action.
A device that is resistant to the conduction of
electricity used for isolating and supporting
conductors.
A group of people with different training
representing the physical sciences, social
sciences, biological sciences, and environmental
design arts assembled to solve a problem or
perform a task. The members of the team
proceed to solution with frequent interaction so
that each discipline may provide insights to any
stage of the problem and disciplines may combine
to provide new solutions.
A feature (land or waterform, vegetation or
structure) or management activity generally
considered out of context because of excessive
contrast and disharmony with the characteristic
landscape.
The process of adding/removing an electron
to/from a molecule.
Referring to the studies and/or effects that occur
outside the living organism, for example in a test
tube or Petri dish.
Referring to the studies and/or effects that occur
within the body of living organisms.
how to sloga no The limits or territory within which authority may
biw nf
tetided to
sosga privil bre 19V
be exercised.
One of a series of observer positions on a travel
route or at a use area, potential use area, or
developed area that are used to determine the
"seen area."
C-6
to less erit as beouborg aseso lo vimst A
web/stararit gnomA asang to nollag
Kilovolt
1,000 volts, where a volt is a measure of electrical
estorov Totom sta se potential difference which will cause a current of 1
blustusmevlackpebris ampere to flow through a conductor whose
ashtaubni
Impact
vam doldw sbushpam a di
o sonaro 007-ni-t sansay benbrud
Kilowatt
Landform
pnhub betabnuni gnied
nottsbbo
Vitafoegee beaubongo nego to
iquerit besang at shaga
Landscape character
Repate
aleeb terit son
arit quoi sape
emelosovo
serito no teub as dous aeloheq ota
Landscape features
stared
pines to
gbne bas princip
Linear land use
Link
beknopen
art to notheq
benbrust year ga
Joe to stileup
supe benbr
tog boheqerit schem
Megawatts
eye
Microgram
Middleground
Milliamp (mA)
Mitigation
bedim
Hisenee best to
resistance is 1 ohm.
A unit of power equivalent to 1,000 watts.
A term used to describe the many types of land
surfaces that exist as the result of geologic activity
and weathering, e.g., plateaus, mountains, plains
and valleys.
The arrangement of a particular landscape as
formed by the variety and intensity of the
landscape features and the four basic elements of
form, line, color, and texture. These factors give
the area a quality which distinguishes it from
immediate surroundings.
The land and water, form, vegetation, and
structures that compose the characteristic
landscape.
A functional land use that generally assumes a
straight line (e.g., a railroad or pipeline or
transmission line).
A segment of a route alternative sharing common
endpoints with adjacent links. Endpoints of a link
are determined by the location of intersection with
other segments (links) of other routes.
1,000 kilowatts or 1 million watts, where a watt is a
unit of electrical power equal to 1/756th horse-
power.
A measure of mass equivalent to one-millionth of a
gram.
This zone includes areas viewed in which detail is
somewhat to no longer perceivable. Vegetative
patterns begin to appear as outlines or patterns,
1/2 to 5 miles.
A one-thousandth part of an ampere, a unit of
electric current.
A means to alleviate or render less intense or
severe.
840
C-7
Nitrogen oxides
lover
rouw garenshib
hop a riquant
One-hundred-year flood
Oxidant
Ozone
Paleontology
Particulates
ent ais riblow vilic
aphibnoomu
bos reiterans
Path
Perennial
Physiographic province
Prehistoric
Publicly owned land
Raptor
Rare
Reconnaissance
Region
vd
A family of gases produced as the result of
combustion of gases. Among the major sources
of these gases are motor vehicles, electric power
plants, and explosive manufacturing industries.
A flood with a magnitude which may occur one
every one hundred years; a 1-in-100 chance of a
certain area being inundated during any year.
An agent for oxidation.
A form of oxygen, O3, produced especially when
an electric spark is passed through oxygen or air.
The science that deals with the life of past
geological ages through the study of the fossil
remains of organisms.
Minute, separate particles such as dust or other air
pollutants.
Combination of contiguous links within a set that
share a common beginning and endpoint.
Lasting through a year or many years.
An extensive portion of the landscape normally
encompassing many hundred square miles, that
portrays similar qualities of soil, rock, slope, and
vegetation of the same geomorphic origin.
peto (path) alam Pertaining to the era before written or recorded
history. In North America, the period prior
documented European contact with Native
Big Americans.
Lands administered by local, state, and/or Federal
give agencies.
A bird of prey.
A plant or animal restricted in distribution. May be
locally abundant in a limited area or few in number
zelim over a wide area.
may
Preliminary examination or survey of a territory.
A large tract of land generally recognized as
having similar character types and physiographic
types.
C-8
Jos erft vd batbelts pried to stata evilsio
Rehabilitation
Residual impact
sonsulin ism A short-term management alternative that returns
existing negative impacts to a desired quality.
oo esbivong farts adunde so ea
sew or ment
pnols to asonable
asph
anot
Reversion
irit ni beau need ear
blow tert fosqm vns
Top gaysa blow ter
10 spriado asevelt
10 600
ed of bene
ets Right-of-way
sonucean letrenc
new stag de
ess emon ni u
inpla beroba
Riparianovip s lo sonetive pniwaria
la
bruchglasd art tart noue nashodi or
Route
hotel gibnohevod baeues
To? dnemglupe wat
ball
Runoff
R-wave inhibited
Scenic-quality class
offosga sot betsenileb
to staublibet
ross elle
Scenic-quality rating unit
tw madaye nollmans ph
Seismicity
Seldom-seen area
Selective mitigation
boshomo
eriogone nom
The adverse impact of an action occurring after
application of all mitigating measures.
The process by which R-wave inhibited
pacemakers, when stimulated by interference,
emit pulses independent of whether the heart is
beating normally.
Strip of land over which the power line, access
road, and maintenance road will pass.
Situated on or pertaining to the bank of a river,
stream, or other body of water. Riparian is
normally used to refer to the plants of all types that
grow along streams or around springs.
In this environmental document, a series of
contiguous links forming a path between Charlie
Creek and Belfield.
The discharge of water through surface streams.
A type of pacemaker designed to emit pulses only
when the heart misses a beat.
The designation (A, B or C) assigned a scenic
quality rating unit to indicate the visual importance
or quality of a unit relative to other units within the
same physiographic province.
A portion of the landscape that displays primarily
homogeneous visual characteristics of the basic
landscape features (landform, water, vegetation
and structures and modifications) which separate
it from the surrounding landscape.
The likelihood of an area being subject to
earthquakes. The phenomenon of earth
movements.
Areas that are either beyond the furthest extent of
the background zone (of the area or travel routes)
or that are seen from areas or travel routes of low
use volume.
Mitigation measures or techniques to which the
agency made commitment on a case-by-case
basis after impacts were identified and assessed.
C-9
Sensitivity Xsmetis Inamepanem miet of external influence.
The relative state of being affected by the actions
maup bonlesbs of atosqmsvdsgan pa
Shelterbelt
noitos ne to 10sqre
puttspitim tie to nolls
Significant (impact)
289005
ewog er d
Site
Skylined
rwyd
hed art of ginished to no be
selsw to vbodarilo 10
moob isnemotivne
Soil collapse ses primo exit aucu
Species
riquor salow to oc
evils in
Study area
Subsidence (soil)
Substation
Sulfur dioxide
abhal
potonal) seule
solibom bris
Joy anos bado
Syncline
System
or espinosi no esuess
bssesses bra bailiinabi How alosqm hels
Stands of trees or shrubs that provides cover or
protection, as from the weather. Usually occur
near rural residences or along field edges.
"Significant" has been used in this document to
describe any impact that would cause a
substantial adverse change or stress to one or
more environmental resources. In general, all
potential high impacts were considered to be
"significant;" but in some cases potential moderate
impacts were considered significant.
Any locale showing evidence of a given resource.
Located on the horizon such that the background
for viewing is open sky.
Soil collapse is caused by overloading loamy or
silty soils with heavy equipment. Soil particles are
compressed, thus reducing the air-water filled
pore space and permitting reduction of soil
volume.
A group of individuals of common ancestry that
closely resemble each other structurally and
physiologically and in nature interbreed to
produce fertile offspring.
A given geographical area delineated for specific
research.
The sinking of the earth's surface because of the
withdrawal of water or mineral resources.
A facility in an electrical transmission system with
the capability to route and control electrical power,
and to transform power to a higher or lower
voltage.
A heavy, suffocating, colorless, water-soluble gas
(SO2), obtained from burning sulfur. A common
product of hydrocarbon and coal combustion.
A fold, in rock, that is concave upward.
A subdivision of the overall routing network
representing localized routing options. Each
system is comprised of two or more routes sharing
common endpoints.
C-10
Teratology
The study of development abnormalities in the
8MYMORDA OMA 2 fetus and of the causes of such occurrences.
Threatened species
Topography
Any species likely to become endangered within
the foreseeable future throughout all or a
significant part of its range.
Inemuo grittemaA
Bolotnian leats notoubnoo munimulA
Tributaries
OH to Bonus
The relief and contour of the land.
Streams or rivers that contribute their flows to
larger streams, rivers, or other bodies of water.
Use volume quoille neloni nasham The total volume of visitor use each segment of a
travel route or use area receives.
Utility corridor
Viewshedemagens brs to
A common route used by more than one utility for
eelon eldibu transportation.
MA
Landscape visible from a viewpoint. Could be
open to the horizon or limited by topography,
vino wooltools nie vegetation, structures, etc.
Visual-sensitivity levels do brisanasto The index of the relative degree of user interest in
scenic quality and concern for existing or
MWH
notaalmogen almost proposed changes in the landscape features of a
given area in relation to other areas in the study
Vilauo latrisinonimno on area.
Visual Quality Objectives east of
NESC
A desired level of excellence based on physical
and sociological characteristics of an area. Refers
betriplew "A" aludice to degree of acceptable alteration of the
characteristic landscape
Those areas that are inundated by surface or
Menua bent groundwater with a frequency sufficient to support
vegetative or aquatic life that requires saturated or
govorom
vorom ano voda aled
Wetlands
is
gion to ta
themetste sont latnemoniluns seasonally saturated soil conditions for growth
and reproduction.
σεβίκων πρωτ
hogen Josqm Intemnotv
ponerehami dengemonte
VanenA nobeton Isnemnostr
am3 oveW buat
VHB
Wawe
C-11
But alanlamanda memgolaveb to you
nue to agar ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
one amooed of vanil
A
to e suolgut
un
Amperes
ac
ACSR
ACHPX
Jon AIRFA foes au solaiv to ormulov
20908) Bens sau o alu
AM
nom yd boau nu
AN
BLM
Alternating current
Aluminum conductor steel reinforced
Advisory Council of Historic Preservation
American Indian Religious Freedom Act
Amplitude modulation
Audible noise
Bureau of Land Management bertawal
BEPC
pike CB
sengel vitales arts to
CEC
nsegnars beeor
CEQ
Basin Electric Power Cooperative
Citizens and Mobile Bands de
California Energy Commission
Council on Environmental Quality
cfs
Cubic feet per second
SUO IquelV
dBA
Decibels, "A" weighted
dBuV/m
Decibels above one microvolt per meter
dc
vanauperis daw telev
Direct current
DEIS
Draft environmental impact statement
mottaubong
DOE
EHV
EIR
EMI
EPA
Department of Energy
Extra high voltage
Environmental impact report
Electromagnetic interference
Environmental Protection Agency
FM
GWEN
Frequency Modulation
Dom Ground Wave Emergency Network
C-10 C-12
Faring
tr-o
HPOF
Bonenehatni nolelve
APPENDIX DE High-Pressure Oil-Filled CTS
HV
stem oldua migo
flushoA to Inomhaqs estate ba
IA/MPP
019 Istremorin3 ads
kcmil
noitsmeber to users asta12
Both current and vollar
The currerak
of a magnetic
High Voltage
INT
Impact assessment and mitigation planning
process
rist
ARB
A9380
Thousands of a circle 1 mil (0.001 inch) in
diameter
Key observation points
volts
Kilovolt
Tran
KOPS
KV
kV/m
KW
kWh
alectic
MA
MEC
MW
referred to
MWH
NEPA
NESC
NPS
for Induced curts
facts due to the maonado
Kilovolt per meter
Kilowatt
Kilowatt-hour
Milliamperes
McKenzie Electric Cooperative
Megawatt
Megawatt-hour
National Environmental Policy Act
National Electric Safety Code
National Park Service
NRHP
ppb
RI
ROW
SCOF
SCS
SHPO
SQRU
TRNP
National Register of Historic Places
Parts per Billion
Radio interference
Right-of-way
Self-Contained Oil-Filled
Soil Conservation Service
State Historic Preservation Officer
Scenic Quality Rating Units
Theodore Roosevelt National Park
Corona on
C-13
TVI
ug/m
Television interference
bel-10 eu
USDA notispita breinameas
USEPA
Microgram/cubic meter MS
ROSH
VH
United States Department of Agriculture
99M AI
United States Environmental Protection Agency
100.0) lim reisio s to
USBR
United States Bureau of Reclamation limax
FS
Forest Service
ainlog nolievisedo v
USFWS
United States Fish & Wildlife Service
USGS
V
v/m
VRM
WPEC
stem aq tovor
Volts
Wi
Volts per meter
AWA
Visual Resource Management
Am
West Plains Electric Cooperative
OBM
NewsgaM
WM
tow
HWM
ASOM
OPEN
United States Geological Survey
SHAM
Energy
Vow-to-trigla
WOR
9008
elinae noise
R08
208
ency OSHа
Unca
Emergency NetworЯHAT
C-14
TAB
LIGNHE D-J
APPENDIX D-ELECTRICAL EFFECTS
A. Line Characteristics
Both current and voltage are required to transmit electrical energy over a
transmission line. The current is a flow of electric charge measured in amperes or amps (A)
and is the source of a magnetic field. The voltage, which represents the potential for an
electrical charge to do work, is expressed in units of volts (V) or kilovolts (kV) and is the
source of an electric field. The proposed Charlie Creek to Belfield Transmission Line is a
345-kV line which may operate at voltages between 228-kV and 262-kV. At maximum
capacity approximately 1990 A will flow in each of the three phases. However, the projected
loading of the proposed line would be significantly less than maximum capacity.
Because the current and voltage are varying at 60 hertz (Hz), or cycles per second,
the magnetic and electric fields are also varying at 60 Hz. The fields extend out from the
conductors and decrease as distance from the transmission line increases. The electric
fields at two locations are important for the electrical effects associated with a transmission
line. First, the electric field at the surface of the conductors is responsible for corona
occurring at that location. Corona is the electrical breakdown of the air into charged
particles which results in audible noise (AN), electromagnetic interference, and other effects
commonly referred to as "corona effects." Second, the electric field at ground level is
responsible for induced currents and voltages, and related effects. These phenomena,
along with effects due to the magnetic field at ground level, are commonly referred to as
"field effects."
Analysis of the electrical effects of the proposed Charlie Creek-Belfield transmission
line was conducted for the configuration shown on Figure D-1.
A voltage of 345-kV was selected as a nominal operating condition. The minimum
conductor clearance used for analyzing effects was 30 feet, corresponding to a conductor
temperature of 176 °F (80 °C). The conditions required for this minimum clearance to occur
would be rare.
Table D-1 shows the combined effects of audible noise, radio and television
interference, ozone levels, magnetic, and electrical fields.
bato go o
1. Corona Effects
The electric field from the energized conductors of a high voltage transmission line can
cause corona to occur on the conductors, insulators and hardware of the line. Corona
represents a conversion of electrical energy into AN, electromagnetic interference, visible
light and heat. Chemical reactions take place between the ionized gas molecules near the
conductors and photochemical oxidants such as ozone and oxides of nitrogen are
produced. The electric field at the surface of a conductor is the most important factor in
determining whether or not corona will occur. Electric-field strength is dependent on the
voltage and the size of the conductor. The smaller the radius of curvature of an object, the
higher will be the electric field at the surface of the object for a given voltage. Corona on
D-1
STORE JADIATOREXIA
ЧА
of Agriculture

FIGURE D-1
poliehetosisno
Edge of
Right-of-Way
savo viene leahtbels Oanail of betype
zeno
artovolol to
K
bs
noinw.spatlov ant blan
atlov lo atinu nt beweere
of een elherto basogovo
6SS neswied appr
zapplic
ni woll Illw w A 00
ass! yline pole ed bluowaniezdo
sar snil nomens blei
Visas bns
38a60 mumb S
(SH) sharl 08 ts
ebla) edT sH 03
enil nolealmen
08
abette
T
100
62
поло
100
potibels (MA) eaton el
ebbette snoo
2008tlov bris al
bloit olengam ert oeu
3
2
polazimendola-deen effisno boogong ent to lapelis leohtoelnerito alavien
1-0 en norworta noltugiinco erot ratoubro
2-
19
ab muminkin sirt hot blu
30
prisviens 101
Horizontal
Conductor Configuration (Typical)
Proposed Charlie Creek to Belfield 345 kV Transmission Line
to
to epatiov O
T008° at to ende
noo art
selon eldibus abbons be
ebelt leohtools ba
Distance at 176° F
Conductor Temperature
Belo
sol
80%
97510W
erit awis - elds
agem alvel snoso e ini
smal
3101
alost
nso en nolecimang epsilov ripiri a to enojubno mene erti hot bleft ohdosie oriT
snoo anil art to sewbied bas otsus
alfaly sonstphatni obtenperatosis MA
MA on
000 of sno100 90000
nlerevnoo в а поведет
ad seen eelusaiom sag besinol eri neewed cosiq exist enolioset is mero ser bra tripil
ess repostin to sebixo bns enoso as dua simsblo leolmerlodoriq bns anotoubnoo
ni holos inshoqmi taom erti al soloubnoo is to sortua erit te blait ohibele erft beoubong
arit no inebneqsb el riigrete bisit-ohtos uoco liw snonoo ton to herfierw gninimmsteb
erit joeldo ne to eutsid to quiben erftellama si soloubnoo erit to esle erit bris spatiov
no enoto apstlov nevis not toldo art to soshua eril is bis!! ohtools art ed lliw aripid
bell of
0414
D-2

alosant estoin as dous anolauntong
erit lotans
called
cy Redio
of worls bns beñhay need
m (dec
as a gan
ub sidington: Salon fal
aon!! nolasimanent
ba
WROD
88
ab
enis
20
188 S
eur
TABLE D-1. COMBINED OUTPUT OF AUDIBLE NOISE, RADIO NOISE, TVI, OZONE
CONCENTRATION,GROUND GRADIENT AND MAGNETIC FIELD
blow
sapori #3
eels riw
and the complainant Typ
to be minimal.
Initigating technique
bru
से
OZONE FOR
ELECTRIC
MAGNETIC
RATE OF
0.05"/HR AT
FIELD
FIELD
TVI Rain
dBuV/m
0-Foot Level
PPB
kV/m
Gauss/
1000 Amp
RADIO INTERFERENCE
L50 Fair
dBuV/m
Proposed Action:
Steel-lattice or H-frame, horizontal
46.3
21.3
57.3
40.3
20.9
0.145752
1.604
0.05368
configuration; 165' typical
right-of-way (82.5' between
centerline and edge of
right-of-way; data based on 80')
CONFIGURATION/
ROW WIDTH
L50 Rain
dBA
L50 Fair
dBA
L50 Rain
dBuV/m
AUDIBLE NOISE
Source: Western Area Power Administration, 1988
Croning
D-3
gonice
conductors occurs where the field has been enhanced by protrusions such as nicks, insects
or water drops. During fair weather the number of these sources is small and corona is
insignificant. However, during rain, fog and snow the number of these sources increases
substantially because of raindrops, snowflakes, and condensation on the surface of the
conductors. Therefore, corona effects are much greater during foul weather.
Corona effects from transmission lines have been studied extensively for many
years. The equations used here to calculate levels have been verified and shown to
accurately predict the corona performance of proposed lines. The parameters of
importance in the calculations are the line voltage, line configuration or geometry, number
and diameter of the conductors, and the weather condition.
a. Audible Noise. Corona-generated AN from transmission lines is generally
characterized as a crackling, hissing noise. The noise is most noticeable during wet
conductor conditions such as rain, snow, or fog. Sometimes a 120 Hz hum is also present
during foul weather. During fair weather, AN from transmission lines is a very sporadic
crackling sound which is barely perceptible. Transmission line AN is measured and
predicted in units of decibels (A-weighted) or dBA. The A-weighted sound level scale
weights the various frequency components of a noise in the same way that the human ear
responds.
VICE
Some typical noise levels are: a library, 40 dBA; light automobile traffic at 100 feet,
50 dBA; an air conditioning unit at 20 feet, 60 dBA; and freeway traffic or a freight train at 50
feet, 70 dBA. This last level represents the point at which a contribution to hearing
impairment begins (USEPA, 1972). Continuous noise levels of 44 dBA do not interfere with
normal conversation at up to 25 feet separation between individuals (Scott-Walton, 1979).
Outdoor noise is attenuated (i.e., reduced) when passing through buildings. A conservative
estimate of the attenuation of a residence with an open window is 10-to-12 dBA. Sleep
disturbance occurs for steady noises above about 35 dBA (Scott-Walton, 1979). An
increase of 10 dBA is usually perceived subjectively as a "doubling" of the sound.
TOE VI
Transmission line noise is commonly expressed in terms of exceedance levels: for
example, L50 and L5 refer to the noise levels in dBA that are exceeded 50 percent and 5
percent of the time, respectively. Separate exceedance levels are given for fair and foul
weather. The L50 foul weather level corresponds closely to an average value over all rains
for a long period of time, usually one year. The L5 level for foul weather is considered to
correspond to a heavy rain or maximum value. The overall average noise level depends on
the amount of foul weather at a particular location.
Predicted L50 AN levels for the edge of the right-of-way during foul weather for the
two line configurations are shown on Table D-1. The average (L50) values at the edge of the
right-of-way is 46.3 dBA for the proposed action. The predicted average fair weather noise
levels at the edge of the right-of-way is 21.3 dBA. These levels would most likely be below
ambient noise levels.
In most instances the AN from the Charlie Creek to Belfield line would be masked
by naturally occurring sounds at locations beyond the edge of the right-of-way. The
attenuation associated with residences would reduce the maximum levels inside a house
right at the edge of the right-of-way to levels below where interference with sleep,
conversation, or television viewing occurs.
83
D-4
DEL
halugen! to Bosh
Bosh 2010
b. Radio and Television Interference. Corona on transmission line conductors can
generate electromagnetic noise at the frequencies at which radio and television signals are
transmitted. This noise can cause interference with the reception of these signals and is
called radio interference (or RI) and television interference (or TVI), depending on
frequency. Radio reception in the AM broadcast band (535 to 1605 kHz) is most often
affected with what is commonly referred to as static. FM radio reception is rarely affected.
Only radio receivers very near to transmission lines have the potential to be affected
by RI. An acceptable level of maximum fair weather RI at the edge of a right-of-way is 40 to
45 dBuV/m (decibels above I microvolt per meter) (EPRI, 1978). Average levels during foul
weather are, as a general rule, 16 to 22 dB higher than average fair weather levels.
ni bazu
bm
The predicted fair and foul weather RI levels for the proposed Charlie Creek-Belfield
line are shown in Table D-1. The L50 fair weather level at the edge of the right-of-way is 40.3
dBuV/m for the proposed configuration. During foul weather the L50 level is 57.3 dBuV/m.
Both levels are within acceptable guidelines.
Another and more prevalent source of RI and TVI from electrical systems is spark
gaps on distribution and low voltage transmission lines. If for some reason, such as
mechanical failure, vibration or corrosion, a connection between two parts that is usually
conducting becomes nonconducting, then a voltage can develop across the gap between
the two components. If the voltage is large enough then a spark occurs which generates RI,
TVI and sometimes AN. This type of interference is primarily a fair weather phenomenon.
Water tends to short out the gaps during foul weather. Obviously spark gaps will occur
more often on old lines where loose and damaged hardware, and dirty insulators are
undoubtedly present to a large extent. New lines are designed with corona- and gap-free
shahardware.
To
If RI generated by the proposed transmission line proves annoying in a given
situation, mitigating techniques exist and will be applied on a one-to-one basis between
Western and the complainant. Typical mitigation measures that will be applied include
cleaning insulators, tightening line hardware, and inspecting conductor surface for
irregularities.
eanil nole
ylened
ed
Corona-generated interference can affect the reception of the video (picture)
portion of a TV signal. When it occurs, TVI due to corona appears as three bands of "snow"
on the television screen. TVI at the edge of the right-of-way due to corona occurs during
foul weather and is generally of concern for transmission lines with voltages of 345-kV or
auabove. The anticipated level of corona-generated TVI from the Charlie Creek-Belfield line is
20.9 dBuV/m. These are lower levels than those occurring on many previously built 500-kV
grandlines where TVI has not been a serious problem (Loftness, 1981).
As with RI, gap sources on distribution and low voltage transmission lines are the
as dourprincipal source of TVI. The proposed line would be designed to minimize such sources of
TVI. Other forms of television interference from transmission lines are signal reflection
(ghosting) and signal blocking caused by the relative locations of the transmission structure
oute and receiving antenna with respect to the incoming television signal.
In summary, the impact on television reception from the proposed line is expected
to be minimal. In those instances where television reception is degraded by the line,
ono le mitigating techniques exist and would be applied on a one-to-one basis between Western
and the complainant. Typical mitigation measures that would be applied include: Cleaning
D-5
insulators, tightening line hardware, inspecting conductor surface for irregularities,
060 relocating complainants' antennae, installing high-gain or directional antennae, connecting
to a cable system or installing a translator station.
c. Other Interference. Corona-generated interference can conceivably cause
disruption on other communication bands such as the citizens' (CB) and mobile bands.
However, complaints of interference from transmission lines to CB radio are rare. A more
likely cause of interference to CB is sparking on a transmission or distribution line. Mobile
radio communications are not susceptible to transmission line interference because they
are generally frequency modulated (FM). In the unlikely event interference occurs with
these or other communications, mitigation can be achieved with the same techniques
utilized for TV and AM radio interference.
A recent study of interference to electronic monitoring equipment used in
agriculture indicated that a limited number of problems had arisen in the past (Gustafson,
1979). The exact cause of the interference was not completely identified but seemed to be
related to abnormal operating conditions of the lines in question; e.g., dirty or leaky
insulators which would be a strong source of RI. In the few instances of this type of
Whage interference, no damage to the monitoring devices was reported and they operated
normally when away from the line. Given the increasing sophistication of manufacturers
Wise and the necessity to shield from other sources such as communications, ignitions, and
solenoid generating noise, the noise immunity of agricultural monitoring systems to
electromagnetic interference is being increased as new models are developed. In the
unlikely event that problems arise from the transmission line, mitigation can be
accomplished by proper shielding.
d. Visible Light. Corona is visible as a bluish glow or as bluish plumes. On the
proposed line, corona on the conductors would be observable only under the darkest
and/or rainiest conditions, when the corona is most intense, and probably would be visible
only with the aid of binoculars. Without a period of adaptation for the eyes, and without
intentionally looking for the corona, it would probably not be noticeable.
e. Photochemical Oxidants. When corona is present, the air surrounding the
conductors is ionized and many chemical reactions take place producing small amounts of
ozone and other oxidants. Measurements in the laboratory and near transmission lines
have shown that the amount of oxidants produced by operating transmission lines is barely
measurable and of no environmental consequence.
f. Ozone. Ozone is a colorless, unstable gas with a pungent odor. It can be
measured in micrograms per cubic meter (ug/m³) or parts per billion (ppb). Natural
006 sources of ozone at ground level are: diffusion from the stratosphere where ozone is
formed by sunlight, and production by electrical processes such as lightning.
Photochemical oxidants that are formed by the action of sunlight on hydrocarbons and
nitrogen oxides are another principal source of ambient ozone. The precursors for this
source are usually associated with man's activities where combustion is involved, such as
transportation and industrial processes.
Ozone is also the principal naturally occurring oxidant and the principal constituent
(90 percent) of the photochemical oxidant mixtures associated with air pollution.
The national primary ambient air quality standard for photochemical oxidants, of
which ozone is the principal component, is 235 ug/mA3 or 120 ppb. This is a maximal one
D-6
LIGABE D-S
09
DIBLYиCE EBOW CENIENTIME IN BEEL
20
OF
08
10
OS
OT
80
oe
100
WYCHELIC LIETD2 (evnza)
hour concentration not to be exceeded more than once per year.
In rural areas,
concentrations are usually in the range of 10-30 ppb, with higher levels present during the
summer.
The maximum incremental ozone levels at ground level calculated for either the
proposed or alternative conductor configurations of the proposed line would be less than
approximately 0.3 ppb for a 1.0 mph perpendicular wind and a 0.05 inch/hr rain. Because
the resolution of ozone instrumentation is approximately 1.0 ppb, it is very unlikely that
corona-generated ozone from the proposed line could be measured. Furthermore, the
incremental levels of ozone predicted for this line are insignificant when compared to natural
levels, fluctuations in natural levels and air quality criteria.
g. Nitrogen Oxides. Nitrogen oxides are produced by corona discharges from high
voltage transmission lines. However, studies conducted to determine the amount of
nitrogen oxides produced show the amount produced is normally one-tenth the quantity of
ozone produced. The maximum ground level concentration of nitrogen oxides produced by
the proposed transmission line is expected to be negligible.
2. Field Effects
2
EC
a. Electric Field. The electric field created by a high voltage transmission line
extends from the energized conductors to other conducting objects such as the ground,
towers, vegetation, buildings, vehicles and persons. The electric field or voltage gradient is
expressed in units of volts/meter (V/m) or kilovolts/meter (kV/m). The unperturbed electric
field at a height of 3.3 feet is used to describe the field under transmission lines. This
quantity is easily measured and can be used to characterize the level of effects associated
with the fields. The most important parameters for determining the ground level electric
field of a transmission line are conductor height above ground and line voltage.
Because of practical considerations, measured values of electric field can, and do,
deviate from calculated values. It is therefore common practice to calculate the electric
fields for a line under a specific extreme condition. The National Electric Safety Code
(NESC, 1977) states the condition for evaluating electric-field-induced short circuit currents
as conductors at a final unloaded sag at 120 °F. The operating voltage is 345-kV. The
computed electric-field profiles at 3.3 feet above ground for the proposed conductor
configurations is shown in Figure D-2. The maximum field at the minimum 30-foot clearance
is 6.4 kV/m. As shown in Table D-1, the edge-of-right-of-way fields are 1.604 kV/m. As a
means of comparison, typical 500-kV lines have maximum electric fields of 8 to 9 KV/m, and
edge-of-right-of-way values of 2.5 to 3.5 kV/m (Lee, 1978).
The NESC in effect limits the maximum electric field under transmission lines with
voltages greater than 242-kV and requires that conductor clearance at a conductor
temperature of 120 °F be sufficient to keep the induced short-circuit current to the largest
anticipated vehicle to less than 5 milliampere (mA). Because the induced current depends
on the electric field, this criterion established the maximum field that can occur for a known
vehicle. This particular constraint is applicable at voltages of 345-kV and above.
EFECUBIC STEPD MOD-7
BEB WELEH
D-8
7
سبيا
6
ELECTRIC FIELD IN KILOVOLTS PER METER
2
3
5
O
ohatha ein biali ohtools
abinav beisq
이
​100
MAGNETIC FIELD
ELECTRIC & MAGNETIC
FIELDS AT 3.3 FOOT HEIGHT
0.7
0.6
ELECTRIC FIELD
0.5
EDGE OF RIGHT-OF-WAY
0.
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 3 100
DISTANCE FROM CENTERLINE IN FEET
FIGURE D-2
0.3
0.2
MAGNETIC FIELDS (GAUSS)

0.1
STOBL80 2UDINAV RO3 2TVB
UBAT
(1) Induced Currents. When a conducting object, such as a vehicle or
person, is placed in an electric field, currents and voltages are induced in the
object. The magnitude of the induced current depends on the electric-field strength
and the size and shape of the object. If the object is grounded, then the induced
current flows to earth and is called the short-circuit current of the object. In this
case, the voltage on the object is effectively zero. If the object is insulated (not
grounded), then it assumes some voltage relative to ground. These induced
currents and voltages represent a potential source of nuisance shocks near a high
voltage transmission line.
Some representative short-circuit currents in unperturbed fields of 1.0 kV/m
and 5.1 kV/m are given in Table D-2. The largest permitted truck in North Dakota is
65 x 8.5 x 13.5 feet. The largest anticipated vehicle under the Charlie Creek to
Belfield line is 65 x 13.5 feet with a short-circuit current of approximately 0.93
mA/kV/m. Large pieces of farm equipment, such as hay wagons and combines,
would also have large short-circuit currents but would not exceed this level.
Therefore, with the conductor at 120 °F, 34-foot clearance, the short-circuit current
to the largest anticipated vehicle is 4.74 mA, which is less than the NESC criterion
of 5 mA.
The possibility of the total short circuit current being available for a shock is
further diminished by less than ideal conditions such as conducting tires, vegetation
touching the vehicle, moisture, etc. However, the values in Table D-2 do allow an
upper bound to be placed on available currents. If a person provides the only
conducting path from the object to ground, then the currents listed in Table D-2
flow through the person.
(2) Steady-State Current Shocks. Steady-state currents are those that flow
continuously after a person contacts an object and provides a path to ground for
the induced current. The response of persons to such currents has been
extensively studied and levels of response documented (Keesey, 1969; IEEE, 1978).
Primary shocks are those that can result in direct physiological harm. The lowest
category of primary shocks is "let go" which represents the steady-state current that
cannot be released voluntarily. The "let go" threshold was established for adult
males at 9.0 mA and 6.0 mA for adult females. These thresholds were established
for adult men weighing 180 pounds and adult women weighing 120 pounds. Let-go
thresholds for adults have been established from actual experimentation.
Thresholds for children, however, have been derived from the data for adults, since
no actual measurements were taken from children. The derivation of a threshold for
children was based on body weight, and is generally accepted as 5.0 mA (the value
adopted by the NESC). No information is readily available on the body weight of
the children for whom the 5.0 mA threshold was adopted. Despite the more
widespread adoption of the 5.0 mA threshold, some within the profession advocate
the adoption of a 4.5 mA threshold. Primary shocks will not be possible from the
induced currents under the proposed Charlie Creek to Belfield line because of the
line's relatively low field strengths and the grounding practices of Western.
The maximum induced current criterion for vehicles is 5 mA. Potential
steady-state current shocks from vehicles under the proposed Charlie Creek to
Belfield line would be at or below the secondary shock level, where secondary
shocks are defined as those that could cause an involuntary and potentially harmful
movement but cause no direct physiological harm.
D-9
TABLE D-2. SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENTS FOR VARIOUS OBJECTS
IN MILLIAMPERES (MA)
Field
bellsa
Object
1 kV/m
5.1 kV/m
Person (5'8" tall)
0.016
0.08
Cow
0.024
0.12
Sedan
0.11
0.56
Camper truck (28' long)
0.28
1.43
Large trailer-truck (65 x 8.5 x 13.5)¹
0.93
4.74
Large haystacker and 4WD tractor²2
0.89
4.54
3-strand fence (200' long)
0.30
1.53
¹Largest anticipated vehicle (Reilly 1979).
nuod
2Estimated from vehicle described by Hancock (1980) with increment of 0.07 mA/(kV/m)
for 4-wheel drive versus 2-wheel drive tractor.
Source: Western Area Power Administration, 1988
lastoRA 2.
of Hem elhar bes
Aum 0.8
jaw
Hubs of
nsiblido
vd betqobs
to no gobs baengaeble
Am de a lo noligobs arti
aignende blat wol yleviteley a'entli
Bespin bapubai mumbem sd7
day meant albore meno state vboats
10 te ed bloow anil blallia 2
srit sacrit as baneb sha axborle
on sauso hid themeve
every
D-10
1
02
BQ
FIGURE D
sil diguovi al encued of are
ed so touboo Several factors tend to reduce the opportunity for secondary shocks to
ali norw occur. If activities are distributed over the whole right-of-way, then only a small
percentage of time will be spent in areas where the field is at or close to the
maximum value. If road crossings are kept near the towers, then vehicular traffic in
amos abiv high-field-strength areas will be restricted to farm machinery on soil or vegetation
briel zenit which tends to reduce shock currents substantially.
brs lice en
Because of these mitigating factors it is very likely that most steady-state
current shocks will be below the 1.1 mA perception level for 50 percent of men and,
in fact, less than the 0.5 mA standard for maximum leakage current from portable
abbotts boo appliances. Thus steady-state current shocks are not anticipated to occur very
often, and when they do they will represent a nuisance rather than a hazard.
Gebis
Yhalim
buong
pribliud no
Violsa
vd
bris aaloire
(3) Spark Discharge Shocks. Induced voltages appear on objects such as
vehicles when there is an inadequate ground. If the voltage is sufficiently high, then
a spark discharge shock will occur as contact is made with the object. Such
shocks are similar to "carpet" shocks, which occur when touching a door knob after
walking across a carpet on a dry day. Spark discharge shocks could occur under
the Charlie Creek to Belfield line. However, the magnitude of the electric field would
be low enough so that this type of shock would rarely occur and then only in a
small area under the line near midspan.
Carrying or handling conducting objects under the line can also result in
evods fost spark discharges that are a nuisance. Irrigation pipe should be carried as low to the
2205 Cground as possible and preferably unloaded at a distance from the transmission
line to eliminate spark discharge nuisance shocks. The primary hazard with
irrigation pipe, however, is direct contact with the conductors.
epbe erit is
mumixem s
1890
to level
(4) Field Perception. When the electric field under a transmission line is
sufficiently great, it can be perceived by hair erection on an upraised hand with the
al des erit sensation of a slight breeze blowing over the hand or arm. It is very unlikely that the
electric field under the Charlie Creek to Belfield line would be perceivable directly
when standing on the ground. When working on top of equipment there is
probably enough extraneous skin stimulation during normal activities to preclude
perception of the field at all.
gens mot
etosido pak
basaucaib al
gool poitoul
292olo nost
belimi ang
expo
(5) Grounding and Shielding. The grounding policies of Western eliminate
the possibility of nuisance shocks due to induced currents from stationary objects
such as fences and buildings. Since the electric field extends beyond the right-of-
way, grounding requirements extend beyond the right-of-way for very large objects
or extremely long fences. Electric fences require a special grounding technique
because they can only operate if they are insulated. Application of the grounding
policy during and after construction will effectively mitigate the potential for shocks
from stationary objects near the proposed line.
Mobile objects such as vehicles and farm machinery cannot be grounded
permanently like a fence or building. Limits to coupled currents to persons from
such objects are accomplished in three ways. First the NESC requires that the
conductor clearance for lines with voltage exceeding 242-KV be such as to keep the
induced short circuit current to the largest anticipated vehicle under the line less
than 5 mA.
D-11
nok
adog
Who
A second method of reducing potential currents to persons is through the
intentional use of grounds. For example, a chain or other conductor can be
dragged by a vehicle; a ground strap can be attached to the vehicle when it is
stopped.
Third, the very nature of large vehicles and their use tend to provide some
grounding and reduce the electrical resistance of the vehicle to ground. Tires tend
to be conductive, farm machinery is usually in direct contact with the soil, and
conducting vegetation is in contact with equipment. Because of these factors, the
realization of a well insulated (worst-case) vehicle is a remote possibility.
Electric-field reduction and the accompanying reduction in induced effects
such as shocks is also accomplished by conductive shielding. Persons inside a
conducting-vehicle cab or canopy will be shielded from the electric field. Similarly,
a row of trees or a lower voltage distribution line will reduce the field on the ground
in their vicinity. Metal pipes, wiring, and other conductors in a residence or building
will shield the interior from the electric field due to the transmission line.
Thus, impacts of electric-field coupling can be mitigated through grounding
vo policies and adherence to the NESC. Worst-case levels are used for safety
analysis, but, in practice, currents and voltages are reduced considerably by
inadvertent grounding. Shielding by conducting objects, such as vehicles and
vegetation, also reduces the potential for electric-field effects.
b. Magnetic Field. The maximum calculated 60 Hz magnetic field at 3.3 feet above
ground for the proposed Charlie Creek to Belfield 345-kV transmission line is 0.43 gauss.
This field would occur under conditions of maximum current (1990 A) and a conductor
height of 30 feet. For these conditions, the maximum calculated magnetic field at the edge
of the right-of-way is 0.11 gauss. The maximum level is comparable with the maximum
magnetic fields of other transmission lines and with levels of magnetic field measured near
some common household appliances (Lee, et al., 1985; Gauger, 1985). The actual level of
magnetic field will vary as the current on the line varies. The dc magnetic field of the earth is
0.6 gauss.
There are two possible impacts associated with the magnetic fields from an ac
transmission line: magnetically induced voltages and currents in long conducting objects
and possible biological effects due to long-term exposure. The latter possibility is discussed
in the section on long term exposure to transmission line fields.
diseog
(1) Magnetically Induced Currents and Voltages. Alternating magnetic
fields induce voltages at the open ends of conducting loops. The conducting loop
can be formed by a fence, an irrigation pipe, a pipeline, an electrical distribution line
soort voor a telephone line. The earth to which one end of the conductor is grounded forms
the other portion of the loop. The possibility for a shock exists if a person closes
the loop at the open end by contacting both the ground and the conductor.
bab
em
Shocks due to magnetically induced currents and voltages are of the same
type as those due to electric field induced currents and voltages. In the case of
magnetic induction, the voltages are generally quite low and the currents are limited
by the resistance in the current path.
Am & nar
D-12
risant to souce aldiesogs 28
neblased oss
Normally, the resistance of shoes will limit the current to levels below the
onol to nolla threshold for perception. However, a low resistance contact (standing barefoot on
Over yhes damp earth) with a long insulated fence parallel to a heavily loaded transmission
line can result in steady state currents above threshold and even above let-go. This
latter possibility is very unlikely because of the long length of ungrounded fence
required. Mitigation measures, such as grounding and breaking electrical
continuity, that are implemented for electric field induction will also mitigate
magnetic field induction effects.
818w VX-008 n
bus obidil to
shtools of bat
everi ener
erer noe
leivo2 erft
bebulonco bris
behogen
bris viiblisy erf
ni betlo 080
Magnetically induced currents from powerlines have been investigated for
many years (IEEE, 1974; Jaffa and Stewart, 1981; Jaffa, 1981; Taflove and
Dabkowski, 1979; Olsen and Jaffa, 1984). Calculation methods and mitigating
measures are available. A recent comprehensive study of gas pipelines near
transmission lines developed prediction methods and mitigation techniques
specifically for induced voltages on pipelines (Taflove and Dabkowski, 1979;
set brs bene Dabkowski and Taflove, 1979). Similar techniques and procedures are available for
irrigation pipes and fences.
feart
need as
edi brs
need ever
ert to aw
oftengem bre
content Geo
vioslvbA
matheW
ent new
(увет
Dillinslos edit th
to fluees adv
tu
eused the so
enutensilie
of aldia200
eblaft of
no at
anoleu
6e able
rttiw betalbot
al airft ear
exposur
Induction effects in adjacent facilities such as pipelines and
communications systems have been well studied and mitigation is usually handled
cooperatively with the affected parties on a case-by-case basis (Elek and Rokas,
1977; Taflove et al., 1979).
The magnitude of magnetic-field induced currents for both pipes and
fences is very dependent on the electrical unbalance (unequal currents) of the three
phases of the line. Thus, a distribution line where a phase outage can go unnoticed
for long lengths of time can represent a large source than a transmission line where
the loads are well balanced (Jaffa, 1981).
Results from an investigation of electric-shock due to magnetically coupled
currents to fences during electrical-fault conditions concluded that a hazardous
situation would be extremely unlikely to occur (Mohan et al., 1980). Although a 400-
kV dc line in Minnesota was considered, the results apply to an ac line as well,
because they were considering fault conditions.
Furthermore, standard grounding practices for lightning protection on
fences (150-foot intervals) are effective in reducing the energy available for shock
well below that considered to be dangerous.
Knowledge of the phenomenon, grounding practices and the availability of
mitigation measures mean that magnetic induction effects from the Charlie Creek to
Belfield line can be minimized. It is therefore unlikely that magnetically induced
voltages and currents would have an adverse impact.
on 3. Long-Term Exposure to Transmission Line Fields
blow
Jud
oferte The question of whether long-term direct exposure to the electric and magnetic
fields from transmission lines causes biological or health effects in humans is a controversial
subject which as been raised primarily in transmission line certification and condemnation
rtoiriw hearings. However, in no case has a specific deleterious effect been identified from
exposure to transmission line fields. Initially, concern centered on electric fields; however,
D-13
in recent years magnetic fields have also been identified as a possible source of health
effects.
a. Electric Fields. Much of the concern and activity related to the question of long-
ain term exposure effects was stimulated by reports from the Soviet Union in the early 1970s.
sonel These reports indicated that workers in substations with voltages greater than 500-kV were
abhts suffering from such debilitating effects as headaches, tiredness, nausea, loss of libido, and
Begin other functional disorders (Knickerbocker, 1985). These effects were attributed to electric
fields (greater than 5 kV/m). Subsequent studies in the United States and elsewhere have
failed to substantiate the Soviet findings of gross effects (as discussed by Michaelson, 1979,
hot be Mehn, 1979, Male and Norris, 1981, Lee, et al., 1985). Bridges (1978) evaluated the Soviet
studies in terms of other environmental factors present in the substations and concluded
pritap that the electric field could not be solely identified as the causal agent of the reported
effects. More recently, Soviet papers have expressed reservations about the validity and
esupin extent of earlier reports of adverse effects (Savin et al., 1978 and Bourgsdorf, 1980: cited in
ere Male and Norris, 1981).
Although the original impetus for concern has now been tempered and the
possibility of dramatic effects essentially eliminated, the question of possible subtle health
effects related to electric-field exposure remains. Over the past decade, research
addressing the existence and implications of possible effects of electric fields has been
conducted with humans, animals, and cells and tissues. The results of this research and the
question of possible health effects due to 60-Hz electric (and magnetic) fields have been
analyzed and reviewed by numerous authors and scientific panels. Recent reviews of the
literature and research related to possible health effects of 60-Hz electric and magnetic
fields have been prepared by: World Health Organization (WHO, 1984); American Institute
of Biological Sciences (AIBS, 1985); Florida Electric and Magnetic Fields Science Advisory
Commission (FEMFSAC, 1985); Bonneville Power Administration (Lee et al., 1985); Western
Energy Supply and Transmission Associates (WEST, 1986); New York State Power Line
Project (NYSLPLP) (Ahlbom et al., 1986), and Ontario Ministry of Health (Ontario, 1987).

These reviews were prepared by groups of scientists familiar with the scientific
literature on electric field effects. Each group evaluated, wholly or in part, the result of
epidemiologic studies, human laboratory studies, animal studies, and cell and tissue
studies. Although the reviews addressed the electric and magnetic field bioeffects literature
with varying degrees of thoroughness and with different emphases, it is still possible to
non extract common conclusions regarding possible health effects associated with electric fields
oors from transmission lines. These conclusions can be interpreted as the present consensus on
long-term effects of electric fields from transmission lines. (In general, the conclusions
apply also to magnetic fields. However, because of the present interest, magnetic fields are
to valid addressed in detail in the following section.)
of Has
basub Conclusion 1:
oflongam bne p
Istenavoninco
noitanmabo
mont belliinat
There is no apparent hazard to human health associated with
exposure to the electric fields found under transmission lines. This is
especially true for fields less than 10 kV/m.
The World Health Organization (1984), concluded that there is no
reason to limit access to areas where fields are below 10 kV/m but
that in consideration of chronic exposure it is prudent to avoid
unnecessary exposure in electric fields of 1 to 10 kV/m. This
cautionary note was not based on specific biological evidence but
rather on a prudent interpretation of the literature which
nesd
poveworkablelt ohtools no
no botas
erill
of susce
D-14
ybod erit ni alovel aboneo
Tomenius et recommended limiting exposures "to levels as low as can be
door of residences reasonably achieved."
measured fields of The NYSPLP Report (Ahlbom et al., 1987) identified a particular
reported for dwelling concern for the possible association of residential magnetic fields and
nolzemenin svarende certain childhood cancers, as discussed in the next section. They
seg mont seort nari also identified a variety of behavioral and nervous system effects that
were worthy of additional study. These "effects" may not constitute a
major hazard because most appear to be reversible, "but they may
impact temporarily on human function."
endl nols
tud yns
Tot noitais
riw bat
ablell offe
001 to
The most
(19878
Conclusion 2:
on ef exer
pipolo
beth
ni
ell63
ber
ed
adf
boo
bns
ne
Conclusion 3:
Conclusion 4:
The conclusion reached by the Ontario Ministry of Health (Ontario,
1987) was "...the diversity of the questions examined in the literature
has been considerable yet the results have failed to support a causal
relationship between ELF (extremely low frequency) field exposure
and a variety of adverse health effects. From this it may be inferred
that there is little or no evidence that there is a public health risk."
There are confirmed effects in vivo and in vitro systems due to
exposure to 60-Hz electric fields. These effects occur at the cellular,
physiological, and behavioral levels. However, extrapolation of these
effects to humans is speculative. Similarly, the degree of risk to
human health associated with these effects is highly uncertain.
Mechanisms of interaction, other than perception and shocks, that
explain effects of electric fields have not been established.
Research into possible and confirmed effects should continue to
elucidate effects, establish mechanisms, and develop dose-response
relationships. Research should also be directed towards quantifying
human exposures.
In the area of electric field effects, numerous studies have been completed with a
wide range of biological parameters. Specific areas of research can now be identified. For
example, one area of uncertainty regarding electric fields has been in the area of effects on
reproduction and development. Previous studies with swine and rats had indicated possible
increased malformations among offspring of exposed female animals (see, for example, Lee
et al., 1985). In follow-on research involving larger numbers of animals (rats) and multiple
exposure levels, Rommereim et al., 1987 (TDHS Report, 1987) have found no statistical
differences in the number of litters with malformations in four groups: exposed to different
field levels: 0 (control), 10, 65 and 100 kV/m.
of bimb
08
(089
Although it is virtually impossible to demonstrate "no risk" from electric field
exposures, the degree of uncertainty is continually reduced through research.
b. Magnetic Fields. Initial concern for and research on possible biological effects
from 60-Hz fields centered on electric fields. Magnetic fields from transmission lines did not
receive the same emphasis as electric fields because,
Calle
Investigated
Magnetic fields associated with transmission lines are at a low level compared
to levels where deleterious effects have been observed and magnetically
D-15
Wol
induced currents are at levels below endogenous levels in the body
(FEMFSAC, 1985).
Field levels in the home from appliances are comparable to or greater than
those from transmission lines.
Induced current densities from the peak magnetic fields under transmission
lines are approximately an order of magnitude less than those from peak
electrical fields (FEMFSAC, 1985).
Thus, the relatively low level of induced currents from 60-Hz transmission line
O magnetic fields and the lack of significant amounts of magnetic material in any but
sus specialized organisms make magnetic interaction with biologic material slight when
compared with 60-Hz electric-field interaction. No specific mechanism of interaction for
such low magnetic fields with non-magnetic biological systems has been identified.
Jon
bew
w
It should be pointed out, however, that for 60-Hz field exposures associated with
residential and occupational settings, the induced currents associated with magnetic fields
are comparable to or even greater than those associated with concurrent electric-field
exposure. Residential electric fields are reduced by approximately 1000 from peak
transmission line levels, while residential magnetic fields are approximately a factor of 100
less than transmission line fields. Again, it should be emphasized that there is no
mechanism of interaction identified for magnetic fields at these levels.
c. Epidemiologic Studies. In recent years there has been heightened concern
about possible effects of prolonged exposure to weak magnetic fields associated with
residential and occupational exposure. These concerns have been raised by epidemiologic
studies that have linked cancer with magnetic fields. Certain reports have associated
childhood cancers with residential magnetic field exposures. Similarly, other reports have
associated increased incidence of certain types of cancer with "electrical worker"
occupations, which purportedly have high magnetic fields exposures when compared with
other occupations. There are also contradictory or null reports of association with cancer in
studies involving both residential and occupational exposure. Recent reviews of these
studies include Tenforde (1986), WEST (1986), Ahlbom et al. (1987), and Savitz and Calle
(1987).
The possible association of childhood leukemia with magnetic fields was first raised
by Wertheimer and Leeper (1979). They observed a positive association between the
electrical distribution system wiring in Denver, Colorado, and the incidence of childhood
leukemia. They found that cancer cases were more likely to live near high-current
configurations (HCC), than near low-current configurations (LCC). HCC's are primary and
secondary wiring configurations that because of their location or wire size are assumed to
carry more electric current and hence to be stronger source of magnetic fields than LCC's.
The researchers concluded from their observations that an association may exist between
magnetic fields from residential distribution lines and childhood cancer. The cancer risk
appeared to be two to three times greater for residences near HCC's. Fulton et al., 1980
performed a similar study in Rhode Island but did not observe an association between
childhood cancer and wiring configuration. However, Wertheimer and Leeper (1980)
reanalyzed the data of Fulton et al. and reported a weak association between the incidence
of leukemia and HCC configurations.
vilag
D-16
playal of he
cs which
ar-0
bed spoue tarii sish art to
bawora tuota Tomenius et al., 1982 (Tomenius, 1986) measured magnetic field levels at the front
Ar of door of residences of childhood tumor cases and matched controls in Stockholm, Sweden.
elbuns The incidence of cancer was greater than expected in residences near 200-kV lines and with
not a measured fields of 3 mG or greater. An approximate two-fold increase in tumor rate was
reported for dwellings with visible 200-kV lines. However, the increased incidence of tumors
was not apparent for residences with fields that exceeded 4 mG (Tenforde, 1986).
The most recent childhood cancer study was performed in the Denver area by
Savitz (1987a; 1987b). This work was part of the NYSPLP and used both the Wertheimer-
Leeper wiring codes and magnetic field measurements as exposure indicators. Magnetic
field measurements in residences were made in both a low power condition (MAGLO) with
the major appliances and lights off and with the same sources turned on (MAGHI). The
childhood cases and controls in this study were different than those in the previous Denver
study (Wertheimer and Leeper, 1979). Savitz observed a slight association between cancer
cases and proximity to HCC's: a risk ratio of 1.53 was observed relative to non-HCC
homes; i.e. the increased risk associated with HCC's was about 50%. Because of the
limited number of cases and other uncertainties, this (statistically) from no increased risk.
etness (A risk ratio of 1.0 represents no increased risk.) The increased risk for measured magnetic
fields (MAGLO or MAGHI) could not be discerned statistically from no increased risk.
#not
Wertheimer and Leeper (1982) in a second study in the Denver area found an
association of the incidence of adult cancer with HCC's. A more recent study in the Seattle
area employing improved exposure characterization found no association between
measured magnetic fields or wiring codes and the incidence of adult leukemia (Stevens,
obanger 1986).
hoy
siqooq tar In the Seattle study, exposure in each of 43 houses was characterized by: 24-hour
art box measurement of field; spot field measurements on a different day; and, the wire coding
chate classification according to the Wertheimer-Leeper code (Kaune et al., 1987). There was a
areweak correlation between the 24-hour measurements and wiring code. However, the best
betups prediction of 24-hour residential magnetic fields was a formula developed through post-hoc
regression analysis of the data. The three characteristics within 140 feet of a home that
could be used to predict magnetic fields were presence of transmission lines, number of
primary phase conductors, and number of service drops. This latter factor seemed to be
the most important.
ble
In both epidemiologic studies done for the NYSPLP, (Stevens, 1986; Savitz, 1987) a
correlation between measured magnetic field and wire coding was found, giving some
et eone credence to the use of wire coding as a surrogate for historical exposure to magnetic fields.
alte However, the association between magnetic fields and the incidence of cancer is very
tenuous. One of the investigators in the recent Denver study has speculated that there is
some factor other than magnetic fields, associated with wiring code that may be linked
anchise more strongly with cancer (Wachtel et al., 1987).
erit
no
pen sin During the past several years, there have been several reports showing an
association between the incidence of adult leukemia or cancer and occupations that
snells purportedly involve exposure to electric and magnetic fields, the so-called "electrical
worker" categories. Milham (1982) reported an elevated number of leukemia deaths (36%)
for workers in ten electrical occupations in the state of Washington. Numerous surveys of
other occupational populations have subsequently appeared with varying results. Savitz
and Calle (1987) compiled data from eleven studies in which incidence of leukemia was
investigated as a function of possible occupational exposure. These data sets included the
D-17
original Milham data. Their intent was to assess the consistency of the data that suggested
front scan increased risk of leukemia among electrical workers. Of the eleven studies, four showed
mobaw no excess leukemia risk, five studies showed modestly elevated risk estimates of 1.2 to 1.4
thy brand one study showed a risk estimate of 1.9. The summary relative risk across all studies
and all jobs was a modest 1.2 for all leukemias and a higher 20 to 50% increase in risk for
num acute leukemia. However, they noted that the available data were not adequate to conclude
that electric and magnetic field exposures are the source of the increased risk.
T
Vita In assessing the significance of their results, Savitz and Calle (1987) noted the lack
of specificity of risk for leukemia: that is, other cancers also showed increased risks when
pe analyzed by job title, which would imply that magnetic fields were associated with multiple
law 10 types of cancer, an unlikely occurrence. Identification of exposure through related
occupation was also a weakness in the studies because of variation of exposure within a
specific occupation, the possible absence of exposure measurements for some of these
occupations. Confounding factors such as other carcinogenic agents in the workplace,
medical ionizing radiation and family cancer history were also not addressed in studies of
to this type.
odempre bens Recent reviews of the epidemiologic literature have not identified health hazards
associated with electric and magnetic field exposure nor have they found support for a
causal relationship between cancer and magnetic fields (WEST, 1986; Ahlbom et al., 1987;
is bac Ontario, 1987). These findings are consistent with numerous earlier reviews, which have
been summarized in Lee et al. (1985) and WEST (1986).
The NYSPLP Report (Ahlbom et al., 1987), however, identified areas of potential
concern for public health: in particular, the possible association of residential magnetic
fields with incidence of childhood cancer was singled out. However, both the New York
Sate Department of Health (Carpenter, 1987) and Savitz (1987c) have stressed that people
should not be unduly alarmed by the information in the NYSPLP Report (1987) and that
children are exposed to a number of other environmental factors that pose a greater risk
than the as-yet unproved association between cancer and magnetic field exposures. The
NYSPLP Report, as well as the other reviews, urged that additional research was required
before a decision about the significance of this concern could be assessed.
Six studies of human reproductive effects attributable to electric and magnetic field
exposures have been reviewed by the Ontario Ministry of Health (1987). These studies
included reproductive experience of the female spouses of high voltage workers
((Nordstrom et al., 1983) and possible effects associated with the use of electric blankets
and heated water beds Wertheimer et al. (1984). The conclusion reached by the Ontario
Ministry of Health was that "none of the studies to date presents convincing evidence to
support an association between adverse reproduction outcomes and electromagnetic field
exposure."
In summary, the epidemiologic evidence from both residential and occupational
studies for an association between electric and/or magnetic fields and cancer or the
adverse effects on humans is weak and tenuous. More definitive information is required on
exposure assessment and other cancer determinants. Research is underway in the United
States and elsewhere to provide this information in both residential and occupational
studies.
anohalugog lanoits
most elsh bellamos (18er) ella bris
sklizzog to noitanut a es beispitesvni
D-18
ollangem to oh
d. Laboratory Studies. Studies of magnetic field effects in the visual system,
blaitis B
nervous system and various cellular and tissue systems have been reviewed by Tenforde
(1986). Magnetophosphenes are luminous sensations in the eye that are caused by
magnetic fields at levels above approximately 100 gauss. This phenomenon is well studied
and occurs at field levels well above those found at ground level under transmission lines.
balbusa
In order for magnetic fields to affect isolated nerve electrical activity, the induced
currents must exceed the endogenous level of 1 to 10 milliamperes per meters squared
ebleit (mA/m²) (Tenforde, 1986). The 60-Hz fields generally used in the laboratory or
encountered in an occupational setting are not strong enough to induce such currents.
However, effects on integrated neural networks and behavior could result from an additive
response mechanism.
2slob
618
ablait
Reports on behavioral effects of magnetic fields are inconsistent: negative studies
(showing no effect) occur at higher field levels than positive studies; negative studies were
done at field levels that produced currents above 1 mA/m² in the head, a theoretical lower
threshold for effects; studies showing effects have been done in fields below these threshold
levels. Laboratory exposures to magnetic fields require great care to eliminate artifacts
Bried such as audible noise and vibration associated with magnetic field coils (Tucker and
Schmitt, 1978). Consequently, the literature on behavioral effects associated with magnetic
field exposures is not easily interpreted and does not demonstrate robust repeatable effects.
biove
After a review of numerous (34) reports on a variety of cellular and tissue systems,
Tenforde (1986) was able to identify four reported bioeffects on cellular and tissue systems
that had occurred where exposures were comparable with environmental field levels (<1
G): decreased rate of respiration, altered metabolism, decreased cellular growth rate, and
teratology and developmental effects. In all instances, positive experiments that showed
prions these effects were also observed at higher field levels.
ebnu
Inel
bne
Jo-righ
Tenforde (1986) cautioned about the acceptance of these findings because fo the
lack fo a plausible mechanism in the low field region where induced currents do not
od w approach endogenous levels. He also concluded that "it is difficult at present to draw firm
conclusions concerning the bioeffects of these (magnetic) fields at the cellular and tissue
levels..."
." This difficulty is caused by the variety of exposure regimens that have been used,
by the lack of replication in independent laboratories and by inconsistencies in the literature
that are similar to those already cited for behavioral studies. Other reviews of the magnetic
field effects literature also support the lack of consistency among studies. Other reviews of
the magnetic field effects literature also support the lack of consistency among studies
(FEMFSAC, 1985; Ahlbom et al., 1987).
ever
egot
eins
Inconsistencies in the data, the lack of any confirmed effects at the field levels found
in the human environment, and the lack of any identified mechanism minimize the likelihood
of there being an adverse effect on animal behavior or cellular and tissue systems
associated with the magnetic fields found in the human environment.
e. Summary. The electric and magnetic fields from the proposed transmission line
are below levels where detrimental effects have been reported for humans, animals or
cellular and tissue systems. Over most of the right-of-way the electric-field will be below the
perception level for humans. Anticipated use of the right-of-way is transitory. The nearest
residences are over 500 feet from the line. At these locations, both electric and magnetic
fields from the proposed line will be equivalent to or less than typical residential levels.
Operational experience over several decades with 230-kV and higher voltage transmission
os-G D-19
lines has indicated no adverse biological or health effects related to electric or magnetic
field exposure. Therefore, the electric and magnetic fields of the Charlie Creek to Belfield
transmission line are not anticipated to cause adverse health or biological effects.
4. Effects on Agriculture
bos
a. Honeybees. Effects of transmission line fields on honeybees have been studied
Poextensively. Under certain conditions, honeybees are adversely affected by electric fields
athens (Wallenstein, 1973); Rogers et al., 1982; Greenberg et al., 1981; Greenberg and Bindokas,
pag 1980; Greenberg et al., 1984). When hives are placed in electric fields of 2 to 4 kV/m
behavioral effects can occur in honeybees. Fields of 7 to 12 kV/m can result in a variety of
problems, including mortality. Intensive studies of the nature of the problem and its
causation have demonstrated that bees are not harmed by electric fields per se of 10, 50, or
even 100 kV/m even when exposed for 800 hours. Hence, foraging and other activities are
not likely to be affected. However, when honeybee hives are placed in strong electric fields,
currents and voltages are induced in the hive which are dependent on field strength, hive
characteristics, and moisture conditions. If the field is high enough, there is a significant
voltage difference across the dimensions of a bee's body. This "step potential" results in a
shock to the bee when it takes a step. These shocks, and not the electric field per se, are a
source of irritation for bees and can cause physiological damage, including death
(Greenberg et al., 1984). Not surprisingly, honey production falls off and other activities
amets become erratic. Fortunately, there are two simple solutions to the problem. One is to avoid
keeping bees in high field regions on transmission line rights-of-way, and the other is to
place grounded metal cages or screens over the hives.
The fact that no behavioral effects have been seen in shielded hives under
operating transmission lines indicates that 60-Hz magnetic fields are not influencing
behavior. The induced currents and voltages in hives from magnetic fields are not sufficient
to cause the shock conditions that exist from electric field induction.
Beekeepers with hives located on the final right-of-way of the proposed line will be
advised by Western Area Power Administration of the possible adverse effects to bees and
compensated fairly to assist in relocation of hives. The maximum fields beyond the right-of-
way for the proposed line will not exceed the threshold levels where effect on bees have
been observed. Therefore, there will be no impact beyond the right-of-way.
b. Crops. High electric fields (15 kV/m) have been observed to induce corona on
the uppermost parts of plants (McKee, et al., 1978; Rogers et al., 1982). The induced
corona causes minor damage to leaf tips. Studies of the effects of electric fields on crops
bu and other plants have been conducted under controlled greenhouse conditions and under
boorte transmission lines.
erhetave su
The most extensive analysis on effects of 60-Hz electric fields on living plants has
been done by McKee and co-workers at the Pennsylvania State University (McKee et al.,
1978). In initial studies, several thousand plants from 85 different species were exposed to
fields from 0 to 50 kV/m in a very controlled green house environment. "Damage" to plants
was associated with sharp, or pointed, leaf tips and amounted to self-limiting corona
damage to a few millimeters of these pointed plant parts. Tip damage began for some
species at field of 15 to 20 kV/m. The damage was less than that seen due to routine drying
under normal field conditions and, even at 50 kV/m, never threatened the overall growth,
nolasim viability, yield, or reproduction of exposed plants.
hexe land
er a D-20
regel art jer! berzeppua
bear
Villine
ed
Joelle auoivdo on now
In follow-up studies, McKee (1985) exposed five types of plants -- alfalfa, tall fescue,
sweetcorn, and two types of wheat -- to 60-Hz electric fields for extended periods.
Plants were extensively analyzed for chemical element content and for an extremely
wide species-specific array of size and mass parameters. There were "no statistically
significant effects on seed germination, seedling growth, plant growth, phenology,
flowering, seed set, biomass production, plant height, leaf area, plant survival, and
nodulation." The only consistent effect that resulted from exposure was the expected
occasional damage to a few millimeters of the terminal tip of plant parts exposed to fields of
30 kV/m or greater.
Studies on peas and barley conducted over several years under a Bonneville Power
Administration 1200-kV test line indicated no consistent adverse effects attributable to
exposure to about 12 kV/m (Rogers et al., 1982). In this same study, conifers growing
close to a 1200-kV test line exhibited corona at the tips of needles and corona damage to
the growing tips of some trees closest to the line. Right-of-way management practices
normally limit tree growth in the immediate vicinity of the conductors, and there is no
suggestion that forest growth or timber production adjacent to power lines would be
Svar affected by electromagnetic fields.
enil
Electric fields up to 12 kV/m under operating lines and up to 16 kV/m under a test
on.nl line had no noticeable effects on growth or productivity of corn and other crops commonly
grown in Indiana (Hodges and Mitchel, 1979; 1984). However, some crops growing in the
Willeur maximum field area exhibited minor damage from induced leaf-tip corona.
nisp triplew
offenpai4mIn summary, the effects of 60-Hz electric fields on plants is limited to corona
al nil damage at sharp terminal plant parts. This effect is too limited to be noticeable under field
Je conditions found under operating transmission lines and does not result in crop damage.
The electric fields associated with the proposed line are well below levels where the leaf-tip
corona phenomenon has been observed. No damage or harm to crops will occur due to
pritone the fields under the proposed line.
ob br
c. Livestock. Numerous studies have investigated the performance of livestock in
bluoria the electrical environment of high voltage ac transmission lines. Over a two year period,
Amstutz and Miller (1980) studied livestock, including beef and dairy cattle, on 11 farms
located near a 765-kV ac transmission line in Indiana. Typical maximum electric fields were
over 88.5 kV/m with levels up to 12 kV/m. Magnetic flux densities of .056 G were measured with
(300 higher values expected during periods of higher current flow. Short-circuit currents for
Tuo cows were 0.1 to 0.2 mA in a 6 to 8 kV/m field. Cows seemed to react to induced currents
aws of about 0.7 0.8 mA from an insulated feed trough. The authors concluded that "neither
ariT
health, behavior, nor performance were affected by the electric and magnetic fields created
by the 765 kV line."
Williams and Beiler (1979) investigated 55 dairy farms located within one half mile of
bas
765 kV lines in Ohio. Herd performance was evaluated from milk production records, farm
erth records and interviews for a six-year period -- three years before line energization and three
years after. Milk production did not appear to be affected by the presence of the 756-KV
lines. After the lines had been constructed, the incidence of calf mortality and birth defects
esper farm increased. However, the investigators felt these changes may have been due to
mataya larger herd sizes after the line was constructed, to changes in farm management and to bias
in reporting. Farmers involved in the study did not believe there was any significant change
in the performance of their herd following line energization. The study indicated that there
D-21
were no obvious effects of the 765-kV transmission line. The data suggested that the largest
factors in herd performance were farm management, quality of feed and, on occasion,
change in ownership.
Is A Swedish study of 106 farms located under 400-kV ac transmission lines found that
Wan herds exposed to 400-kV lines for more than 15 days per year did not have decreased
NOOK fertility relative to other herds (hennichs, 1982). There was also no relationship between
DOS exposure and the number of cows slaughtered on each farm because of reduced fertility.
All herds used artificial insemination. Exposure days for each herd were estimated from the
to aby percent of pasture occupied by the transmission line and the number of days animals were
in the pasture. No field measurements were made in this study, but the maximum electric
field strength measured under 400-kV lines on 11 farms in Sweden was 5 kV/m (Algers,
jewo Ekesbo and Hennichs, 1981). Magnetic fields were not reported but would presumably be
oskat least comparable with those of 230-kV lines in the USA: in one case, a maximum of 0.12
prie G has been reported (Lee et al., 1982).
In a behavioral study conducted underneath the BPA 1200-kV prototype ac line in
Oregon for five years, cattle showed no reluctance to graze or drink beneath the line
(Rogers et al., 1982). The maximum electric field was 12 kV/m. There was no magnetic
field associated with the prototype line. However, an adjacent 230-kV line would have
resulted in magnetic fields above typical rural levels.
Exposure of swine to a 345-kV ac transmission line in lowa resulted in no
observable effects in exposed animals relative to control animals (Mahmond, Zimmerman
and Cowan, 1982; Mohmond and Zimmerman, 1984). Body weight, carcass quality,
behavior, feed intake, pregnancy rate, frequency of birth defects, birth weight or weight gain
shoto of young were investigated. Electric field.exposures ranged from 3.5 to 4.1 kV/m. Magnetic
field was not measured. However, the magnetic flux density from the 345-kV line is
ROMpresumably comparable with those of 230-kV lines: e.g., a maximum of 0.12 G (Lee et al.,
1982).
There are no indications that exposures to the fields beneath operating
transmission lines affect livestock behavior or productivity. However, both ac and dc
po currents can cause definite behavioral responses in dairy and beef cattle. For this reason
metal water and feed troughs, like all conducting objects under the proposed line, should
be grounded to eliminate the possibility of nuisance shocks.
MA
bateool
Microshocks to animals from so-called "stray" or neutral-to-earth voltages have
given rise to problems of animal health and production (Gustafson and Albertson, 1982).
Voltages between a grounded-neutral system and true earth can produce low level current
shocks in and around barns. These shocks can affect livestock, particularly dairy cows,
sine which can apparently perceive a voltage as low as 0.75 to 1 V across parts of the body. The
results of these low level shocks can be a significant loss in production.
Neutral-to-earth voltages have been observed from both on-farm and off-farm
sources. The sources are generally related to current flow in the primary distribution and
farmstead neutral systems and not to field induction from transmission lines. Similarly, the
mitigation of neutral-to-earth voltages involves modifications to the primary neutral system,
the farmstead neutral system, the farmstead electrical load, or the conducting surfaces in
the affected area (Gustafson and Albertson, 1982). Mitigation is done on a case-by-case
basis. The effects of "stray" voltages are considered an electrical distribution system
egneri problem and not a transmission line problem.
ybula
ni
lol brodert) lo sonammoheq erit ni
D-22
15.
B
5. Cardiac Pacemakers
ber of
Currents and voltages that are introduced internally to the body represent a
possible source of interference to cardiac pacemakers. Internal currents can be caused by
wo electric fields, by magnetic fields or by direct contact. In the last case, the person might
provide a path between a large vehicle under a transmission line and ground, or between an
appliance with inadequate grounding and ground.
the
10 Tilb
rious
9ng
For
to ipsa
rth
to
Recognition of and concern for the possible effects on pacemakers of transmission
line electric and magnetic fields has led to considerable research on this topic in the last
decade (Bridges, 1979). A study at the University of Rochester will expose pacemaker
patients to electric fields in a substation under medical supervision (Kavet, 1981). Possible
effects of transmission lines on pacemakers have been addressed in the reviews/hearings
conducted in New York (Scott-Walton, 1979), Minnesota (Dow, 1980), Michigan (Herrold,
1979), and California (CEC, 1981).
existed blues The conclusion drawn from the research and reviews is that the overall risk to
pacemaker wearers from transmission lines is minimal. This is especially true of 230-kV
lines like the proposed Charlie Creek to Belfield line, because of the relatively low electric
fields when compared to 500 and 756-kV lines. The threshold for interference to the most
sensitive pacemakers is estimated to be 3.4 kV/m. Reversion of pacemakers is the most
substantial effect noted to wearers of pacemakers and is not considered a serious problem.
To date, no evidence has been found that a transmission line has caused a serious problem
to the wearer of a pacemaker.
ep
ever e
esni
eqie
ros
elac
a. Safety. The proposed line would be constructed to meet or exceed the NESC.
Nevertheless, electrical equipment of any kind can be a safety hazard and special care must
be taken when working or playing near transmission lines to avoid hazardous situations.
Leqiq
6. Hazards1000as adeau
a. Direct Electrical Contact. The greatest hazard from a transmission line is direct
electrical contact with the conductors at any voltage. In fact, contact is more likely with
lower voltage transmission lines, because of their lower clearance compared to 230-kV
lines. Physical contact between a grounded object and the high voltage conductors is not
necessary for electrical contact to be made. Arcing can occur across an air gap.
eW The following list of precautions indicates the care that must be taken near a high
voltage line to avoid direct electrical contact. Extreme caution must be used when
operating tall equipment, such as cranes or drilling equipment, near the line. Irrigation pipes
and systems cannot be tipped up near the line. Trees near the transmission line should not
be felled onto the conductors. Kites should not be flown near transmission lines and only
nonmetallic string and kites should be used on dry days. The wind should carry the kite
away from the transmission line. Towers should not be climbed.
phileuler on If there is adequate clearance to the conductors of the proposed transmission line,
then normal agricultural and other activities can be carried on safely.
viso
ed leubivib
bseoque ed faum bet
erit ter bas nollstegev
view
emsb no gribnsta
yan berstueni ad oals teum abitev art belt ohtosle on to varie reumbcom stof
03 D-23
b. Irrigation. Both fixed and mobile irrigation systems can be operated safely near
transmission lines. However, certain precautions are necessary to minimize the hazards
Bone involved. The hazards associated with irrigation near transmission lines fall into three
you be categories: direct contact, induced shocks, and transferred potentials. With appropriate
rpm precautions all can be minimized as a source of danger.
Direct contact is the most dangerous and, unfortunately, the most likely to occur
without special precautions. Irrigation pipes are often long enough to reach within flashover
nola distance of the conductors. Therefore, pipes should never be tipped up to remove dirt or
1881 or small animals when in proximity to an overhead line. Equipment used to install irrigation
systems can be tall; therefore precautions should be taken to maintain adequate electrical
clearance during installation. When moving a high pressure system with long booms, such
he as a Vermeer mobile system, special precautions should be taken to insure that it does not
blane tip.
Steady streams of water contacting the energized conductors can provide a direct
oleh path to ground for leakage current or a flashover. Therefore, precautions should be taken
Wos to prevent steady water streams from striking the conductors. If this does happen, one
should avoid contacting or being near the irrigation system. Thus, when a steady stream of
om water reaches a conductor, the water should be turned off at its source before correcting
the problem. Nozzle risers in the vicinity of transmission lines should be equipped with
spoilers or automatic shutoffs. High volume, high pressure systems have the potential to
send a steady stream considerable distances. Safe operating distances for this type of
equipment are based on several factors, including nozzle diameter and line voltage.
Information is available to determine safe distances for this type of equipment (Lee, 1978;
Ewy, 1981).
Both electric-field and magnetic-field coupling can occur on irrigation systems. The
former is easily reduced or eliminated by unloading and handling pipes away from the
transmission line and by attaching only short lengths of pipe to a grounded header or riser.
Potentially hazardous, magnetically induced voltages can occur in long irrigation pipelines
and maintenance of long pipes such as pivot systems should be done with the pipe
perpendicular to the transmission line. In the event this orientation cannot be achieved,
then the system should be grounded at each end. If the pipe is cut into sections, then each
section should also be grounded.
To avoid the possibility of a transferred potential from the power system to the
irrigation system during an electrical fault, buried portions of the irrigation system, or any
digits pipeline, should not be too close to the tower or the tower grounding system. Western will
nary specify the minimum separation distance.
In summary, irrigation near transmission lines can be hazardous to personnel, if
Vino ba certain precautions are not taken. Cooperation between the landowner and the operator of
the line is essential for safe operation.
c. Refueling. In a high electric field it is theoretically possible for a spark discharge
from the induced voltage on a large vehicle to ignite gasoline vapor during refueling.
However, the probability for exactly the right conditions to occur for ignition is extremely
remote. According to results obtained from studies conducted by Johns Hopkins
University, the ignition of fuel under a transmission line would require that an individual be
standing on damp earth or vegetation and that the vehicle to be refueled must be exposed
to the maximum intensity of the electric field. The vehicle must also be insulated. Finally,
09-0 D-24
the air-fuel mixture must approach optimal flash-point conditions. Therefore, the number of
precise conditions to be met to achieve fuel ignition reduces the likelihood of the
occurrence. The report points out that "even if spark energies were sufficient to ignite fuel,
then the person making the attempt would likely experience uncomfortable sparks, which
would serve as a healthy warning of a potentially hazardous situation" (Herrold, 1979). For
the Charlie Creek to Belfield line the maximum electric field is low enough that it is very
doubtful the right conditions could ever be achieved.
Because of the theoretical possibility of ignition, some utilities recommend that
refueling not be done near transmission lines unless necessary (BPA, 1979; Basin,
undated). In the event refueling must be done under a line, grounding is recommended.
d. Fires. The Boise Interagency Fire Center (Bureau of Land Management, U.S.
Forest Service and National Weather Service) has no records of a fire caused by high
voltage transmission lines (Western, 1985).
Large fires near transmission lines represent a potential electrical hazard. The hot
gases and smoke can create a conductive path to ground. If a flashover occurs along this
path, then people near the fire could possibly experience dangerous shocks. Flashovers
also cause outages and jeopardize the reliability of the transmission system.
Because of the hazards associated with fires, Western prohibits storage of
flammables, construction of flammable structures and other activities which have the
potential to cause or provide fuel for fires on rights-of way.
e. Explosives. Use of explosives on or near the right-of-way can be affected by
electrical interference from the power line to the circuits used for detonation. There is also a
potential for damage to the transmission system. Therefore, blasting activity in the vicinity
of the transmission line should be coordinated with Western.
f. Lightning. Transmission line towers, wires and other tall objects are the most
likely points to be hit by lightning during a thunderstorm. The proposed Charlie Creek to
Belfield line is designed with overhead ground-wires and well grounded towers to protect
the system from lightning. When the overhead ground-wire or tower is hit, the lightning
stroke is conducted to ground at the tower. Since it is hazardous to be in the area where
lightning enters the ground, it is advisable to stay away from the towers (and all tall objects)
during electrical storms.
Arstida longis
Bromus
Broms
Cate
Germ
Carex bel
Distichi's
Hordeum jubague
Koeleris pyram
D-25
to sodmun art
to the
leut
anll bleilia
dph
nett egatlov
simetoege
Teeheele
sonia was erit te brasong of bersubros e colante
NEWS VER
ba al buong och aiste printrigit
hoss on be hazardosis to personnel &
an the landowner and the operator of
esky possible a spark discharge
gasoline vapor during railing
extremely
Hopkins
posed
insulated. Finally,
as 90 24
yirul anis19.
Bitnodns/StuM
Mertens paengph.nsibni APPENDIX E
Oenother
O VEGETATION AND WILDLIFE SPECIES LISTS
Opun
PLANT SPECIES LIST
Prairie Grassland Community
Scientific Name
Amorpha cansecens.......
Artemisia cana......
Artemisia frigida.........
Artemisia tridentata........
Atriplex canescens.......
Atriplex nuttallii ........
Ceratoides lanata........
Chrysothamnus nauseosus
Gutierrezia sarothrae...
Rhus trilobata........
Shrubs
Common Name
....Lead plant
Silver sagebrush
..Fringed sagewort
2004
...... Big Sagebrush
muita
Four wing saltbush A
Nuttall saltbush
menA
Winterfat
Rabbitbrush
od sidesA
Snakeweed
sialment
Skunkbrush
...Prairie rose
Wood's rose
Snowberry
Rosa arkansana...
Rose Woodsii ........
Symphoricarpos occidentalis.
Grasses
Scientific Name
Agropyron cristatum.
Agropyron dasystachium.
Agropyron smithii..
Agropyron spicatum........
Agropyron trachycaulum
Andropogon hallii.........
Androgogon scoparius
Aristida longiseta..
Bromus inermis........
Bromus tectorum......
Bouteloua gracilis.........
Buchloe dactyloides....
Calamagrostic montanensis.
Calamovilfa longifolia
Carex eleocharis
Carex filifolia......
Carex heliophila........
Distichlis spicata..
Hordeum jubatum.
Koeleria pyramidata.
Common Name
Crested wheatgrass
Thickspike wheatgrass
Western wheatgrass
Bluebunch wheatgrass
Slender wheatgrass
Sand big bluestem
Little bluestem
Red three awn
.Smooth brome
Cheatgrass
Blue grama
Buffalo grass
Plains reedgrass
.Prairie sandreed
.Needleleaf sedge
Threadleaf sedge
Sun sedge
.....Saltgrass
Foxtail barley
Prairie junegrass
o
E-1
Muhlenbergia cuspidata
Oryzopsis hymenoides.........
Panicum virgatum........
Poa compressa.
Poa pratensis
Poa secunda.......
Puccinellia nuttalliana
Schedonnardus paniculatus........
Sporobolus airoides.......
Sporobolus cryptandrus.
Stipa comata.........
Stipa spartea
Stipa viridula.......
Plains Muhly
.Indian ricegrass
Switchgrass
Canada bluegrass
.Kentucky bluegrass
Sandberg's bluegrass
Nuttall alkali grass
Tumble grass
Alkali sacaton
.Sand dropseed
.Needleandthread grass
.Porcupine grass
.Green needlegrass
Achillea millefolium
Forbs
Scientific Name
Common Name
Yarrow
salmen A
.Pale glauca Might cinimanA
altimen A
KakahiA
eoblotere
Agoseris glauca..
Allium geyeri.
Allium textile
Anemone patens.
Antennaria neglecta.......
Arabis holboellii.............
Artemisia drancunculus,
Artemisia ludoviciana..
Astragalus missouriensis
Astragalus purshii.......
Astragalus striatus..
Campanula rotundifolia.........
Cardaria draba.........
Castilleja sessiliflora.
Centauria repens.
Cerastium arvense
Cirsium undulatum........
Corypantha vivipara........
Delphinium bicolor...
Descurainia pinnata
Eriogonum multicaps..
Euphorbia esula..........
Grindelia squarrosa.
Hedoema hispida...
Heterotheca villosa
Iva axillaris...
Kochia scoparia.........
Liatrus punctata
Linum rigidum..
Lomatium foeniculaceum
Lotus americana...
Lygodesmia juncea.
Medicago sativa.
Phlox hoodii........
Wild onion
.Onion
.Windflower
Pussytoes
Holboell rockcresseavdo
.Sagewort
.Cudweed
.Missouri milkvetch
Pursh locoweed OW SHOR
.Prairie milkvetch
.Harebell

.Whitetop
.Indian paintbrush
.Russian knapweed mela
Chickweed
Wavyleaf thistle
.Pincushionsh
Larkspur time nonvooiA
..... Tansy mustard
panicA
.Buckwheat Borgopa
.......Leafy spurge
spurgesopogonbпA
.Curly cup gumweed
False pennyroyal
HehA
.......Hairy golden aster monst
.....Povertyweed fos
Summer cyprus
Dotted gayfeather orique
Flax sinom pltagibamsle
Salt-and-pepper

Trefoil
Rush skeleton weeds
...Alfalfa
Melilotus officinalis.........
Phlox
Yellow sweetclover brot
pigg
9021
E-2
Mertensia lanata........
Oenothera caespitosa.
Opuntia fragilis........
Opuntia polyacantha.
Oxytropis lambertii
Penstemon angustifolius..
Petalostemum purpureum
Phlox hoodii..........
Plantago patagonica.
Potentialla arguta.
Ratibida columnifera
Salicornia rubra.......
Sedum lanceolatum
Selaginella densa ......
Solidago mollis.........
Sonchus oleraceus........
Sphaeralcea coccinea
Thermopsis rhombifolia
Tragopogon dubius...
Zygadenus elegans........
2028615
.......Bluebell
.Evening primrose
....Brittle pricklypear
pricklypeared
.Plains pricklypear
..Purple pointloco
.Beard's tongue
.Purple prairie-clover
.Phlox
.Plantain
Tall cinquefoil
.Prairie cone-flower
Red glasswort
.Stonecrop
...Little clubmoss
Soft goldenrod
Sow thistle
Scarlet globemallow
Prairie goldenpea
.....Salsify
...Death camas
inver12
Shrubland Community
ayxonamy
Trees
Scientific Name
Juniperus scopulorum….......
Populus tramuloides.........
Common Name
......Juniper
Trembling aspen
Shrubs
Scientific Name
Common Name
Amelanchier alnifolia.........
Artemisia frigida............
Artemisia tridentata......
Ceonathus velutinus..
Eleagnus commutata
Juniperus communis.
Juniperus horizontalis..........
Pentaphylloides floribunda
Opuntia polycantha..........
Prunus virginiana..
Purshia tridentata
Rhus trilobata.......
Ribes lacustre........
Rosa woods.ii.........
Symphoricarpos occidentalis.
Toxicodendron rydbergii
Serviceberry
Fringed sagewort
....Big sagebrush
Buckbrush
Silverberry
.....Common juniper
Prostrate juniper
Shrubby cinquefoil
Prickly pear
Chokecherry
Horsebrush
Skunkbush sumac
Currant
Woods rose
.Snowberry
.Poison ivy
E-3
Grasses
Scientific Name
Agropyron smithii.............
Agropyron spicatum
Bromus tectorum
Bouteloua gracilia
Carex haydenii
Elymus cinereus.
edonal plausnaM
oneQ
Common Name kons
Western wheatgrass O
Bluebunch wheatgrass
Cheatgrass
Blue grama
...Hayden's sedge
Wildrye
Scientific Name
Achillea millifoliu…...…………………………….
Arctium minus
Artemisia cana
Eriogonum flavum.
Geum triflorum .....
Glycyrrhize lepidota
Heterotheca villosa........
Heuchera richardsonii.
Hymenoxys acaulis.
Mertensia paniculata.
Oxytropis sericea......
Petrophytum caespitosum
Phlox hoodii
Sisyrinchium montanum
Sphaeralcea coccinea
Vicia americana..
Forbs
Common Name
ba?
2
.......Yarrow
..... Burdock
Silver sage
Buckwheat
Prairie smoke
Wild licorice

sunsberys
Hairy golden aster
......Alumroot
Mat hymenoxys
Bluebells
Pointloco

Rockmat
Phlox estel ollinsto?
Blue-eyed grass
.....Scarlet globemallow
American vetch Bulu 200월
​adonuz
Hardwood Draws Community
slimobe
Trees
elemA
Scientific Name
Fraxinum pennsylvanica........
Juniperus scopularum
Populus angustifolia.
Populus tremuloides.........
Ulmus americana.
Common Name Gimgha
Green ashley
Rocky Mountain juniper
Narrow-leaf cottonwood
..Aspen
.....American elm
sidau
idols audit
Radia
Taboow seof
obro T
E-4
Serou
Scientific Name
Amelanchier alnifoliaa.........
Ceanothus velutinus.........
Eleagnus angustifolia
Eleagnus commutata........
Prunus americana.........
Toxicodendron rydbergii
Scientific Name
Agropyron smithii........
Bromus tectorum
Denthonia intermedia.........
Elymus cinereus...
Muhlenbergii filiformis.
Phleum pratense
edu12
Shrubs
ems offeneb?
Common Name
kionelemA
Serviceberry
UnDap
.Buckbrush
Russian olive
Silverberry
epbro T
.Wildplum
8208
Poison ivy
Grasses
Common Name
Western wheatgrass
Cheatgrass
Oatgrass
.Wildrye
Slender muhly
.Timothy
Forbs
Common Name
90IA
Scientific Name
Achillea millefolium.......
Agoseris glauca..
Campanula rotundifolia.
Clematis liqusticifolia..
Cornus canadensis........
Crepis acuminata........
Eustoma grandiflorum
Glycyrrhize leipdotda.
Hackelia deflexa.......
Humulus lupulus..
Lupinus argenteus........
Potentilla anserina.
Mertensia paniculata.......
Yarrow
Pale glauca
.Harebell
Virgin's bower
....Bunchberry
Hawksbeard
.Prairie gentian
Wild licorice
Stickseed
.....Hops
Lupine
den 252
29762
nagy
口
​Bluebells
Silverweed cinquefoil
Rubus idaeus..
Solidago missourensis.
Vicia americana.
deut
Raspberry
Goldenrod
.Vetch
ed augrul
aide aupout
Wetlands/Riparian Community
2880 viene best
Scientific Name
Trees
Common Name
Populus angustifolia.
Populus sargentii..
Populus trichocarpa.
8-3
.Narrow leaf cottonwood
.Plains cottonwood
Black cottonwood
E-5
Eleagnus commutata
Prunus americana.
Prunus virginiana ........
Scientific Name
Amelanchier alnifolia.
Toxicodenrvon rydbergii.........
Shrubs
Common Name
Serviceberry
Silverberry
.Wild plum
Chokecherry
Poison ivy
alemA
Rosa woodsii..
Salix bebbiana..
Salix interior...
Salix spp.......
Woods rose
Willow
habogixoT
Willow
Willows
Sheperdia argentia..
Symphoricarpos occidentalis.
Silver buffaloberry
Common snowberry engine
Grasses
Common Name sinodine
Thickspike wheatgrass OM
Quackgrass ing mustis
49113
Western wheatgrass
Scientific Name
Agrophron dasystachum..
Agropyron repens.
Agropyron smithii..
Agrypyron trachycaulum
Agrostis alba.........
Alopecurus pratensis.
Andropogon gerardii..
Beckmannia syzigachne.
Bromus inermis.....
Calamagrostis inexpansa
Carex aquatilis.
Carex sartwellii.......
Carex nebraskensis........
Carex rostrata.
Carex sartwellii
Cyperus acuminatus..........
Dactylis glomerata
Eleocharis acicularis.........
Elymus canadensis.....
Glyceria maxima.
Hordeum jubatum.
Hordeum pusillum.........
Juncus balticus.
Juncus effusus.......
Muhlenbergii asperifolia.
Panicum virgatum..
Phalaris arundinacea
Phragmites communis........
Poa palustris...........
Rupia maritima

book
Slender wheatgrass
....Bentgrass
Meadow foxtail Molinelo?
Big bluestem
American slough grass
Smooth brome
Northern reedgrass
Water sedge
Slough sedge
....Nebraska sedge
Beaked sedge
an
.Sartwell sedge exitivevib
Flat sedge
.......Orchard grass

..Spike sedge
.Canada wildrye Ber
Jurul
American mannagrass
.Foxtail barley
Little barley
.Wire rush
sotiems slov
Common rush
Scratchgrass
...... Switchgrass
Reed canary grass
Reedgrass
Fowl bluegrass
Widgeongrass Monimebe
E-6
squesadaht autugot
8-9
Scirpus validus..
Scirpus pallidus........
Sorghastrum nutans.
Sparganium eurycarpum
Spartina pectinate.
Merm
Scientific Name
belllo
Arctium minus
...............loaked bullrush
......Great bullrush
Indian grass
Burr-read
Prairie cordgrass
Forbs
Common Name
Asclepias incovnate......
Aster junciformix........
Cavex laeviconia........
Clematis liqusticifalia..........
Euphorbia esula.........
Geum macraphyllm.
Glycyrrhiza lepidota
Helianthum nutlalli.
Helianthus annuus.
Helianthus nuttallii
Iris missoupuin ........
Lysimachia thyrsifalia
Medicago sativa ..........
Melilotus officinale.
Potamogeton pectinatus.
Polygonum persicaris.
Potentilla anserina........
Rumes acetosella
Rumex crispus..........
Smilacina stellata.
Solidago gigantex
Sonchus asper
Triglochin maritimum
Sueda depressa..
Typha latifolia.........
Viola nephrophylla..........
Zannichellia palustris..........
......Burdock
....Swamp raw
...Aster
.......Smootheone
Virginsbower (Western)
.....Leafy spurge
..Large leaf avens
..American licorice
..Huttall sunflower
Sunflower
.....Nuttall sunflower
Blueflag
Water loonstrife
Alfalfa
Yellow sweetclover
Sago pondweed
.Lady's thumb
Silver cinquefoil
......Sheep sorrel
......Curly dock
False solomonseal
Goldenrod
Sowthistle
....Arrowgrass
Pursh seepweed
......Cattail
Violet

Horned poolmat
Fulica ames
Grus cana
Howls
quase
Scent Name baren
Charadruls vot
8-3
E-7
WILDLIFE SPECIES LIST
raunfud balec
Hauntud teena
aubilling aumio?
Scientific Name
Podiceps auritus....
Podilymbus podiceps.
Birds
Loons and Grebes
eubiley aumb?
mun:01608
Veniced anthege
Common Name
......Horned grebe Moitinale
Pied-billed grebe
unică multina
asigabeA
Cormorants
Scientific Name
Common Name
Herons and Their Allies
sm muak
Scientific Name
Jawolinu2
Ardea herodias..........
Common Name exidhwovid
Botaurus lentiginosus........
Great blue heron
.....American bittern
aim ah
Geese
smiey!
Sa oprolbeM
Scientific Name
blilaM
Common Name
omstos
Branta canadensis
......Canada goose
Chen caerulescens
.....Snow goose
RemUR
Surface-feeding Ducks
belme
Scientific Name
Common Name

Anas acuta..........
Anas americana .......
boolant
Pintail
......American wigeon
aboua
si srayT
Anas clypeata.........
Anas crecca..
Anas discors..
Anas platyrhynchos
Anas strepera.....
Northern shoveler
Green-winged teal
Blue-winged teal
Mallard
Gadwall
Abiv
pinnes
Bay Ducks
Scientific Name
Common Name
Aythya affinis........
Aythya americana
Aythya valisineria.......
Bucephala clangula......
......Lesser scaup
scaupass
..... Redhead
Canvasback
.Common goldeneye
E-8
1-3
gma.nommo
Scientific Name
Lophodytes cucullatus..
Mergus merganser.
Mergus serrator.
etsoovA
Mergansers
Common Name
Sulamivupe
Hooded merganser
Common merganser
Red-breasted merganser
Vultures, Hawks, Falcons
Scientific Name
Accipiter cooperii ........
Accipiter striatus..
Aquila chrysaetos.
Buteo jamaicensis
Buteo lagopus
Buteo regalis..
Buteo swainsoni........
Cathartes aura.........
Circus cyaneus..
Falco columbarius..
Falco mexicanus..
Falco peregrinus anatum,
Falco sparverius.........
Haliaeetus leucocephalus.
alcy
Common Name
Cooper's hawk
Sharp-shinned hawk
Golden eagle
Red-tailed hawk
....Rough-legged hawk
hawkense
.Ferruginous hawk ehbile
.Swainson's hawk
Turkey Vulture
.Northern Harrier
.Merlin
.Prairie falcon
American peregrine falcon
..American kestrel
Bald eagle (northern)
Gallinaceous Birds
nommo
ebe
Scientific Name
Common Name
ater19
...Turkey
Meleagris gallopavo.
Pediocetes phasianellus.......
Perdix perdix..........
Phasianus colchicus
Scientific Name
Sharp-tailed grouse
.Gray partridge
Ring-necked pheasant
Cranes and Their Allies
Common Name
American coot
Fulica americana
Grus americana..
Whooping crane
Grus canadensis
Sandhill crane
Plovers
Scientific Name
Common Name
Charadrius semipalmatus
Charadruis vociferus........
.......Semipalmated plover
Killdeer
E-9
Scientific Name
Recurvirostra americana.......
Scientific Name
Avocets
Common Name
......American avocet
petyboring!
Snipe
en zumeM
Common Name
Capella gallinago....
.......Common snipe
Somme?
Sandpipers
sqoop.
gisr2
smalt ollinsio?
thedono 19ticionA
sipas nablo
Scientific Name
Actitis macularia..................
Bartramia longicauda..
Calidris minutilla.
Calidris pusilla.
Catoptrothorus Semipalmatus
Limnodromus scolopaceus
Lommosa fedoa.........
Numenius americanus.
Tringa flavipes..
Tringa solitaria.......
Common Name allcioba
213 BluDA
Spotted sandpiper gelu@
Upland sandpiper petus
Least sandpiper pen pale
Semipalmated sandpiper
Willet
Long-billed dowitcherto
Marbled godwit log
..Long-billed curlew
Lesser yellowlegs
Solitary sandpiper
Phalaropes
Scientific Name
Common Name
03
Phalaropus tricolor......
Wilson's phalarope
shousloM
Gulls
bolbe
xitxen xible 9
Scientific Name
Chilidonias niger........
Hydroprogne caspia.
Larus argentatus
Larus delawarensis ........
Larus pipixcan.........
Sterna foroteri.......
Sterna hirundo.
Common Name unclass
Black tern
Caspian tern
Herring gullmakt oftimel2
Ring-billed gull
Franklin's gull
Forster's tern
sollus
me and
Common ternostuse ae
Scientific Name
Columba livia.......................
Zenaida macrowra
anavol Doves
Common Name plinalo?
.....Rock dove
beterto
Mourning dove
E-10
he Owls
Thrushes, Some
Scientific Name nommo
Asio flammeus..... bemoH
Asio otus.....
Athene cunicularia.........
Bubo virginianus.........
Otus asto........
Common Name Linebe
......Short-eared owl irgoment
Long-eared owl
Burrowing owl
Great horned owl
Eastern screech owlmelo?
Saw-whet owl
obnually
obruniH
Common Name
Common nighthawk dost
Aegolius acadicus.
Goatsuckers
nin elgust
Scientific Name
Chordeiles minor................
wor
Hummingbirds
Scientific Name
Common Name oftfinale
Archilochus collubris..........
elapam be d-Hoste
..........Ruby-throated hummingbird
vel su
Kingfishers
Scientific Name
Common Name
Megaceryle alcyon......
Belted kingfisher
lineina
Woodpeckers
Scientific Name
Common Name
aeriotariluk
Colaptes aruatus.........
Melanerpes erythrocephalus.
.......Common flicker
Picoides pubscens........
Picoides villosus........
Sphyrapicus varius.
Red-headed woodpecker
...Downy woodpecker
Hairy woodpecker
Yellow-bellied sapsucker
Flycatchers
Scientific Name
Contopus virens...
Empidonax difficilis..........
Empidonax minimus......
Empidonax oberholseri........
Empidonax trailli........
Myiarchus crinitus
Sayornis phoebe........
Tyrannus tyrannus..
Tyrannus verticalis........
Common Name
Eastern wood pewee
Western flycatcher
Least flycatcher
Dusky flycatcher
Willow flycatcher
Great crested flycatcher
Eastern phoebelinabe
Eastern kingbird
Western kingbird
ST-BE-11
Scientific Name
Eremophila alpestris..
wo
Scientific Name
Hirundo pyrrhonota
Hirundo rustica...
Progne subis .......
alwo Larks
Common Name
Loftiinaipe
Horned lark
sit pleA
eufo plaA
Swallows
shskoolnuo sned!A
monialny odua
Common Name
otas auro
Deps BullonsA
......Cliff swallow
Barn swallow
Purple martin
Scientific Name
Corvus brachyrhynchos......
Cyanocitta cristata........
Pica pica........
Riparia riparia
Bank swallow
Stelgidopteryx serripennis.
Tachycineta bicolor.........
.Northern rough-winged swallow
Tree swallow
etoria
Jays, Magpies, Crows
Common Name
.American crow
idon A
Corvus corax.........
Common raven
....Blue jay
Black-billed magpie
Chickadees
DOM
Scientific Name
Common Name
Parus atricapillus..
Black-capped chickadee
Nuthatches
Scientific Name
Certhia familiaris.........
Sitta carolinensis
Common Name
...... Brown creeper
White-breasted nuthatch
Wrens
Scientific Name
Common Name mase
Cristothorus palustris..
.Marsh wren
Pugotno
Cristothorus platens.
......Sedge wren
Xenobama
Troglodytes aedon.........
.House wren
Xenoblame
bigme
Mockingbirds, Thrashers
obloms
Common Name
Scientific Name
Dumetella carolinensis.
Toxostoma rufum.....
....Gray catbird
Brown thrasher
71-3
E-12
meldew booW
Carduelist.com Thrushes, Solitaires, Bluebirds
Scientific Name
Common Name
Catharus fuscescens........
Catharus guttatus........
Catharus ustulatus.........
Sialia sialis..........
Turdus migratorius........
.Veery
Minobe
.....Hermit thrush
Swainson's thrush cabre C
Eastern bluebird
...American robin
Kinglets
Scientific Name
Common Name
A
10
Regulus calendula.........
Ruby-crowned kinglet
Pipits
Scientific Name
Anthus spraqueii..
Motacilla spinoletta .......
Common Name
Sprague's pipitatiebia
.Water pipit
Waxwings
Scientific Name
Bombycilla cedrorum......
Common Name
Cedar waxwing
Shrikes
Scientific Name
Common Name
Lanius excubitor........
Lanius ludovicianus..
Northern shrike
....Loggerhead shrike
Starlings
Scientific Name
Sturnus vulgaris......
Common Name
..European starling
Vireos
cheo8
Scientific Name
Common Name
Vireo gilvus.........
Vireo olivaceus.
Vireo solitarius.......
...... Warbling vireo
.....Red-eyed vireo
Solitary vireo
grünud
MA
iczomeles
E-13
Scientific Name
ab
Dendroica coronata.......
Dendroica magnolia.........
Dendroica palmarum
Dendroica striata....
Geothlypis trichas
Icteria virens..
Mniotilta varia.........
Oporornis philadelphia.........
Seiurus aurocapillus.........
Seiurus noveboracensis
Setophaga ruticilla........
Wood Warblers
Common Name
Yellow-rumped warbler
Yellow warbler
Palm warblerut
Blackpoll warbler
Common yellowthroat
Yellow-breasted chat
Black-and-white warbler
..Mourning warbler
Ovenbird
Northern waterthrush
...American redstart

Wesba
Vermivora celata
Orange-crowned warbler
Vermivora peregrina
..Tennessee warbler
Wilsonia pusilla.........
Wilson's warbler
Weaver Finches
Scientific Name
Passer domesticus.
Common Name
BlipaloM
House sparrow
Blackbirds, Orioles
Common Name
Scientific Name
aw rebo
Agelaius pheoniceus...
Dolichonyx oryzivorus
Euphaga carolinus.......
Euphaga cyanocephalus.
Icteras galbula.........
Icterus spurius.......
Molothrus ater..
Quiscalus quiscula
Sturnella neglecta........
Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus.
ems nommo
Red-winged blackbird
Bobolink
.Rusty blackbird
Brewer's blackbird
.Northern oriole
.Orchard oriole
Brown-headed cowbird
Common grackle
Western meadowlark
Yellow-headed blackbird

emel billinglo?
Tanagers
Scientific Name
Common Name
Pirenga olivacea.......
Scarlet tanager
Grosbeaks, Finches, Sparrows, Buntings
pany
Scientific Name
Common Namele pentY
Ammadramus candacutus
Ammodramus bairdii.
Ammodramus savannarum
Calamospiza melanocorys.
E-14
Sharp-tailed sparrow
Baird's sparrow
Grasshopper sparrow
Lark bunting
81-3
Common redpoll
American goldfinch
esah bas elidden
Carduelis flammea
Texidea
Carduelis tristis….......
Vupes
Viznes
Carpodacus purpureus.
.Purple finch
Chondestes grammacus.
.Lark sparrow
Coccothraustes vespertinus
Junco hyemalis...........
Solenti Melospiza georgiana........
Melospiza lincolni.
Unisona Melospiza melodia........
Odbor Passerculus sandwichensis.........
Odpool Passerina cyanea...
Pheucticus ludovicianus
Pinocola enuculator..
Pipilo erythrophthalmus........
Pooecetes gramineus.
Ecient Spica americana....
Spirella pusilla........
Ambyst
Spizella arborea.......
Bun po
Spizella pallida.........
Spizella passerina .......
Paruder Zonotrichia albicollis.........
Zonotrichia leucophrys.
163
.Evening grosbeak Bude
Dark-eyed junco usive
Swamp sparrow Posivly?
Lincolns sparrow
.......Song sparrow
Savannah sparrow
...Indigo buntingtrabe
Rose-breasted grosbeak
Pine grosbeak
Rufous-sided towhee
Vesper sparrow
Dickcissel
Field sparrow
American tree sparrow
Clay-colored sparrow
Chipping sparrow

White-throated sparrow
White-crowned sparrow
DIM
Longspurs and Snow Buntings
avienio
M
Scientific Name
Common Name
921
Calcarius lapponicus........
Calcarius mccownii.......
Chely
Calcarius ornatus.........
Chryser Plectrophenax nivalis........
.Lapland longspur
McCown's longspur
Chestnut-collar longspur
...Snow bunting
Colub
Mammals
168
miupa
auvise
Trame
Iricayx Scientific Name
Shrews
Micromega
Common Name
1065
Sorex cinereus....
Masked shrew
Bats
emal.common
amali ofilmaine
Scient
Scientific Name
Common Name
Catosto Eptesious fuscus.....
teodo
Catoeto
Lasiurus borealis........
Corus
Lasiurus cinereus.....
Coues
Myotis evotis.........
Myotis keeni.........
Esoxlu
Myotis lucifugus......
Catoste Lasiorycteris noctivagans
Big brown bat
Silver-haired bat
Red bat
......Hoary bat
.....Long-eared myotisUM
Keen myotis
Little brown bat
Hiodon
Hybognathus m
ar- E-15
Rabbits and Hares
Scientific Name
Common Name
allenbred
Cosbogso
Lepus townsendii........
Sylvilaqus audubonii.
White-tailed jackrabbit
Desert cottontail
Sylvilagus floridanus
Eastern cottontail
Rodents
Scientific Name
Common Name

Castor canadensis.
Cynomys ludovicianus.
Dipodomys ordii.......
Erethizon dorsatum.
Eutamias minimus........
Lagurus curtatus........
Marmota caligata........
Marmota flaviventris........
Microtus longicaudus
Microtus ochrogaster..
Microtus pennsylvanicus
Mus musculus.........
Neotoma cinerea.
Ondatra zibethicus.
Onychomys leucogaster..
Perognathus fasciatus
Perognathus flavescens.
Perognethus hispidus
Peromyscus leucopus
Peromyscus maniculatus........
Ruthrodontomys megalotis
Sciurus carolinensis...
Sciurus niger.......
Spermophilus tridecemlineatus.
Spermopholus franklinii
Thomomys talpoides.......
Zapus hudgonius.
.....Beaver
Black-tailed prairie dog
Ord's kangaroo rat
Porcupine
Least chipmunk
Sagebrush vole
Hoary marmot
ellerin&
Yellow-bellied marmot
.Long-tailed vole
Prairie vole
.Meadow vole
.House mouse
105
fonos
Bushy-tailed woodrat
Muskrat
.Northern grasshopper mouse
Olive-backed pocket mouse
Plains pocket mouse
Hispis pocket moust
White-footed mouse
Deer mouse
Western harvest mouse
Eastern gray squirrel
.Fox squirrel
13-lined ground squirrel
.Franklin's ground squirrel
.Northern pocket gopher
.Meadow jumping mouse
Carnivores
8163
Scientific Name
Canis latrans.......
Felis eukens...
Lutra canedensis.
Mephitis mephitis.........
Mephitis spilogali..........
Mustela frenata.
Mustela nigripes.
Mustela nivalis...........
Mustela vison.......
Procyton lotor
querento xero2
Common Name
Coyoted offlineba

.......Coyote
Bobcat
River otter
.Striped skunk
Spotted skunk
elovioles
LeUnutes!
Long-tailed weasel
Black-footed ferret M
Least weasel
.Mink
.Raccoon
E-16
alloyM
81-9
......Badger
durlo begre
Taxidea taxus
Vulpes velox........
Vulpes vulpes......
Swift fox
....Red fox
rio Ungulates
won
Scientific Name
Antilocapra americana.......
Odocxoileus hemionus.
Odocoileus virginianus
Borgno Common Name
alliomo elegodvid
ESOURCES-stol sto
Stomies Bunsion/M
Prognhorn (antelope)
Mule deer
White-tailed deer
auveli auto
minepeevolt, cons
smora astedgamis
ametso evdarolaid
nebenso nolbetepsite
muently noibeteost
Scientific Name
Ambystoma tigrinum.
Bufo cogonatus........
Bufo woodhouse..........
Pseudacris triseriata.........
Rana pipiens...........
Scaphiopus bombifrons..
Amphibians
Common Name
......... Tiger salamander
Great plains toad
Woodhouse's toad
Boreal chorus frog
..Leopard frog
Plains spadefoot
(AIREA) of
Scientific Name
Chelydra serpentina.........
und resources in the
North Dalenta in
Reptiles
Religious Freedom Ac
Common Name
...........Snapping turtle
Chrysemys pictas..
Coluber constrictor
Crotalis viridus.....
Phrynosoma douglass..........
Pituophis melanoleucus.
Thamnophis radix.........
Thamnophis sirtalis
Trionyx spiniferus..
Western painted turtle
Yellow-bellied racer
Prairie rattlesnake
Eastern short-horned lizard

Bullsnake
Western plains garter snake
Common (red-sided) garter snake
Western spiny softshell
Fish
binson
Scientific Name
Carpoides carpio............
Catostomus catostomus..
Catostomus commersoni..........
Catostomus platyrhynchus.
Cottus bairdi....
Couesius plumbeus.......
Cyprinus carpio...........
Esox lucius........
Hybognathus nuchalis
Hiodon alosoides.
Common Name
River carpsucker
.Longnose sucker
White sucker
.Mountain sucker
Mottled sculpin
.Lake chub
.Carp
Northern pike
Goldeneye
Silvery minnow
based
could occur
and
E-17
Hybopsis gracilis..........
Ictalurus punctatus.......
Lota lota..........
Micropterus salmoides
Noturus flavus.
Perca flavescens.......
Pimephales promelas........
Rhinichthys cataractae
Stizostedion canadense
Stizostedion vitreum
Flathead chub
Channel catfish
Burbot
Largemouth bass
Stonecat
Yellow perch
Fathead minnow
Longnose dace
...Sauger
Walleye
BUXA! BebixsT
Xolev 290iuV
Badluy EspluY
email piturgia2
Brechers Saspoliin A
cimert eueliooobo
ansinionis auellooobo
eneidinemA
o biscos.
lodiabega enlarg
onlagen
Bollige
errИ billing?
mucholt amolavdmA
an
B00000 plus
ฟรี
leauonboow plus
arangam shoshies
scelgia anex
idmod sugoiras 2
soithingto?
uphiv atteson?
antosonvids
aleidooing
sidconmed!
sidconmar
pursijalca avnon!
deit
anes novamo
Cenmon Name
Coyote
olcisa asbloms
oleciso aurofeote
mao pumotots?
fivela eurotecte
baled avio
mula pulasyo
oktrisa zunhavo
autoul xoad
esblozols noboit
elisdoun audienpodyH
E-18
enew entame
One or more 35
APPENDIX F
vivifiano? chotaH
clude
pivotal ariq SUMMARY OF CULTURAL RESOURCES
STUDY PROGRESS
along
A. Pre Fieldwork Studies
sis of soha beniss
photel
Brunt
ste2 stkso
1. Records Search
A records search was conducted to document all known cultural resources in the
study area. Records checked include: the State Historical Society of North Dakota in
Bismarck, the National Register of Historic Places, and applicable agency files such as the
en USDA Forest Service (Little Missouri National Grasslands). Information was also obtained
Jerby contacting local landowners and informants. These searches yielded a list of known
of prehistoric and historic cultural resource locations which included: Smithsonian site
number (SITS), site type/description, ownership, location, and NRHP status.
OW!
02. Native American Contacts
be
In accordance with Public Law 95-341, the American Indian Religious Freedom Act
212 (AIRFA) of 1978, Native American concerns and values for cultural resources of
edcontemporary or heritage significance within the project area were addressed. As a
preliminary step in determining Native American use of the area, letters were sent to
representatives of the Assiniboine, Mandan-Hidatsa, Crow and Fort Totten Sioux. The
major goals of the Native American contacts were to develop an inventory of significant past
or present cultural resources and the activities associated with them and to document
we concerns and recommendations for preservation and/or mitigation procedures for any
identified resources.
3. Cultural Resources Overview
A brief overview of the cultural prehistory and history of the study area was
compiled from the following sources: Frison 1978, Jennings 1968, Beckes and Keyser
1983, Willey 1966, Gregg 1985, Metcalf and Schweigert 1986, Devoto 1953, Provo 1984,
Athern 1967 and Robinson 1966.
er pabuinvil mot
4. Prehistoric Sensitivity
mending For this project, three prehistoric sensitivity levels were identified based upon the
O probability of encountering specific site types that would be likely to occur in different
environmental/topographic settings. Environmental parameters such as topography and
proximity to water were analyzed and compared for all previously recorded sites. Sensitivity
levels (low, medium and high) for the project area were based on expected
density/probability of sites rather than site specific impacts which could occur.
F-1
5. Historic Sensitivity
Expected locations of historic resources, especially structural remains were
projected primarily by examining USGS quadrangles and/or aerial photographs. Historic
site sensitivity was predicted utilizing two levels, high and low.
B. Fieldwork
The required State and USDA Forest Service permits were obtained prior to actual
fieldwork. Permitting procedures were coordinated through the North Dakota State Historic
Preservation Office (SHPO) and the USDA Forest Service, Billings, Montana.
1. Methods
no la tramusob or bet
to telo lehota wat2 ent
sers Vbute
After selection of the agency-preferred corridor and prior to the intensive survey,
one qualified cultural resources specialist accompanied the agency's preliminary centerline
siting party to identify potential site specific cultural resource conflicts and suggest
measures to avoid these conflicts. This process took four days of fieldwork time to
complete.
Fieldwork for the intensive survey was completed in nine days by two crews of two
and one historian. During the survey, spacing intervals of 15 to 20 meters (50-80 feet)
between crew members were maintained by use of compass bearings and the staked
centerline. Transects were walked in a zig-zag pattern to achieve maximum coverage of the
area. The cultural resources survey corridor was intensively surveyed (100%) 30 meters
(100 feet) on either side of the preliminary ROW centerline and proposed access easements
were surveyed 4.5 meters (15 feet) either side of centerline. All of the access roads were
not surveyed due to time constraints and weather conditions. The access easements that
were not surveyed will be surveyed in the spring of 1988.
10
All observed cultural materials and features were flagged. After flagging, the crew
members checked the immediate area for additional materials.
For isolated finds (IF's), a North Dakota State Cultural Resources Survey (NDCRS)
Archaeological Site form page 1 or Historical Archaeological Site form page 1 was
completed if less than five artifacts were found at a resource location. Isolated finds were
assigned consecutive temporary numbers based on recording order. If five or more
prehistoric or historic artifacts were found in association, or a structure or feature was
found, the resource was given site status and the following steps undertaken.
ent noqu
me
☐A NDCRS site form, including the appropriate computer code sheet was
completed. The "NDCRS Site Form Training Manual" was utilized to fill out all
forms.
■ A temporary site number was assigned to the resource in the field. Permanent
trinomial Smithsonian numbers were obtained from the North Dakota SHPO
bas prigo after acceptance of the completed site forms.
vivillam
Vllmixong
batospe no
(rigid
bas
bas mubem wol) alovel
sea lo viilidadongyllensb
F-2
leus eft nirifiw bebrogen chaw
remt betslo
10 anoaeg
ene bas
One or more 35 mm. black and white photographs were taken of the site and/or
features. Additional photographs were taken of historic sites that include
standing structures.
need toy
AHA
■ A site map was drawn on polar grid paper using a Brunton compass and taped
or paced measurements. All artifacts and features were mapped from a datum
ert ghubbucpoint. This datum consisted of a piece of rebar 3/8" x 12" driven into the ground
along with two pin flags. The map shows site location in relation to topographic
features and the proposed line and delineates site boundaries, features, artifact
concentrations and locations of collected artifacts. Maps of standing historic
structures were drawn in sufficient detail to show location of entries and
fenestration, roof lines, and directional orientation. The site boundaries were
described and/or mapped in relation to the existing line, the right of way,
centerline and access road limits.
87sages A ■ Prior to fieldwork and during the rights-of-entry permit process, Western
welven obtained written permission from private landowners to collect items during the
survey or testing. The agreement also determined if the artifacts were to be
returned to the owner. Artifact collection was kept to a minimum and no
collection was made if permission was denied by private landowners.
Prehistoric artifacts were collected only if they were diagnostic or very unique,
and historic artifacts were collected only if laboratory analysis was necessary for
accurate description or interpretation. The majority of observed surface artifacts
were fully described, drawn and/or photographed in the field. Collected
artifacts were assigned a temporary field number.
■ Written descriptions of sites detailed site condition, topographic and cultural
features, dimensions, soils, elevation, proximity to water and vegetation on and
surrounding the site.
■ The site was plotted on the appropriate USGS map and each resource was
described as to legal location. All site locations were marked on aerial photos, if
available.
To assess visual intrusions on historic sites, a visual/cultural resource survey was
conducted to record historic sites that may be eligible for the NRHP and may be visually
impacted by the proposed line. Sites anticipated in this category included standing
structures such as homesteads. In addition to the intensively surveyed cultural resources
corridor, 200 meters on either side of this survey corridor was examined for potential visual
impact by completing a Visual Cultural Resource (V-CR) Field Inventory Form. Resources
were recorded as sites if potential visual impact was assessed as high.
2. Survey Results
a.
Prehistoric Resources. Seven prehistoric sites were recorded during the
intensive survey of the cultural resources corridor and access easements. These sites are
all cultural material (CM) scatters. Formal NRHP determinations have not yet been made for
the prehistoric sites.
F-3
b. Historic Resources. Two historic sites were recorded within the cultural
resources corridor. Both sites are depressions and/or foundations with associated trash
by scatters. Both lack integrity and do not appear to be related to any significant persons or
events. Two historic sites were recorded outside the cultural resources corridor and were
assessed for visual impact. Formal NRHP determinations have not yet been made for any
of the historic sites.
c. Isolated Find Resources. Twenty prehistoric isolated finds were found during the
intensive survey. No historic IF's were found. No further work is recommended for these
isolated finds.
C. Additional Work
Fieldwork will be conducted on the remaining unsurveyed access easements in the
spring of 1988. Additional survey and/or testing will be performed as required. A separate
report containing NRHP recommendations will be submitted to the SHPO for review.
of bezoubrioo
ertyd balbaqmi
neo ya long-
fenuliuo erts
10
dang ent
F-4
SCOPING
ALTERNATIVE
RESOURCE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS CORRIDOR SELECTION
2-F
Prepare
Linear
Corridor
Overlay
Transmission
• Roads
Pipelines
300
4-B
Develop
Project
Description
• Design
Construction
• Operation
Maintenance
Abandonment
IMPACT ASSESSMENT/MITIGATION PLANNING
Define
Reference
Centerline
Routes and
4-D
Prepare
Environmental
Baseline
Air Resources
Earth Resources
Biological Resources
Floodplain and Wetlands
Land Use
Socioeconomics
Visual Resources
Acoustical Characteristics
Archaeological Resources'
Historical Resources
Native American
Cultural Resources
4-E
Assess and
Determine
Initial
Impacts
• Type
Location
Level
Determine
Specific
Mitigation
4-F
Assess and
4-G
Reassess
and
• Mitigation
Recommendation
Determine
Residual
Impacts
Residual Impacts
5-A
Combine
Links
• Preliminary
Mitigation
Commitments
2-C
Map and
2-A
Describe
2-F
2-8
3-A
3-B
4-A
Existing
Environmental
Prepare
Work
Program
Refine
Study
Collect
Conditions
Natural
Data
Area
Environment
Prepare
Constraint
Map
• Exclusion
Areas
Select
Preliminary
Select
Final
Alternative
Corridors/
Substation
• Human
Environment
Cultural
Environment
• Avoidance
Areas
Siting Areas
Alternative
Corridors/
Substation
Sites
Segments
(Links)
Public
Scoping
Meetings
2-D
Develop
2-E
Sensitivity
Criteria
• Resource
Agency
Value
Input
4-C
Conduct
Sensitivity
Analysis
Public
Determine
• Maximum
Planning
Generic
Protective
• Major
Meetings
Mitigation
Status
• Moderate
Present and
Minimum
Future Use
Hazards
Mitigation
Plan for
Project
5-B
PREFERRED ROUTE SELECTION
to Form
Comparative
Routing
Options
Describe
Impacts
by Route
Overall
Impact
Levels
• Significant
Adverse
5-C
Unavoidable
Impacts
Compare
Routes/Sites
and Determine
Preferences
by Individual
Resource
Category
5-D
Compare
Routes/Sites
and
Determine
Preferences
for Environment
as a Whole,
Based on
• Minimum
Overall
Impact
• Minimum
Significant
Adverse
Unavoidable
Impact
• Maximum
Individual
Resource
Preference
EIS AND OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEWS/APPROVALS

6-D
Public
North
Dakota
North
Dakota
Planning
Meetings
(PSC)
(PSC)
Staff
Review
Review/
Approval
5-E
5-F
Identify
Environmentally
Select
Agency
Preferred
Preferred
Route/Site
Route
5-G
Refine
Preferred
Route
Centerline
Location
6-A
6-B
Prepare
Draft
Issue
DEIS for
Environmental
Impact
Statement
(DEIS)
Public
Review/
Comment
6-C
Prepare
and Issue
Final
Environmental
Impact
Statement
(FEIS)
6-F
Prepare
and Issue
Record of
Decision
(ROD)
Secure
Right-of-Way
and Construct
Project
6-E
Other
Environmental
Reviews/
Public
Hearings
Approvals
A-95
Endangered
Species
Floodplain/
Wetlands
• Cultural
Resources
Task Sequence Diagram
FIGURE 11-5.
LIVE

R100 W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
29
Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
5
85
McKenzie Co
Billings Co
R99W
R98W
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
899 W
R98W
Billings Co
Stark Co.
T141N
T140N
२०६
Belfield
Heart
R99W
R98W
River
T140N
T139N
Charlie Creek Substation
T142N
T141N
R98W
Dunn Co.
R97W
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
Knite River
T144N
T143N
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
T143N
T142N
STUDY AREA
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
3
North
FIGURE II-7.
LIVE

૪૦૬૪
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
40
40
Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co
Billings Co
20
Charlie Creek Substation
12
19
13
14
15
21
22
23
31
30
29
5
85
32
24
28.
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
R99W
R98W
10
Dunn Co.
R98W
R97W
25.
Billings Co.
26
272
3
Knite River
T144N
T143N
Billings Co.
T141N
Stark Co.
T140N
27a
E33
34
27b
35
36a
37
36
38
Belfield
39
Heart
42
43
R99W
R98W
River
T140N
T139N
T142N
141N
T143N
T142N
10
T145N
T144N
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
ROUTE CORRIDOR
ALTERNATIVE ROUTE
CENTERLINE
7
MILEAGE
MARKER
LINK
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
National Grassland
State Land
North
ALTERNATIVE STUDY ROUTES
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE 11-8.
LIVE

Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
AGENCY
PREFERRED
ROUTE (W1-1
W2-1
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
Belfield
40
REFINED
AGENCY
PREFERRED
ROUTE
(W1-1R)
8
R99W
R98W
Charlie Creek Substation
12
Mekenzie Col
Billings Co.
13
20%
31
29
94
Rattlesnake
Butte
18
W3+4
R99W
R98W
43
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
R99W
R98W
38
32
Green River
ENVIRONMENTALLY
PREFERRED ROUTE
E4-1
37
36
Heart
River
27B
T140N
T139N
R98W
R97W
Dunn Co.
Billings Co.
27
Little
Knife River
T144N
T143N
T141N
T140N
0.5 1
T142N
T141N
T143N
T142N
2 3
National Grassland
State Land
T145N
T144N
Miles
North
FINAL ROUTING ALTERNATIVES
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE II-9.
LIVE

01
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
Stark Co
115
Saddle
Butte
Belfield
སྔུལ
230k V DOE
94
McKenzie Co.
Billings Co.
Rattlesnake
Butte
R98
0
R99W
R99W
R98W
a
Billings Co
Stark Co.
R98W
33
رجیح ہے
Charlie Creek Substation
115
345KV BEPG
115kV MEC
Dunn Co.
R98W
R97W
Warren
Petroleum
Substation
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
Knife River
T142N
T141N
T143N
T142N
0
T144N
T143N
Green River
1141N
T140N
AGRICULTURE
Non-Irrigated Cropland
RESIDENTIAL
Residence/Farmstead Occupied
Farmstead Unoccupied
COMMERCIAL/INDUSTRIAL
Industrial
Surface Extraction
Heart
River
LAND USE
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
Dos
T140N
T139N
t
Cemetary
O
Producing Gas/Oil Well
Abandoned Gas/Oil Well
Dry Hole/Permit Cancelled
Gas/Oil Well
Other Gas/Oil Well
Major Natural Gas/Oil Pipeline
UTILITIES
Existing Substation
Existing Transmission Line
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
North
FIGURE III-1
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE III-1.
LIVE

L
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
D
Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
Belfield
McKenzie Co
Billings Co
Rattlesnake
Butte
MOOG
R98W
M668
R98W
Star Co.
Charlie Creek Substation
D
Green River
M
R98W
R97W
Dunn Co.
Knife River
Billings Co.
T141N
194
Heart
R98W
R99W
T140N
T139N
T140N
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
T142N
T141N
T143N
T142N
T144N
T143N
High Sensitivity Area
Medium Sensitivity Area
River
Hear
Δ
Potential Historic Site
CULTURAL RESOURCES
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
T
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE III-3.
LIVE

MATION
Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
Belfield
5
B
McKenzie Co.
Billings Co
5
R99W
R98W
13
Charlie Creek Substation
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
R98W
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
94
Heart
River
L.
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
SLOPE ZONES
R99W
R98W
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
Dunn Co.
R98W
R97W
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
Knife River
T144N
T143N
T141N
T140N
T142N
141N
T143N
T142N
10
2
T140N
T139N
<<10%
10%-20%
> 20%
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE III-4.
LIVE

L.
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
Belfield
B
McKenzie Co
Billings Co
Rattlesnake
Butte
MOOD
R98W
gruck
R99W
R98W
Billings Co.
Star Co.
94
Heart
R99W
R98W
Charlie Creek Substation
Green River
River
T140N
T139N
R98W
Dunn Co-R97W
Knife River
T141N
T140N
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
T142N
141N
T143N
T142N
T144N
T143N
Alluvium
Golden Valley Formation
Sentinel Butte Formation
Abandoned Surface Mine
Abandoned Underground Mine
Oil and Gas Field
Paleontology (Known Sites)
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
1
North
GEOLOGIC RESOURCES
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE III-6.
LIVE

R100W
R99N
McKenzie Co.
Stark Co
Belfield
Saddle
Butte
6
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co.
Billings Co
R99W
R98W
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
R98W
Stark Co.
Billings Co
T141N
Heart
SURFACE HYDROLOGY
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
River
T140N
T139N
T140N
Charlie Creek Substation
T142N
T141N
R98W
R97W
Dunn' Co.
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
23
Knife River
T144N
Minor Intermittent Stream
Major Intermittent Stream
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
T143N
T142N
1
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
T143N
MO
FIGURE III-8.
LIVE

Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
Belfield
B
McKenzie Con
Billings Co
の
​R99W
R98W
Rattlesnake
Butte
MOOG
R98W
Billings Co.
Star Co.
Heart
Charlie Creek Substation
Green River
L.
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
SOILS
R98W
R99W
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
River
R98W
R97W
Dunn C
25m
T145N
Billings Co.
T144N
ว
Knife River
T144N
T143N
T141N
T140N
T142N
HA1N
T143N
T142N
Map Unit 1
Map Unit 2
Map Unit 4
Map Unit 5
Map Unit 6
T140N
T139N
Map Unit 7
Map Unit 8
Map Unit 10
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE III-9.
LIVE

R100W
R99N
McKenzie Co.
Stark Co
Belfield
Saddle
Butte
85
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co.
Billings Co.
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
R98W
Billings Co
Stark Co.
T141N
T140N
Heart
River
BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
T140N
T139N
R99W
R98W
T142N
T141N
Charlie Creek Substation
X
مرکی
R98W
Dunn C-R97W
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
Knife River
T144N
T143N
T143N
T142N
VEGETATION/WETLANDS/
WILDLIFE
00
Grassland
Badlands
Hardwood/Shrubland
Wetlands/Riparian
Reservoirs/Ponds
Observed Sensitive
Species Locations
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
1
North
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
10
FIGURE III-10.
LIVE

Eng
Stark Co
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co.
Billings Co
20
31
Saddle
Butte
85
21
22
23
18
ww+
30
30
29
C
Charlie Creek Substation
32
28
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
899W
R98W
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
37
34
R98W
Dunn Co.
02
R97W
Billings Co.
25
26
T145N
T144N
3
17
18
12
8
13
11
MCKENZIE
BILLINGS
15
Knife River
23
16
T144N
T143N
27
T143N
T142N
T142N
141N
29
12
14
2637
1600
rsasy Butte
River
2580
2565
2566
Stor
Pit
10
24
28
27a
INITIAL
RESIDUAL
T141N
T140N
High
High
Moderate-
High
33
35
27b
Moderate
Moderate-
High
Moderate
Moderate-
Moderate-
Low
Low
36a
Low
Low
36
41
40
Belfield
Heart
39
38
River
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
42
44
43
R99W
R98W
LAND USE IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
T140N
T139N
LINK-
39
INITIAL
IMPACT-
38
RESIDUAL
IMPACT
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
5
257
2611
2560
25
2
FIGURE IV-1.
LIVE

MH
41
@
H
M
H
ww
R99W
M86H
17
Charlie Creek Substation
6
18
5
H
McKenzie Co
Dunn Co
R98W
R97W
2
19
Billings Co.
13
Billings Co.
9
20
22
15
14
10
21
23
16
24
H
25
26
31
18
Stark Co
M
40
McKenzie Co.
R100W
R99N
H
Saddle
M
MH
29
30
Butte
MM
W
H
①
H
060
H
H
M
Rattlesnake
M Butte
13
M
R99
R98W
M
32
28
H
H
H
M
M
w
Knife River
M
M
M
H
Green River
H
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
H
H
37
H
84
33
35
36a
H
M
36
H
Belfield
39
H
H
H
38
42
43
M
R99W
R98W
רין
3
MT145N
T144N
T144N
T143N
T143N
T142N
T142N
TA1N
VISUAL RESOURCES
O
Foreground Distance Zone
(0-1 Mile)
Residence
Major Road
Industrial Facility
(0-1 Mile)
Producing Well
(0-1 Mile)
Screening (Shelterbelts)
VISUAL IMPACTS
High
Moderate-High
1141N
T140N
27 a
27b
MH
Moderate
MH
Moderate-Low
Heart
H
River
M
Low
M/H IMPACT TO ROAD
M
T140N
T139N
LINK
38
M IMPACT
TO ROAD
INITIAL
IMPACT
IMPACT TO
RESIDENCE
H = HIGH
MH - MODERATE-HIGH
M = MODERATE
ML
MODERATE-LOW
L = LOW
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
North
VISUAL RESOURCES & IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
FIGURE IV-2.
LIVE

Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
31
41
0
Belfield:
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
R99W
R98W
17
McKenzie Co
18
Billings Co
119
20
B
94
Charlie Creek Substation
R98W
R97W
Dunn Co.
2
T145N
Billings Co.
T144N
4
3
17
2122
23
12
25
26
30
29
32
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
R99W
R98W
28
8
18
15
13
11
270
Knife River
23
16
T144N
T143N
27
T143N
T142N
27a
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
T141N
T140N
37
T142N
TA1N
ON
14
Nem co
BILLINGS
6
24
29
12
26002
INITIAL
RESIDUAL
33
35
27b
High
High
Moderate
Moderate
36a
Low
Low
36
Heart
39
38
River
42
43
R99W
R98W
CULTURAL IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
T140N
T139N
LINK-
39
INITIAL
IMPACT
38
RESIDUAL
IMPACT
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
2565
River
9
rasey Bobte
35
2566
10
28
5
25
2
FIGURE IV-12.
LIVE

7
Stark Co
Saddle
Butte
31
5
8
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co
Billings Co
20
18
Charlie Creek Substation
Dunn Co.
02
R98W
R97W
T145N
Billings Co.
T144N
4
3
21
22
23
12
25
26
30
29
32
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
899W
R98W
Billings Co
Stark Co.
37
34
28
18
15
17
262
8
13
11
Knife River
23
16
T144N
T143N
27
27a
T141N
T140N
T142N
1141N
T143N
T142N
10
MCKENZIE
BILLINGS
226007
24
29
12
INITIAL
RESIDUAL
33
35
27b
High
High
Moderate
Moderate
36a
Low
Low
36
41
40
Belfield
Heart
39
38
River
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
42
44
43
R99W
R98W
GEOLOGIC IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
T140N
T139N
LINK-
39
INITIAL
IMPACT-
38
RESIDUAL
IMPACT
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
6
Graasy Butte
600.
35
River
2580
2565
2566
Score
Pit
10
28
5
2611
2
25
FIGURE IV-13.
LIVE

41
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
Stark Co
18
Saddle
Butte
314
(85)
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co.
18
Billings Co
19
20
Charlie Creek Substation
R98W
Dunn Co
10 2
R97W
T145N
Billings Co.
T144N
4
3
21
22
23
25
26
30
29
Rattlesnake
Butte
R99W
R98W
Gruck
28
17
121
8
18
MCKENZIE
13
BILLINGS
11
114
15
Knife River
23
16
T144N
T143N
27
T143N
T142N
32
T142N
TA1N
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
37
Belfield
39
38
42
44
43
R99W
R98W
34
Green River
27a
33
35
27b
36a
T141N
T140N
6
2565
2566
Storia
Pit
Graney Hote
35
10
24
12
29
28
INITIAL
RESIDUAL
High
High
100
Moderate
Moderate
Low
Low
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
236
T140N
T139N
LINK-
39
Heart
INITIAL
IMPACT
River
Hear
SOILS
IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
38
RESIDUAL
IMPACT
0.5 1
2 3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
5
257
25
2
FIGURE IV-14.
LIVE

7
R99W
R98W
McKenzie Co.
BOLLING
Billings Co
20
Q
Stark Co
31
Saddle
Butte
85
18
21
22
23
30
30
29
Charlie Creek Substation
32
28
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
899W
R98W
Dunn Co.
02
R98W
R97W
T145N
Billings Co.
T144N
3
25
26
17
18
12
13
15
26.0
7
8
COLE
11
MCKENZIE
BILLINGS
6
2600-
Grassy Butte
Knife River
23
16
T144N
T143N
24
29
12
27a
Billings Cos
Stark Co.
37
34
27
T143N
T142N
T142N
141N
T141N
T140N
River
2580
2565
2566
Stor
INITIAL
RESIDUAL
33
35
27b
High
High
Moderate
Moderate
36a
Low
Low
36
41
40
Belfield
Heart
39
38
River
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
42
43
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
T140N
T139N
LINK-
39
INITIAL
IMPACT-
38
0.5 1
2
3
RESIDUAL
IMPACT
Miles
R99W
R98W
VEGETATION/WETLANDS IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
10
28
5
2011
2
2563
25
FIGURE IV-15.
LIVE

Stark Co
31
Saddle
Butte
R99W
R98W
17
18
McKenzie Co
19
Billings Co
20
41
40
Belfield
R100W
McKenzie Co.
R99N
Charlie Creek Substation
R98W
Dunn Co
R97W
2
"..
Billings Co.
T145N
T144N
4
3
21
22
23
25
26
30
29
32
28
Rattlesnake
Butte
Green River
94
44
R99W
R98W
Billings Co.
Stark Co.
37
34
18
17
12
13
80
11
8
MC KENGTE
BILLINGS
15
114
22600)
Knife River
23
16
6
T144N
T143N
27
T143N
T142N
T142N
| HA1N
27a
T141N
T140N
29
12
12637
6
2600
2565
River
9
2566
Frasey Belte
35
Pit
orig
10
24
28
INITIAL
RESIDUAL
33
35
27b
High
High
Moderate
Moderate
36a
Low
Low
36
Heart
39
38
River
42
43
R99W
R98W
WILDLIFE IMPACTS
CHARLIE CREEK TO BELFIELD
TRANSMISSION LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY
ROUTE CONFIGURATION
T140N
T139N
LINK-
39
INITIAL
IMPACT-
38
RESIDUAL
IMPACT
0.5 1
2
3
Miles
North
DATE: FEBRUARY 1988
WESTERN AREA POWER ADMINISTRATION
5
25
2
FIGURE IV-16.
70 431AA
BR5
5131
10/97 02-013-01 GB
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 04123 2300